Skip to main content

Full text of "President's report for the year ended June 1932"

See other formats


nil 


Hill 

f       :  i  ' 

..'.'.-•■■•I:'-    ,;,:- 


IflftiiiM 


••       ' 


■Hi 

gISii 


■II 


•     •  - 


ar 


■  • 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

University  of  Toronto 


http://archive.org/details/presidentsreport1932univ 


UNIVERSITY   OF   TORONTO 


President's  Report 


FOR  THE  YEAR  ENDING 
30th  JUNE,   1932 


CS3K3K) 


PRESIDENT'S  REPORT 

1931-1932 


To  the  Governors  of  the  University  of  Toronto: 
(  rENTLEMEN: 

I  beg  to  submit  the  following  report  on  the  academic  work  of  the  University 
and  University  College  during  the  twelve  months  ended  June  30,  1932. 

The  total  staff  of  the  University  and  University  College  numbered  826,  of 
whom  105  were  professors,  76  associate  professors,  63  assistant  professors,  206 
lecturers,  associates  (in  medicine  and  dentistry)  and  instructors  in  the  College 
pi  Kducation,  2  directors,  1  director  of  field  work,  373  demonstrators,  fellows  and 
instructors  with  sessional  appointments. 

The  total  number  of  students  in  attendance  was  8088,  of  whom  5099  were 
men  and  2989  were  women,  7653  being  registered  in  the  colleges  and  faculties, 
and  435  in  the  departments.  The  number  of  students  proceeding  to  degrees 
was  6399,  and  to  diplomas  801. 

It  is  with  regret  that  I  record  the  deaths  of  several  members  of  the  staff, 
retired  and  on  active  service:  Dr.  James  Brebner,  a  name  that  will  long  be 
honoured  in  the  University ;  Dr.  J.  A.  Craig,  a  scholar  who  retired  some  years  ago ; 
W.  S.  Guest,  assistant  professor  of  electrical  engineering,  who  was  sympathetically 
remembered  by  his  colleagues  during  several  years  of  impaired  health;  and 
Dr.  J.  W.  Macmillan,  of  the  staff  of  Social  Science,  and  professor  in  Victoria 
College,  whose  useful  life  in  the  height  of  its  power  was  suddenly  cut  off,  to  the 
sorrow  of  his  associates  in  the  University. 

The  following  resigned  their  positions: 

John  Cunningham  McLennan,  Ph.D.,  D.Sc,  LL.D.,  professor  of  physics 
and  dean  of  the  School  of  Graduate  Studies;  Walter  Earl  Willmott,  D.D.S., 
associate  professor  of  prosthetic  dentistry;  Barker  Fairley,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  professor 
of  German. 

The  resignation  of  Dr.  J.  C.  McLennan,  occasioning  as  it  does  widespread 
regret,  has  closed  an  active  career  closely  connected  with  the  University  of  much 
significance.  From  the  days  when  he  was  a  young  graduate  he  has  always  been 
a  loyal  son  devoted  to  the  service  of  his  alma  mater.  As  professor  he  built  up 
a  great  department  of  physics  in  which  by  his  persistent  and  successful  research 
he  won  for  himself  world-wide  recognition  as  a  physicist;  latterly  as  dean  of  the 
Graduate  School  he  threw  himself  con  amore  into  its  development.  Fortunately 
it  is  expected  that  each  year  he  will  be  able  to  return  to  Toronto  to  deliver  a 
short  course  of  lectures,  and  it  is  hoped  that  he  will  continue  to  enrich  the  field 
of  physics  by  his  researches. 

Dr.  W.  E.  Willmott,  of  the  Faculty  of  Dentistry,  has  won,  during  the  few 
years  in  which  it  has  been  a  part  of  the  University,  the  respect  of  his  associates 
for  his  helpful  and  kindly  spirit. 

At  the  close  of  the  session  Professor  Barker  Fairley  resigned  his  chair  of 
German  in  University  College,  after  a  service  of  seventeen  years,  to  accept  the 
professorship  of  German  in  Manchester  University.  The  departure  of  this  fine 
scholar  and  teacher  is  a  severe  loss  to  the  departments  of  modern  languages, 
and  a  cause  of  deep  regret  to  his  colleagues. 

The  following  retired: 

Alexander  Primrose,  C.B.,  M.B.,  CM.  (Edin.),  LL.D.,  dean  of  the  Faculty 
of  Medicine;  Frederick  Tracy,  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  professor  of  ethics. 


2  University  of  Toronto 

The  retirement  on  December  30th,  1931,  of  Dr.  Primrose  from  the  deanship 
of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine,  brought  to  its  conclusion  an  active  career  of  forty-four 
years  in  that  faculty.  Clear  and  skilful  as  a  teacher  of  anatomy,  judicious  as  a 
professor  of  surgery,  wise  and  considerate  as  a  dean,  Dr.  Primrose  carries  with 
him  the  warm  regard  of  a  united  faculty  and  the  thorough  respect  of  his  colleagues 
on  the  university  staff. 

Professor  F.  Tracy,  who,  having  reached  the  age  limit,  retired  from  the  chair 
of  ethics  in  University  College,  served  the  University  for  forty  years,  first  in  the 
department  of  philosophy  and  later  in  that  of  ethics.  A  clear  teacher,  a  man 
of  the  highest  character  and  reliable  judgment,  he  has  won  the  regard  of  genera- 
tions of  students  and  professors,  and  of  a  wide  constituency  through  his  publica- 
tions. 

Leave  of  absence  was  granted  to  the  following: 

St.  Elme  de  Champ,  B.es  L.  (Lyons);  associate  professor  of  French;  Walter 
Scott  Guest,  B.A.Sc,  assistant  professor  of  electrical  engineering,  on  account 
of  ill-health;  John  Davidson  Ketchum,  M.A.,  lecturer  in  psychology,  for  the 
Easter  Term  to  study  abroad. 

The  following  new  appointments  and  promotions  were  made  during  the  year: 

In  the  Faculty  of  Arts — Appointments: — C.  Roland  Wason,  B.A.  (Camb.)i 
assistant  professor  of  history  of  industrial  art;  Miss  C.  C.  Krieger,  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
lecturer  in  mathematics;  G.  de  B.  Robinson,  B.A.,  Ph.D.  (Camb.),  lecturer  in 
mathematics;  Miss  M.  E.  G.  Waddell,  M.A.,  lecturer  in  mathematics;  Miss  J.  W. 
Brown,  B.Sc,  Ph.D.  (Lond.),  lecturer  in  micro-analysis;  F.  E.  Beamish,  M.A. 
(McM.),  lecturer  in  chemistry;  R.  M.  Saunders,  Ph.D.  (Cornell),  lecturer  in 
history;  A.  E.  Grauer,  B.A.  (B.C.;  Ox.),  Ph.D.  (Cal.),  lecturer  in  political 
economy;  K.  S.  Bernhardt,  M.A.,  lecturer  in  psychology;  C.  R.  Myers,  M.A., 
lecturer  in  psychology;  D.  J.  Wilson,  M.A.,  lecturer  in  psychology;  K.  H.  Rogers, 
M.A.,  lecturer  in  psychology;  M.  St.  A.  Woodside,  B.A.  (Tor.;  Ox.),  lecturer  in 
classics;  Miss  I.  G.  Balthazard,  M.A.,  lecturer  in  French;  Miss  M.  MacDonald, 
B.A.  (Laval),  Dip.  de  l'U.  (Paris),  lecturer  in  French. 

Promotions: — W.  S.  Ferguson  from  a  lectureship  to  a  professorship  in 
accounting  in  political  science;  E.  A.  Dale,  M.A.  (Ox.),  from  an  associate- 
professorship  to  a  professorship  in  Latin ;  N.  E.  Sheppard,  M.A.,  from  an  assistant- 
professorship  to  an  associate-professorship  in  mathematics;  A.  Brady,  B.A.  (Ox.), 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  from  an  assistant-professorship  to  an  associate-professorship  in 
political  economy;  S.  N.  F.  Chant,  M.A.,  from  an  assistant-professorship  to  an 
associate-professorship  in  psychology;  F.  R.  Crocombe,  M.A.  (Camb.),  from  a 
lectureship  to  an  assistant-professorship  in  political  economy;  E.  W.  Macdonald, 
B.A.  (Qu.),  from  a  lectureship  to  an  assistant-professorship  in  philosophy; 
E.  K.  Brown,  B.A.,  from  a  lectureship  to  an  assistant-professorship  in  English; 
R.  D.  C.  Finch,  B.A.,  from  a  lectureship  to  an  assistant-professorship  in  French. 

In  the  Faculty  of  Medicine — Appointments: — J.  G.  FitzGerald,  M.D.,  LL.D. 
(Qu.),  dean  of  the  faculty  of  medicine;  E.  S.  Ryerson,  M.D.,  CM.,  assistant  dean 
of  the  faculty  of  medicine;  J.  H.  Elliott,  M.B.,  professor  of  history  of  medicine; 
G.  Shanks,  B.A.,  M.D.,  CM.  (McG.),  assistant  professor  of  pathology  and 
bacteriology;  R.  K.  George,  B.A.,  M.B.,  D.P.H.,  lecturer  in  anatomy ;  T.  H.  Belt, 
M.B.,  B.Sc.  (med.),  lecturer  in  pathology;  I.  H.  Erb,  M.B.,  lecturer  in  pathology; 
Miss  R-  M.  Price,  M.B.,  lecturer  in  bacteriology. 

Promotions: — H.  D.  Kay,  Ph.D.  (Camb.),  D.Sc.  (Manch.),  from  an  associate 
professorship  to  a  professorship  in  biochemistry;  N.  B.  Taylor,  M.B.,  from  an 
associate-professorship  to  a  professorship  in  physiology;  E.  A.  Linell,  M.B., 
Ch.B.,  M.D.  (Manch.),  from  an  associate-professorship  to  a  professorship  in 
neuropathology;  P.  J.  Moloney,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  from  an  assistant-professorship 
to  an  associate-professorship  in  hygiene;  R.  G.  Armour,  B.A.,   M.B.,  from  a 


President's  Report  3 

senior  demonstratorship  to  an  associateship  in  medicine;  the  following  from 
senior  demonstratorships  to  associateships  in  surgery:  R.  E.  Gaby,  B.A.,  M.D., 
K.  1.  Harris,  M.B.,  R.  Pearse,  H.  W.  Wookey,  M.B.;  F.  F.  Tisdall,  M.D.,  from 
a  senior  demonstratorship  to  an  associateship  in  paediatrics. 

In  the  Faculty  oi  Applied  Science— Appointments: — \V.  E.  Carswell, 
B.Arch.,  lecturer  in  architecture;  J.  J.  Spence,  lecturer  in  engineering  drawing. 

Promotions: — E.  A.  Allcut,  M.Sc.  (Birm.),  M.E.  (Tor.),  from  an  associate- 
professorship  to  a  professorship  in  mechanical  engineering;  W.  J.  T.  Wright, 
B.A.Sc.,  from  an  assistant-professorship  to  an  associate-professorship  in  engineer- 
ing drawing;  K.  B.  Jackson,  B.A.Sc,  from  a  lectureship  to  an  assistant-professor- 
ship in  engineering  physics;  R.  R.  McLaughlin,  M.A.Sc,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  from  a 
lectureship  to  an  assistant-professorship  in  chemical  engineering. 

In  the  Faculty  of  Household  Science — Promotions: — Miss  C.  F.  Valentine, 
M.A.,  from  a  lectureship  to  an  assistant-professorship  in  household  science. 

In  the  Ontario  College  of-  Education — Appointments: — J.  L.  Gill,  B.A., 
instructor  in  English  and  history  in  the  University  Schools;  R.  F.  S.  Baird,  B.A. 
(Qu.),  teacher-librarian  in  the  University  Schools. 

Promotions: — J.  O.  Carlisle,  M.A.,  from  an  associate-professorship  to  a 
professorship  in  methods  in  classics;  W.  E.  Macpherson,  B.A.,  LL.B.  (Qu.), 
from  an  associate-professorship  to  a  professorship  in  history  of  education;  B.  C. 
Diltz,  M.A.  (Qu.),  from  an  instructorship  to  an  assistant-professorship  in  methods 
in  English  and  history. 

In  the  Faculty  of  Dentistry — Appointments: — R.  G.  Ellis,  B.D.S.  (Adelaide), 
D.D.S.,  B.Sc.  (Dent.),  associate  in  prosthetic  dentistry;  R.  G.  McLean,  D.D.S., 
associate  in  dentistry. 

Promotions: — F.  M.  Lott,  D.D.S.,  B.Sc.  (Dent.),  from  an  associate-pro- 
fessorship to  a  professorship  in  prosthetic  dentistry;  G.  C.  Cameron,  M.D., 
from  an  associateship  to  a  professorship  in  dental  pathology;  the  following  from 
demonstratorships  to  associateships  in  dentistry:  G.  D.  Beierl,  D.D.S.  (Mich.), 
F.  L.  Cole,  D.D.S.,  J.  H.  Duff,  D.D.S.,  W.  T.  Holmes,  D.D.S.,  W.  L.  Hugill, 
D.D.S.,  G.  V.  Morton,  D.D.S.,  J.  M.  Sheldon,  D.D.S.,  R.  R.  Walker,  D.D.S., 
R.  S.  Woollatt,  D.D.S. ;  J.  H.  Johnson,  from  an  instructorship  to  an  associateship 
in  dental  surgery  and  anaesthesia;  C.  H.  M.  Williams,  D.D.S.,  B.Sc.  (Dent.), 
from  an  instructorship  to  an  associateship  in.  periodontia. 

The  prevailing  depression  has  left  its  mark  upon  the  life  of  the  University, 
but  in  this  respect  it  has  only  been  sharing  an  experience  similar  to  that  of 
educational  institutions  in  all  countries.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  there  will  be  no 
real  retrogression  in  this  period  of  contrary  winds,  and  that  anchors  will  be  thrown 
out  so  that  ground  may  not  be  permanently  lost,  and  that,  in  the  coming  recovery 
in  our  national  affairs,  the  University  will  be  so  placed  as  to  occupy  more  com- 
pletely its  opportunity  for  leadership  in  the  intellectual  life  of  this  country. 
The  strategic  position  of  the  University  of  Toronto  is  obvious,  its  financial 
outlook,  supported  as  it  is  by  this  rich  province,  is  assured,  and  its  constituency 
unsurpassed. 

Though  the  attendance  was  larger  than  ever  before,  very  many  under- 
graduates found  the  greatest  difficulty  in  struggling  through  to  the  end  under 
a  burden  far  heavier  than  in  former  years,  because  the  opportunities  of  employ- 
ment in  the  preceding  summer  had  been  fewer,  and  their  families  were  often 
less  able  to  lend  aid.  In  the  case,  however,  of  some  whose  home  was  in  the  city 
the  very  fact  of  unemployment  may  have  been  the  cause  of  their  attendance 
at  the  University.  Not  a  few  who  would  otherwise  have  had  to  abandon  their 
year  were  helped  through  by  members  of  the  university  staff,  an  evidence  of  the 
real  sympathy  that  so  often  exists  between  teacher  and  student.  I  must  also 
express  my  admiration  for  the  spirit  in  which  the  staff  has  accepted  the  temporary 
reduction  in  Salary,  and  for  the  willing  way  in  which  members  have,  where  it 
has  been  necessary,  undertaken  extra  duties  at  a  time  when  the  work  of  the 
University  was  heavier  than  in  normal  years. 


4  University  of  Toronto 

This  year  was  the  first  in  which  the  University  put  into  effect  the  require- 
ment of  honour  matriculation  for  entrance  into  arts.  It  resulted,  naturally, 
in  a  diminution  of  numbers,  though  not  so  large  as  was  expected;  but  the  results 
have  so  far  justified  our  hopes  that  the  quality  of  work  done  in  the  first  year 
would  be  improved.  The  failures  in  the  first  year  were  only  19.4  per  cent., 
while  those  of  students  in  the  second  year  of  the  former  course,  who  were  doing 
the  same  work  but  had  entered  on  the  lower  basis,  were  31.5  per  cent.  If  this 
is  maintained  it  will  mean  that  the  quality  of  the  pass  degree  at  the  end  of  the 
three  years  will  be  better  than  that  of  the  former  degree  at  the  end  of  four  years. 

It  seems  probable  that  the  limit  has  been  almost  reached  of  the  length  of 
time  that  can  be  devoted  to  the  attainment  of  undergraduate,  professional  and 
postgraduate  degrees.  Such  improvements  as  may  be  made  in  their  character 
will  consist  in  re-arrangements  of  subjects  and  possibly  in  changes  as  to  some 
teaching  methods.  I  do  not  look  for  any  great  advance  in  higher  education  by 
any  material  change  within  the  University.  But  for  some  years  I  have  been 
of  the  opinion  that  its  quality  would  be  improved,  and  possibly  the  professional 
and  postgraduate  periods  shortened,  if  the  University  were  to  receive  a  more 
fully  developed  student  than  it  does  now.  Education  even  in  the  professional 
faculties  depends  upon  the  selection  and  quality,  not  the  amount,  of  information 
in  each  field.  And  a  student  whose  mind  at  the  age  of  nineteen,  has  been  matured 
by  thorough  teaching  in  language,  literature,  history  and  science,  will  go  much 
faster  and  further  than  the  average  student  who  enters  the  University  on  our 
present  standards.  It  seems  to  me,  therefore,  that  the  next  educational  advance 
should  come  in  the  schools,  so  that  by  earlier  selective  and  intensive  methods, 
those  boys  and  girls  who  are  hoping  to  attend  the  University  would  be  able  to 
accomplish  a  grade  of  work  and  acquire  a  mental  habit,  which,  at  the  same  age 
as  that  of  the  present  average  entrant,  would  ensure  them  better  final  results 
in  a  shorter  time.  I  have,  therefore,  read  with  satisfaction  an  announcement 
by  the  Prime  Minister  to  the  effect  that  the  Government  is  considering  the 
establishment  of  a  new  type  of  school  for  the  ages  between  twelve  and  fourteen, 
in  which  presumably  a  differentiation  would  be  made  leading  to  the  accomplish- 
ment of  some  such  result  as  I  have  outlined.  The  devolution  on  well  equipped 
Collegiate  Institutes  of  more  advanced  work  would  react  favourably  also  on  the 
teaching  profession,  by  appealing  to  its  ambition,  and  attracting  to  it  a  larger 
number  of  the  most  highly  trained  arts  graduates. 

Principal  M.  W.  Wallace  refers  to  the  action  taken  by  the  Governors  in 
raising  fees  in  Arts.  Unfortunately,  owing  to  present  financial  difficulties,  they 
found  it  necessary  to  take  this  step,  though  at  the  same  time  they  are  making 
provision  to  give  some  relief  in  the  case  of  persons  upon  whom  the  increase  will 
bear  with  distress.  Even  with  this  increase  our  fees  are  among  the  lowest  in 
Arts  in  the  Dominion,  and  most  other  institutions  have  been  compelled  to  do  like- 
wise. The  intellectual  and  social  condition  of  the  College  is  healthy,  though  at 
the  close  of  the  session  it  has  lost  two  of  its  esteemed  professors,  Dr.  Tracy  and 
Dr.  Barker  Fairley. 

Dr.  J.  G.  FitzGerald,  who  on  January  1,  1932,  succeeded  Dr.  Primrose  as 
dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine,  will  maintain  and  increase  the  best  traditions 
of  the  Faculty.  In  order  that  the  duties  of  his  new  office  should  not  interfere 
seriously  with  his  work  as  director  of  the  School  of  Hygiene,  which  he  created 
and  has  promoted  with  originality  and  success,  Dr.  E.  Stanley  Ryerson  has  been 
appointed  assistant  dean.  His  efficiency  and  his  experience  have  been  tested 
for  several  years,  and  the  combined  direction  of  the  dean  and  assistant  dean 
will  redound  to  the  advantage  of  the  Faculty. 

The  question  of  the  limitation  of  the  number  of  those  who  may  be  permitted 
to  enter  this  Faculty  has  received  much  serious  attention  during  the  session. 
It  is  an  old  one,  and  hitherto  a  final  answer  has  not  been  given  to  it.  The 
difficulty  has  been  met  in  the  past  by  raising  the  standards,  but  as  they  are  now 
the  same  as  those  for  an  honour  science  course  in  Arts,  and  numbers  are  again 


President's  Report  5 

increasing  rapidly,  while  our  clinical  facilities  are  at  a  standstill,  the  problem 
arises  again  in  an  acute  form.  Limitation  of  some  kind  seems  inevitable. 
Already  five  medical  colleges  in  Canada  have  fixed  a  quota.  In  the  dean's 
report  the  urgency  of  the  problem  and  a  method  of  solving  it  are  set  forth. 

The  most  important  development  in  the  Faculty  has  been  the  creation  of  a 
division  of  Neuropathology  in  the  department  of  pathology  under  Dr.  Klotz. 
Dr.  Linell  has  been  appointed  professor  of  neuropathology.  The  departments 
of  medicine,  surgery  and  psychiatry  are  co-operating  to  the  full,  and  with  the 
hearty  support  of  the  Department  of  Public  Health  it  is  believed  that  results  of 
great  importance  will  soon  be  manifest. 

In  the  Faculty  of  Applied  Science  the  attendance  has  been  the  largest  in 
its  history  and  pressure  on  space  has  become  very  serious.  ■  A  careful  report  on 
urgent  and  imminent  requirements  made  by  a  special  committee  of  the  staff 
has  been  presented  to  the  Governors.  The  extension  of  the  building  for  mining 
and  ore  dressing  has  both  relieved  pressure  in  that  department  and  given  a  great 
impetus  to  its  work. 

From  the  College  of  Education  also  comes  word  of  an  increase,  almost  too 
great,  in  attendance,  which  is  in  part  the  result  of  the  present  difficult  conditions 
in  regard  to  employment.  This  should  mean  that  during  the  next  quinquennium 
not  only  will  there  be  no  dearth  of  teachers,  but  that  the  schools  will  be  served 
by  a  higher  quality.  New  avenues  of  work  are  opening  out  before  the  College, 
and  educational  research  is  being  conducted  into  the  methods  of  teaching  school 
children  a  language  other  than  their  vernacular. 

When,  twenty-four  years  ago,  the  sod  was  turned  by  Mrs.  Lillian  Massey 
Treble  for  the  erection  of  the  sumptuous  Household  Science  building,  the  generous 
plans,  which  she  had  carried  out,  were  expected  to  suffice  for  at  least  a  generation; 
but  the  hopes  of  those  who  inaugurated  this  new  field  of  higher  education  for 
women  have  been  far  outrun,  and  the  class-rooms  and  laboratories  have  become 
congested.  Students  have  for  years  been  coming  from  all  parts  of  Canada  and 
beyond,  but  of  late  many  more  young  women  from  this  province  have  been 
taking  up  a  life  work  for  the  provision  of  which  this  University  was  among  the 
pioneers. 

The  School  of  Graduate  Studies  has  continued  to  grow  rapidly  both  in 
numbers  and  in  the  variety  of  the  branches  of  study,  and  it  has  become  one  of  the 
major  departments  of  the  University.  It  continues  to  draw  many  from  other 
universities.  Of  the  675  students  registered  last  year,  only  368  took  their  first 
degree  in  the  University  of  Toronto,  the  rest  coming  from  60  different  institutions. 
In  this  School  a  deep  felt  intellectual  need  in  .Canada  is  being  provided  for, 
and  it  would  be  a  serious  set  back  to  our  higher  culture  were  its  progress  to  be 
crippled  by  inadequate  facilities  in  library  and  laboratories  or  by  an  insufficient 
staff. 

In  the  Faculty  of  Dentistry  there  has  been  organised,  through  the  support 
of  the  Canadian  National  Institute  for  the  Blind  and  the  voluntary  service  of  a 
number  of  graduates  of  the  faculty,  the  Johnston  Dental  Clinic  for  the  Blind, 
in  which  hundreds  of  those  who  are  handicapped  by  the  impairment  or  loss  of 
sight  have  received  treatment. 

The  work  of  the  Extension  Department  has  expanded  rapidly  in  recent 
years;  and  by  experience  the  director  has  been  discovering  what  may  and  what 
may  not  be  properly  undertaken  in  the  way  of  instruction  or  education  by  a 
university,  as  well  as  new  fields  that  emerge  from  time  to  time.  This  year  that 
of  broadcasting  has  been  entered,  and  it  promises  to  be  most  fruitful.  A  series 
of  forty  radio  talks  on  scientific,  literary  and  historical  subjects  was  given  by 
university  professors  during  a  period  of  eight  weeks,  and  these  talks  were  received 
with  much  favour  by  the  public.  Other  Canadian  universities  have  made  use 
of  this  most  recent  means  of  disseminating  knowledge,  and  there  is  good  reason 
for  hoping  that,  as  a  result  of  the  gratifying  radio  policy  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, it  will  soon  become  a  very  important  agency  in  university  extension  work. 


6  University  of  Toronto 

In  Social  Science  the  numbers  have  increased  almost  beyond  the  capacity 
of  the  staff  to  give  the  needed  instruction  and  oversight,  and  since  the  demand 
for  employment  is  greater  than  the  salaried  positions  available,  it  has  been 
decided  to  limit  the  number  for  next  year  to  eighty. 

The  Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing  seems  to  be  on  the  way  to  realising 
much  more  fully  than  hitherto  its  hopes  and  aims  for  dealing  with  many  of  the 
problems  of  nursing  education, which  of  late  have  become  much  more  urgent. 

We  are  extremely  fortunate  in  the  character  of  our  Health  Services  both 
for  men  and  women,  and  as  usual  I  report  that  the  health  of  the  undergraduates 
has  been  good.  Their  athletic  activities  also  are  in  a  sound  condition.  While 
there  has  not  been  of  late  anything  spectacular,  the  University  stood  well  last 
year  in  inter-collegiate  sport.  It  is  a  matter  for  much  satisfaction  that  such 
sane  influences  have  for  years  prevailed  in  athletics.  They  have  been  directed 
by  men  of  the  finest  character,  and  graduates  have  co-operated  with  under- 
graduates in  keeping  their  standards  high.  In  spite  of  continued  handicaps  the 
athletics  of  the  women  students  have  contributed  to  their  general  healthfulness. 

During  the  session  the  Royal  Ontario  Museums  have  been  receiving  as  usual 
many  valuable  accessions,  but  the  work  of  the  staff  has  been  extremely  heavy 
because  of  the  transfer  into  the  new  galleries  and  the  renovation  of  the  old. 
When  this  is  complete  the  public  will  be  able  to  realise  what  magnificent  collec- 
tions exist  in  this  community,  and  the  new  structure  will  be  worthy  of  what  it 
contains. 

A  factor  in  my  regret  on  leaving  the  University  has  been  my  inability  to 
effect  the  establishment  of  departments  of  geography  and  of  the  fine  arts,  includ- 
ing larger  provision  for  the  study  of  music  by  undergraduates.  From  the 
Governors  I  have  always  had  sympathetic  support  for  such  developments. 
Geography,  it  is  true,  has  for  years  been  partially  provided  for  in  geology  and 
economics,  but  there  is  need  of  an  independent  department  in  which  it  will 
become  in  its  wider  phases  a  more  comprehensive  subject  for  study  and  investiga- 
tion, and  this  requires  well  appointed  quarters  and  a  geographer  of  special 
training.  In  the  Museum  of  Archaeology  the  University  possesses  invaluable 
resources  available  for  the  development  of  a  School  of  the  Fine  Arts,  but  this 
discipline  also  needs  for  successful  results,  in  addition  to  space  and  equipment, 
teachers  with  an  unusual  combination  of  gifts.  I  hope  that  it  will  not  be  long 
until,  probably  with  private  support,  both  the  fine  arts,  technically  so-called, 
and  music  will  hold  a  more  adequate  place  in  the  University  than  they  do  at 
present.  Of  course  we  have  in  the  Conservatory  of  Music  an  institution  of  which 
we  may  well  be  proud,  and  on  our  faculty  of  music  musicians  of  world-wide 
reputation,  but  the  influences  that  flow  from  that  centre  do  not  directly  reach 
the  undergraduate,  except  through  the  special  musical  recitals  which  have  in 
recent  years  been  generously  arranged  by  Dr.  MacMillan.  Indirectly,  however, 
through  the  efforts  of  the  Warden  of  Hart  House  the  goodwill  of  the  leading 
musicians  and  other  artists  of  the  city  has  been  enlisted  to  make  it  a  powerful 
source  for  disseminating  taste  for  the  fine  arts  among  the  men  students  of  the 
University.  To  these  artists,  who  have  voluntarily  given  of  their  best  towards 
developing  these  phases  of  culture  among  the  undergraduates,  the  University 
is  under  a  deep  debt  of  gratitude. 

It  is  an  especial  pleasure  that  before  the  close  of  the  academic  year  the  new 
Botanical  building,  so  patiently  hoped  for  and  so  splendidly  realised,  was  formally 
opened  in  the  presence  of  a  distinguished  gathering  including  a  number  of 
eminent  botanists  from  Britain,  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Dr.  Seward, 
professor  of  botany  in  Cambridge,  and  a  former  Vice-chancellor,  delivered  a 
lecture  and  took  part  in  scientific  conferences  on  that  occasion.  The  building, 
so  adequately  equipped,  affords  special  opportunities  for  the  staff  to  take  a 
forward  step  in  botanical  science. 

Extensions  to  the  Hygiene  building,  to  be  completed  in  the  autumn,  have 
been  made  during  the  year.     The  larger  portion  of  these  has  been  made  possible 


President's  Report  7 

through  the  application  to  this  purpose  of  the  surplus  earnings  of  the  Connaught 
Laboratories.  Another  magnificent  grant  from  the  Rockefeller  Foundation 
bringing  the  total  of  their  endowment  of  the  School  of  Hygiene  to  $850,000, 
and  an  additional  annual  grant  from  the  Government,  have  made  good  the  loss 
in  revenue  from  the  application  of  the  surplus  to  building,  so  that  the  work  of  the 
School,  already  so  widely  and  favourably  known,  will  be  largely  expanded,  to  the 
benefit  of  the  Province  and  the  Dominion,  and  to  the  promotion  of  preventive 
medicine. 

Not  the  least  hopeful  element  in  the  university  situation  is  the  deep  interest 
that  has  been  taken  in  it  by  many  who  have  shown  that  interest  by  benefactions 
large  and  small.  Though  successive  legislatures  have  responded  generously  to 
the  requests  of  the  Board  of  Governors  for  annual  support  and  for  buildings, 
the  University  could  not  to-day  be  in  such  an  enviable  condition  in  many  respects, 
had  it  not  been  for  the  varied  and  often  magnificent  gifts  that  have  been  made 
to  it.  During  the  past  twenty-five  years  those  received  by  the  Governors  have 
amounted  to  over  seven  million  dollars,  while  the  federated  universities  have  also 
been  recipients  of  large  gifts.  Indirectly  but  none  the  less  really  its  expansion 
has  been  furthered  by  the  enlargement  and  equipment  of  the  Toronto  General 
and  other  hospitals,  and  by  the  great  acquisitions  of  the  Royal  Ontario  Museums. 
It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  quality  of  the  education  given  in  the  University 
has  been  sensibly  influenced  by  its  benefactions. 

While  this  has  been  most  obvious  in  the  Faculty  of  Medicine,  the  impulse 
from  them  has  been  felt  in  other  faculties  in  a  heightened  devotion  to  scholarship 
and  research.  Lesser  gifts  have  led  to  the  promotion  of  postgraduate  study  and 
the  attraction  to  Toronto  of  graduates  from  other  Canadian  universities. 
The  most  recent  splendid  benefaction,  that  of  Mrs.  D.  A.  Dunlap,  for  the  pro- 
vision of  an  observatory  with  a  telescope  that  will  rank  among  the  greatest 
in  the  world,  will  afford  an  additional  stimulus  to  pure  science. 

On  the  social  side  of  the  students'  life,  a  most  important  part  of  their  edu- 
cation, the  cultural  effect  of  the  epoch-making  gift  of  Hart  House  has  been 
manifest,  and  among  the  women  that  of  such  buildings  as  Whitney  Hall  and  the 
residences  in  the  federated  universities.  On  the  side  of  physical  training,  the 
adequate  equipment  for  men,  and  such  inadequate  equipment  as  exists  for 
women,  are  both  due  in  the  main  to  private  benefaction,  or  to  graduate  or 
undergraduate  effort. 

When  therefore  attention  is  drawn  to  the  cost  of  this  provincial  University 
to  the  people  of  the  Province  through  their  Legislature,  a  cost,  it  must  be  borne 
in  mind,  which  is  moderate  proportionally  to  that  of  comparable  institutions, 
it  should  also  be  remembered  that  the  high  quality  of  education  which  the  Uni- 
versity offers  to  the  young  men  and  women  of  Ontario,  is  in  no  small  measure 
due  to  private  benefactions,  and  besides,  that  the  munificence  of  these  bene- 
factions testifies  to  the  respect  in  which  the  University  is  held  by  the  community 
at  large  and  by  great  Foundations  in  the  United  States. 

This  is  the  place  to  recall  again,  as  I  must,  the  extremely  difficult,  in  fact 
serious,  condition  that  exists  in  the  Library.  If  its  efficiency  is  crippled  and  its 
use  hampered  by  congestion  and  lack  of  facilities,  the  welfare  of  the  whole 
University  will  suffer.  As  far  as  it  goes  it  is  a  good  day  to  day  library,  in  some 
departments  indeed  excellent,  possessing,  for  example,  "the  largest  collection 
of  scientific  and  scholarly  serials  in  Canada";  but,  though  its  resources  are  used 
economically  and  effectively,  it  is  the  most  over-worked  organ  in  the  academic 
body,  and  relief  for  it  is  among  the  most  urgent  necessities  in  the  University. 
No  reasonable  advance  can  be  made  in  research  in  most  departments  nor  in  post- 
graduate study  unless  the  library  is  enlarged.  It  is  hardly  too  much  to  say  that 
otherwise  Toronto's  academic  reputation  will  suffer.  A  benefactor  who  would 
do  what  is  needed  to  give  the  Library  its  proper  place  would  always  be  remembered 
among  those  who  will  have  strengthened  the  University  most  vitally. 


8  University  of  Toronto 

During  the  year  the  University  has  received  the  following  benefactions, 
totalling  $121,769.02: 

From  the  Eaton  endowment,  $25,000;  University  College  Alumnae  Associa- 
tion, towards  furnishings  of  Whitney  Hall,  $25,000;  Rockefeller  Foundation, 
for  child  research  and  parent  education,  plus  premium,  $21,281.25;  Carnegie 
Corporation,  educational  research,  plus  premium,  $11,275;  Rockefeller  Founda- 
tion, paediatrics,  plus  premium,  $8,025;  Graham  Campbell,  Esq.,  Maurice 
Hutton  Scholarship,  $5,000;  University  of  Toronto  Engineering  Society, 
$3,878.25;  Canadian  National  Committee  on  Mental  Hygiene,  Psychiatry, 
$2,800;  Mrs.  Jessie  M.  Stewart,  medical  research,  $2,500;  Flavelle-Peacock 
Lectureship:  Sir  Joseph  Flavelle,  $1,250,  E.  R.  Peacock,  Esq.,  $1,250;  Graduate 
Fellowships:  Sir  Joseph  Flavelle,  $1,000,  Estate  of  the  late  Sir  Edward  Kemp, 
$500,  Imperial  Oil  Limited,  $500,  The  Robert  Simpson  Company,  $500;  J.  H. 
Gundy,  Esq.,  William  E.  Wilder  Fellowship,  $1,500;  Estate  of  the  late  Col.  H.  J. 
Grasett,  Grasett  Memorial  Scholarship  in  Classics,  $1,250;  Community  Welfare 
Council  of  Ontario,  Social  Science  Scholarships,  $800,  Anonymous  scholarship  for 
Social  Science,  $400;  D.  A.  Dunlap  Memorial  Scholarship,  $1,000;  Faculty  of 
Dentistry :  Ash  Temple  Scholarship,  $250,  Ontario  Dental  Association  Fellowship, 
$250,  J.  B.  W7illmott  Scholarship,  $250;  Randolph  Crowe,  Esq.,  Empire  Travelling 
Fellowship,  $650;  Robert  Bruce  Scholarship,  $503.71;  Gertrud  Davis  Fellowship, 
$500;  Botanical  Research:  Consolidated  Mining  and  Smelting  Company  of 
Canada,  Limited,  $400,-  Star  Printing  and  Publishing  Company,  $400;  E.  C. 
Whitney  bequest,  $498.96;  Robert  Simpson  Company  Scholarship,  $350; 
Sir  Edmund  Walker  Scholarship,  $300;  University  College  Alumni  Scholarship, 
$300;  Library  Psychology  Fund,  $428.75;  Rev.  Dr.  H.  J.  Cody:  H.  J.  Cody 
Matriculation  Scholarship,  $125,  Maurice  Cody  Memorial  Scholarships,  $100; 
Mrs.  H.  J.  Cody:  Maurice  Cody  Matriculation  Scholarship,  $125,  Maurice  Cody 
Memorial  Scholarship,  $75;  University  Schools  Scholarships:  Sir  John  Eaton 
Memorial,  $120,  Hon.  N.  W.  Rowell,  Langford-Rowell  Scholarship,  $100; 
McCaul  Scholarship:  Professor  G.  O.  Smith,  $42.50,  A.  M.  Stewart,  Esq.,  $37.50, 
Dr.  Maurice  Hutton,  $37.50;  Delta  Phi  Epsilon  Scholarship,  and  premium, 
$110.50;  J.  J.  Gibson  Matriculation  Scholarship,  $100;  University  College 
Alumnae  Scholarship,  $100;  Darling  and  Pearson  Prize  in  architecture,  $100; 
A.  H.  Jarvis  Bursaries,  $100;  St.  Margaret's  College  Alumnae  Scholarship,  $75; 
S.  Temple  Blackwood,  Esq.,  Maurice  Hutton  Scholarship,  $50;  Mathematics 
Scholarship:  Professors  Beatty  and  Pounder,  $50;  Hon.  Charles  McCrea  for 
Dent  McCrea  Scholarship,  $50;  Hon.  N.  W.  Rowell  for  Langford  Rowell  Scholar- 
ship in  Law,  $50;  Dr.  R.  A.  Reeve  Prize,  $50;  B.A.A.S.  Fund  for  prize  books, 
$27.30;  Engineering  Institute  of  Canada  Prize,  $25;  Ontario  Medical  Association 
Prize,  $25;  St.  Margaret's  College  Old  Girls  Association,  Florence  M.  Neelands 
Prize,  $15;  Professor  G.  O.  Smith,  Fletcher-Johnston  Memorial  Prize  in  Latin, 
$20;  University  College  Alumnae  Prize  in  English,  $10;  Squair  French  Library 
Fund,  $7.80;  Boiler  Inspection  and  Insurance  Company  Scholarship  in  mechanical 
engineering,  $150;  Ontario  Association  of  Architects  Scholarship,  $100. 

During  the  session  the  following  special  lectures  were  delivered:  On  the 
Marfleet  Foundation  a  course  of  three  lectures  by  Professor  J.  T.  Shotwell, 
department  of  history,  Columbia  University,  on  "The  Foreign  Relations  of  the 
United  States";  on  the  Alexander  Foundation  a  course  of  four  lectures  by  Sir 
William  Craigie,  professor  of  English,  University  of  Chicago,  on  "The  Northern 
Element  in  English  Literature";  three  lectures  by  Professor  Willem  de  Sitter, 
department  of  astronomy  and  director  of  the  observatory,  University  of  Leyden, 
two  on  "Measuring  the  Size  of  the  Universe",  and  one  on  "The  Rotation  of  the 
Earth";  four  lectures  by  Professor  Richard  Woltereck,  Zoological  Institute, 
University  of  Leipzig,  on  "The  Problem  of  Racial  Differentiation  of  Organisms  in 
Lakes",  "Present  Trends  of  Limnology  and  Marine  Biplogy  in  Europe",  "Strati- 
fication, Vertical  Movement  and  Shape  in  Pelagic  Organisms",  "The  Study  of 
Life  in  Fresh  Water  Lakes";  a  lecture  by  Dr.  L.  P.  Jacks,  University  of  Oxford 


President's  Report  9 

and  editor  of  the  "Hibbert  Journal",  on  "Leisure,  a  World  Problem";  a  lecture 
by  Professor  H.  L.  Stewart,  Dalhousie  University,  on  "Bentham:  A  Centenary 
Retrospect";  three  lectures  by  Professor  P.  Debye,  University  of  Leipzig,  on 
"The  Fine  Structure  of  Rayleigh  Scattering",  "Recent  Experiments  on  Electro- 
lytes in  connection  with  Inter-ionic  Attraction  Theory",  "Microscopy  of  Mole- 
cules"; a  lecture  by  Professor  Jean  Escarra  of  the  Faculty  of  Law,  University 
of  Paris,  on  "The  new  Legal  System  of  the  Chinese  Republic";  two  lectures  by 
Professor  Friedrich  von  der  Leyen,  University  of  Cologne,  on  "Goethe  and  his 
Times";  a  lecture  by  Professor  G.  E.  Coghill,  The  Wistar  Institute  of  Anatomy 
and  Biology,  on  "Sensitivity,  Inhibition,  Posture  and  Progression";  the  Lister 
Lecture  by  Dr.  Rudolph  Matas,  Tulane  University,  on  "The  Story  of  post- 
operative pulmonary  embolism,  before  and  after  Lister";  a  lecture  by  Professor 
A.  C.  Seward,  Master  of  Downing  College,  Cambridge,  on  "Plant  Life  through 
the  Ages". 

The  American  Psychological  Association  held  a  very  successful  and  well 
attended  meeting  at  the  University  of  Toronto,  September  10-12. 

In  February  a  programme  was  arranged  by  the  staff  in  German  of  the 
University  of  Toronto  with  the  co-operation  of  the  Director  of  Hart  House 
Theatre  to  mark  the  hundredth  anniversary  of  the  death  of  Goethe,  as  follows: 
Two  lectures  on  "Goethe  and  his  Time"  by  Professor  Friedrich  von  der  Leyen 
of  the  University  of  Cologne;  a  lecture  on  "Faust"  by  Professor  C.  Lewis;  a 
lecture  on  "Goethe's  place  in  the  history  of  science"  by  Professor  G.  S.  Brett; 
a  song-recital  by  Hans  Merx  of  Goethe's  lyrics  set  to  music  by  famous  composers; 
Goethe's  drama  "Faust"  performed  in  English  at  Hart  House  Theatre  during  the 
week  of  February  22. 

A  special  convocation  was  held  in  April  when  the  honorary  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Laws  was  conferred  upon  Lord  Irwin,  G.C.S.I.,  who  at  the  same  time  inaugu- 
rated the  Massey  Lectureship,  taking  as  his  subject  "Some  Aspects  of  the  Indian 
Problem". 

The  University  of  Toronto  shares  in  the  honour  which  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  Italy  conferred  upon  Professor  E.  Goggio  by  investing  him  with  the 
title  of  "Cavaliere  della  Corona  d'ltalia".  Professor  M.  A.  Buchanan  has  been 
honoured  by  being  elected  President  of  the  Modern  Language  Association  of 
America.  Professor  C.  T.  Currelly  has  been  made  a  Fellow  of  the  Society  of 
Antiquaries,  a  well  earned  distinction. 

On  reviewing  the  University  as  a  whole  I  feel  confidence  in  saying  that 
since  the  War  a  marked  change  has  been  coming  over  its  life.  The  quality  of  its 
teaching  and  standards  has  been  rising  steadily,  and  the  spirit  which  is  distinctive 
of  universities  of  the  first  order  has  been  intensified.  This  is  shown  not  merely 
in  the  increasing  lists,  in  my  annual  reports,  of  fundamental  or  applied  researches, 
and  of  published  articles  or  works  of  importance,  but  in  the  aims  and  standards 
of  undergraduate,  professional  and  postgraduate  education  which  are  consciously 
pursued  by  the  faculties.  This  spirit  has  been  strengthened  by  the  annual 
additions  made  to  the  staff  of  young  men,  many  of  them  our  own  distinguished 
graduates,  who  have  had  the  advantage  of  advanced  study  in  some  of  the  greatest 
universities  of  the  world.  It  is  heightened  also  by  the  privilege,  availed  of  by 
not  a  few,  of  spending  their  periodic  leave  of  absence  for  a  year,  or  a  portion  of  it, 
abroad,  where  they  refresh  their  powers  by  meeting  again  the  leaders  of  thought 
in  their  own  subject.  I  regard  these  larger  opportunities  and  the  annual  con- 
ferences at  meetings  of  learned  societies  as  important  contributory  factors  to  the 
higher  life  of  the  university.  Similar  effects  result  from  the  brief  visits  to 
Toronto  each  session  of  a  large  number  of  scholars  and  scientists  from  all  parts 
of  the  academic  world,  who  stimulate  their  colleagues  by  their  intimate 
intercourse,  not  less  than  they  do  the  university  public  at  large  by  their  lectures. 
Toronto  is  situated  so  conveniently  on  the  great  routes  of  travel,  that  the 
University  is  able,  at  comparatively  small  expense,  to  bring  visitors  from  the 


10  University  of  Toronto 

leading  academic  centres  of  this  continent,  and  often  to  share  with  those  uni- 
versities in  the  visits  of  European  professors. 

In  closing  my  twenty-fifth  and  final  report  as  president  to  the  Governors 
and  to  the  Senate,  I  wish  to  express  to  the  teaching  and  administrative  staffs 
of  the  University  my  deep  gratitude  for  their  constant  co-operation  with  and 
uniform  kindness  towards  me,  and  to  the  Governors  and  the  members  of  the 
Senate  my  heartiest  thanks  for  the  support  they  have  given  to  me  in  my  endeav- 
ours and  for  their  forbearance  with  me  in  my  shortcomings. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

(Signed)  R.  A.  Falconer, 

President. 

October  13,  1932 


President's  Report  11 


APPENDIX  A 

(1)  Report  of  the  Principal  of  University  College. 

(2)  Report  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine. 

(3)  Report  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering. 

(4)  Report  of  the  Dean  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Education. 

(5)  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Faculty  of  Household  Science. 

(6)  Report  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Forestry. 

(7)  Report  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Music. 

(8)  Report  of  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Graduate  Studies. 

(9)  Report  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Dentistry. 

(10)  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  School  of  Hygiene. 

(11)  Report  of  the  Librarian. 

(12)  Report  on  Research. 

(13)  Publications. 

(14)  Report  of  the  Department  of  University  Extension  and  Publicity. 

(15)  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Department  of  Social  Science. 

(16)  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing. 

(17)  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Department  of  Military  Studies. 

(18)  Report  of  Health  Services. 

(19)  Report  of  the  Warden  of  Hart  House. 

(20)  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories. 

(21)  Statement  regarding  the  Museum  of  Archaeology. 

(22)  Statement  regarding  the  Museum  of  Biology. 

(23)  Statement  regarding  the  Museum  of  Geology. 

(24)  Statement  regarding  the  Museum  of  Mineralogy. 

(25)  Statement  regarding  the  Museum  of  Palaeontology. 


12  University  of  Toronto 

(1)  REPORT  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  OF  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 
(Professor  M.  W.  Wallace,  M.A.,  Ph.D.) 

I  have  the  honour  to  submit  to  you  the  following  report  on  the  activities 
of  University  College  during  the  academic  year,  1931-1932: 

The  past  session  has  been  a  difficult  one  for  many  of  our  students  on  account 
of  the  prevailing  economic  stress.  Some  of  them  have  been  compelled  to  leave 
college,  and  many  have  carried  on  their  work  in  most  distressing  conditions. 
Many  more  will  probably  be  unable  to  return  to  college  next  year,  and  under 
these  circumstances  it  seems  to  me  most  unfortunate  that  the  Governors  have 
found  it  necessary  to  increase  the  tuition  fees.  The  setting  aside  of  a  considerable 
proportion  of  the  increased  revenue  for  bursaries  will  do  a  great  deal,  however, 
to  alleviate  the  worst  cases  of  distress  among  our  best  students.  It  is  a  sad 
sight  to  see  students  of  first  rate  ability  compelled  to  leave  college,  and  to  seek 
for  employment  in  a  world  which  for  the  present  seems  incapable  of  making 
use  of  their  services.  Our  graduates  are  many  of  them  finding  the  greatest 
difficulty  in  securing  employment. 

Whitney  Hall  was  opened  with  appropriate  celebrations  in  September  last, 
and  already  it  is  difficult  to  realise  that  there  was  a  time  when  we  were  able  to 
carry  on  the  work  of  the  college  with  only  make-shift  accommodation  for  the 
women  students.  In  a  hundred  ways  the  beautiful  new  residences  have  con- 
tributed toward  their  comfort  and  to  the  enrichment  of  their  college  experience. 
They  are  most  appreciative  of  their  opportunities  aind  proud  of  their  common 
home.  The  Alumnae  have  continued  their  interest  in  the  new  buildings,  and 
have  voted  a  large  sum  of  money  to  purchase  books  for  the  residence  library. 
It  is  hoped  that  not  only  will  most  of  the  books  required  in  the  various  courses 
be  made  easily  available  to  the  residents,  but  that  a  generous  provision  will  be 
made  of  the  works  of  standard  and  contemporary  authors.  The  college  is  once 
more  under  great  obligation  to  the  generosity  of  our  Alumnae  Association. 

The  Alexander  Lectures  were  delivered  in  Hart  House  Theatre  during  the 
month  of  February  by  Sir  William  Craigie,  formerly  editor  of  the  Oxford  English 
Dictionary,  and  at  present  professor  of  English  in  the  University  of  Chicago. 
Professor  Craigie  gave  us  a  most  scholarly  and  interesting  series  of  four  lectures  on 
The  Northern  Element  in  English  Literature.  The  Alexander  Lectureship  brings 
to  the  University  each  year  a  scholar  of  international  reputation,  and  makes  a 
very  real  contribution  to  the  intellectual  life  of  both  the  staff  and  the  student 
body.  During  next  session  the  lectures  will  be  given  by  Professor  Grierson, 
professor  of  English  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh  on  The  Life  and  Work  of 
Sir  Walter  Scott. 

The  German  Exchange  Fellow  on  the  Gertrud  Davis  Foundation  for  next 
year  will  be  Miss  E.  B.  Burton,  daughter  of  Professor  Burton  of  the  department 
of  physics.  Miss  Burton  will  continue  her  studies  in  German  and  music  at  the 
University  of  Frankfort.  Mr.  Werner  von  Gruenan  has  spent  this  year  with  us 
as  the  German  Fellow  on  the  foundation. 

Two  of  the  older  members  of  the  college  staff  leave  us  at  the  end  of  the 
present  session, — Professor  F.  Tracy,  professor  of  ethics,  and  Professor  Barker 
Fairley,  associate  professor  of  German.  Professor  Tracy  retires  after  a  life-time 
of  service  in  this  University  and  college.  His  reputation  as  a  great  scholar  in 
his  own  field  is  world-wide,  and  a  multitude  of  students  during  the  last  forty 
years  have  come  under  the  influence  of  his  charm  and  persuasiveness  as  a  teacher. 
Professor  Fairley  joined  our  staff  just  seventeen  years  ago,  and  leaves  us  to  accept 
the  chair  of  German  in  the  University  of  Manchester.  Of  his  scholarship  I  need 
say  nothing  beyond  the  fact,  that  hjs  recent  volume  on  Goethe  has  been  most 
generously  reviewed  in  all  the  scholarly  periodicals,  and  generally  recognised 


President's  Report  13 

as  the  most  significant  contribution  to  Goethe  literature  in  this  centenary  year. 
Through  his  interest  in  painting,  and  in  literature  in  the  broadest  sense  of  the 
word,  Professor  Fairley  was  in  close  touch  with  all  the  foremost  Canadian 
representatives  of  the  arts  and  of  letters.  His  colleagues  greatly  deplore  his 
derision  to  leave  University  College. 

From  many  books  and  articles  published  during  the  year  by  members  of  the 
staff,  I  would  mention  especially  Professor  Gilbert  Norwood's  History  of  Greek 
Comedy,  and  a  volume  of  Studies  in  English  by  various  members  of  the  English 
staff,  both  of  which  have  been  very  well  received  by  scholarly  critics. 

A  course  of  public  lectures  was  given  by  members  of  the  staff  in  the  West  Hall 
for  several  weeks  during  the  winter. 

I  have  to  record  the  sudden  and  untimely  death  of  Professor  Grant  Brown, 
who  resigned  his  chair  in  ancient  history  three  years  ago. 

(2)  REPORT  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  THE  FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE 

(/.  G.  FitzGerald,  M.D.) 

With  the  completion  of  the  present  session  the  term  of  office  of  Sir  Robert 
Falconer  as  President  of  the  University  expires.  During  the  past  twenty-five 
years  the  Faculty  of  Medicine  as  a  whole  and  its  many  individual  members  have 
enjoyed  the  very  great  privilege  of  his  wise  guidance,  counsel  and  support. 
At  this  time  it  is  with  the  deepest  appreciation  that  acknowledgement  of  this 
is  here  recorded.  The  President-Elect,  Doctor  H.  J.  Cody,  has  had  for  many 
years,  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Governors,  a  deep  interest  in  and  sympathetic 
understanding  of  the  responsibilities  and  problems  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine 
in  the  spheres  of  research,  teaching  and  community  service.  This  Faculty, 
therefore,  looks  forward  with  confidence  to  the  future  feeling  assured  that  under 
the  prospective  administration  continued  encouragement  and  support  will  be 
accorded  recommendations  which  have  as  their  sole  purpose  the  public  good. 

After  a  period  of  service  extending  over  more  than  forty  years  Doctor 
Alexander  Primrose  retired  as  dean  of  the  faculty  of  medicine  on  December  31, 
1931.  At  the  same  time  he  gave  up  his  professorship  in  clinical  surgery.  The 
sentiments  of  his  colleagues  upon  the  occasion  of  Doctor  Primrose's  withdrawal 
were  expressed  in  the  following  resolution  unanimously  adopted  by  the  Council 
of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine:  "That  upon  the  occasion  of  the  retirement  of  Pro- 
fessor Alexander  Primrose  from  the  office  of  dean  of  the  faculty  of  medicine  and 
from  his  professorship  in  clinical  surgery,  we  his  colleagues  and  associates  in  the 
faculty  of  medicine  wish  at  this  time  to  indicate  and  record  our  warm  affection 
for  him  personally,  our  appreciation  of  the  services  which  he  has  for  so  many 
years  rendered  the  University  and  this  faculty  especially,  and  our  regret  that 
the  time  for  his  withdrawal  from  active  participation  in  the  work  of  the  faculty 
has  arrived." 

Dr.  J.  G.  FitzGerald,  professor  of  hygiene  and  preventive  medicine  and 
director  of  the  School  of  Hygiene  and  the  Connaught  Laboratories,  was  appointed, 
by  the  Governors,  dean  for  a  period  of  three  years.  Dr.  E.  Stanley  Ryerson 
who  since  1908  has  splendidly  served  first  as  assistant  secretary  and  then  as 
secretary  was  appointed  assistant  dean  and  continues  as  secretary  of  the  faculty 
also.     These  appointments  became  effective  January  first,  1932. 

Dr.  J.  T.  Fotheringham  who  has  occupied  the  chair  of  the  history  of  medicine 
with  distinction,  retired  at  the  close  of  the  session.  In  many  capacities  Dr. 
Fotheringham  has  given  unstinted  devotion  to  the  welfare  of  this  University 
and  his  colleagues  will  miss  his  wise  and  helpful  counsel. 

It  is  with  deep  regret  that  the  deaths  of  Dr.  J.  Algernon  Temple,  professor 
emeritus  of  obstetrics  and  gynaecology  and  Dr.  Leonard  M.  Murray,  a  former 
member  of  the  department  of  medicine  are  here  recorded.     To  an  earlier  genera- 


14  University  of  Toronto 

tion  of  students  and  graduates  Dr.  Temple's  capacity  as  a  teacher  was  often 
made  manifest  and  a  large  circle  of  friends  and  admirers  mourn  his  passing. 
The  death  of  Dr.  Murray,  a  splendid  teacher  and  most  lovable  man,  has  occa- 
sioned poignant  sorrow  to  a  wide  circle  of  friends.  The  death  of  Dr.  E.  St.  G. 
Baldwin,  the  last  of  Lister's  former  house  officers  resident  in  this  community, 
must  this  year  be  chronicled.  A  scholarly  physician,  he  possessed  those  fine 
characteristics  of  the  great  Edinburgh  school  of  which  he  was  a  distinguished 
graduate.  His  passing  still  further  reduces  the  ranks  of  those  who  assisted  in  the 
dissemination  of  the  gospel  of  asepsis. 

In  addition  to  the  resignations  of  Dr.  A.  Primrose  and  Dr.  J.  T.  Fotheringham 
the  faculty  of  medicine  has  lost  the  services  of  Dr.  M.  H.  V.  Cameron,  assistant 
professor  of  surgery;  Dr.  G.  C.  Cameron,  associate  professor  in  the  department 
of  medical  research  and  Dr.  Ross  A.  Jamieson,  senior  demonstrator  in  the  depart- 
ment of  medicine.  Upon  the  occasion  of  the  resignation  of  these  three  members 
of  the  staff  who  for  many  years  have  rendered  fine  service  to  the  University, 
their  colleagues  expressed  their  real  regret  and  their  sincere  appreciation  of 
the.r  loyal  co-operation  at  all  times  in  the  conduct  of  the  work  of  the  faculty. 

The  following  appointments  and  promotions  have  been  made  during  the 
year : — 

Professors 

History  of  Medicine Dr.  J.  H.  Elliott 

Biochemistry Dr.  H.  D.  Kay 

Neuropathology Dr.  E.  A.  Linell 

Physiology Dr.  Norman  B.  Taylor 

Associate  Professor 

Hygiene  and  Preventive  Medicine Dr.  P.  J.  Moloney 

Assistant  Professors 

Pathology Major  George  Shanks 

Hygiene  and  Epidemiology Dr.  Neil  E.  McKinnon 

Associate  Directors  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories 

Dr.  D.  T.  Fraser 
Dr.  C.  H.  Best 
Dr.  E.  S.  Ryerson  has  been  appointed  by  the  Senate  as  the  representative  of  the 
University  on   the   Medical   Council   of   Canada  to  succeed   Dr.  A.    Primrose, 
resigned.     Dr.  Ryerson  has  also  been  appointed  a  representative  of  the  faculty 
upon  the  Senate. 

During  the  year  the  following  members  of  the  Faculty  were  appointed  to 
or  continued  to  serve  in  the  following  offices: — 

Dr.  A.  Primrose: — President  of  the  Canadian  Medical  Association. 
Dr.  W.   E.   Gailie: — President  of  the  American  Orthopaedic  Association. 
Dr.  E.  S.  Ryerson: — Chairman,  Committee  on  Education  Policies  of  the 
Association  of  American  Medical  Colleges.     Chairman,  Committee  on 
Medical  Education  of  the  Canadian  Medical  Association. 
During  the  session  the  following  members  of  the  staff  attended  meetings 
as  representatives  of  the  University: — 

Dr.   E.   S.   Ryerson :— Association  of  American   Medical  Colleges  at  New 
Orleans.     Congress  on  Medical  Education  etc.  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  at  Chicago. 
Dr.  A.  Primrose: — Medical  Council  of  Canada. 

Dr.  V.  E.  Henderson: — Centenary  Meeting  of  the  British  Medical  Associa- 
tion. 
Dr.   C.   H.   Best: — Celebration  of  Medical   Progress  at  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania. 


President's  Report  15 

Report  on  Council  of  Faculty 

The  entrance  requirements  into  the  medical  course  were  made  the  same 
as  these  necessary  to  enter  an  honour  science  course  in  the  faculty  of  arts,  so 
that  after  1933  students  at  the  secondary  schools  may  defer  their  final  decision 
as  to  whether  they  wish  to  take  the  medical  course  proper  or  the  combined  course 
in  arts  and  medicine  until  after  they  have  successfully  completed  their  honour 
matriculation. 

Immediately  following  the  war,  the  number  of  students  in  the  medical  course 
became  so  great  that  limitation  of  those  entering  was  considered,  but  as  the 
entrance  requirements  had  just  been  increased  to  honour  matriculation,  action 
was  deferred  until  the  effect  of  this  higher  standard  of  entrance  on  the  number 
of  students  had  been  observed.  In  the  last  two  years,  the  number  entering  the 
medical  course  again  increased  so  that  the  faculty  council  considered  steps  should 
be  taken  to  limit  the  number  in  the  course.  A  very  thorough  investigation  was 
made  into  this  question,  the  various  aspects  of  it  being  carefully  studied. 

Limitation  of  the  number  of  students  admitted  into  medicine  is  carried  out 
in  the  majority  of  the  universities  in  Canada  and  the  United  States.  It  has 
become  necessary  because  a  far  larger  number  seek  admission  than  the  facilities 
of  institutions  can  accommodate.  The  procedure  is  adopted  both  in  state 
supported  and  privately  endowed  universities.  Medical  faculties  have  realised 
that  there  is  an  approximate  relationship  between  the  laboratory  and  hospital 
facilities  of  a  medical  college,  the  size  and  qualifications  of  the  teaching  staff 
and  the  number  of  students  that  can  receive  an  adequate  medical  education. 
The  close  personal  contact  between  students  and  members  of  the  teaching  staff 
in  the  smaller  medical  colleges  results  in  an  efficiency  which  is  not  possible  in  an 
institution  where  the  number  of  students  is  excessive.  Five  of  the  medical 
colleges  in  Canada  and  forty-four  in  the  United  States  have  a  statement  in  their 
calendars  that  the  number  of  students  is  limited. 

The  supply  of  graduates  in  medicine  in  relation  to  the  needs  of  the  Province 
of  Ontario  and  the  Dominion  as  a  whole  was  calculated  and  the  conclusion 
reached  that  a  limitation  of  the  number  at  this  university  would  not  in  any  way 
jeopardise  the  provision  of  an  adequate  number  of  physicians  for  the  province 
or  the  country  as  a  whole. 

A  study  was  made  of  the  clinical  facilities,  the  laboratory  facilities  and  the 
teaching  staff  in  relation  to  the  number  of  students,  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
the  approximate  number  that  might  be  accommodated.  It  was  found  that  in 
all  the  clinical  departments  a  high  standard  of  individual  instruction  was  im- 
possible with  the  present  number  and  the  relatively  slow  turn-over  of  patients 
available  for  teaching  in  the  hospitals  connected  with  the  university.  A  reduction 
of  the  number  of  students  in  each  bedside  clinic  group  would  be  a  distinct 
advantage  to  patient,  instructor  and  student.  With  the  present  large  number 
of  students  in  the  clinical  years,  the  provision  of  adequate  training  is  almost 
impossible  on  account  of  over-taxing  the  endurance  of  the  patients  by  repeated 
examinations  by  individual  students,  as  well  as  by  repeated  clinics  in  groups  on 
the  same  patient.  The  present  size  of  the  classes  prevents  the  close  personal 
contact  between  student  and  teacher,  which  is  so  valuable  as  a  method  of 
instruction. 

In  the  laboratory  departments,  the  present  large  classes  of  students  are 
out  of  proportion  to  the  number  of  competent  full-time  instructors,  making  the 
provision  of  adequate  instruction  very  difficult.  As  at  present  constituted,  the 
teaching  staffs  of  these  departments  have  not  sufficient  instructors  of  the  essen- 
tially necessary  type  to  do  proper  justice  to  the  training  of  the  number  of  students 
enrolled.  The  laboratory  courses  which  should  provide  the  most  important 
of  the  opportunities  which  the  university  offers,  are  already  less  efficient  than 
they  should  be.  This  condition  might  be  remedied  by  reducing  the  number  of 
students. 


16  University  of  Toronto 

From  a  thorough  study  of  the  facts,  the  faculty  of  medicine  is  convinced 
that  the  number  of  students  admitted  to  the  medical  course  should  be  limited 
to  about  80.  This,  with  the  addition  of  about  20  students  in  arts  of  the  biological 
and  medical  sciences  course,  and  those  admitted  ad  eundem  from  other  provinces 
would  yield  about  100  students  in  each  of  the  clinical  years. 

The  method  of  limiting  the  students  to  the  above  numbers  was  given  careful 
consideration.  Experience  has  shown  that  the  standing  and  marks  obtained  by 
students  at  matriculation  do  not  form  a  satisfactory  standard  for  the  selection 
of  medical  students.  A  student  may  stand  high  at  matriculation  and  fail  hope- 
lessly in  his  medical  subjects  or  vice  versa.  On  the  other  hand  there  is  a  very 
fair  correlation  between  the  marks  obtained  at  the  end  of  the  first  year  of  the 
medical  course  and  the  standing  obtained  in  the  remaining  years.  For  this 
reason,  the  proposal  has  been  made  that  students  intending  to  enter  medicine 
be  enrolled  in  a  pre-medical  year  in  the  faculty  of  medicine  and  that  on  the  basis 
of  the  examinations  at  the  end  of  the  year,  80  students  be  accepted  for  registration 
in  the  medical  course.  It  is  further  suggested  that  the  number  of  students  in 
each  of  the  clinical  years  be  restricted  to  approximately  100,  including  the 
graduates  of  the  combined  course  in  arts  and  medicine. 

The  above  recommendations  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine  await  the  approval 
of  the  Board  of  Governors  before  they  can  be  made  effective. 

The  creation  of  a  division  of  neuropathology  in  the  department  of  pathology 
and  bacteriology  is  referred  to  by  Professor  Klotz  in  his  annual  report.  Dr.  Eric 
Linell,  formerly  of  the  department  of  anatomy  was  appointed  to  a  professorship 
in  neuropathology  and  has  assumed  his  duties  in  this  new  and  important  extension 
of  the  work  of  this  faculty.  Furthermore,  it  has  been  arranged  that  the  work 
being  carried  on  by  Dr.  Kenneth  McKenzie  in  neurosurgery  under  Professor 
Gallie;  the  developments  in  neurology  conducted  by  Dr.  H.  H.  Hyland  under 
Professor  Duncan  Graham;  the  activities  in  neuropathology  in  relation  to 
psychiatry  for  which  Dr.  Hannah  under  Professor  C.  B.  Farrar  is  responsible, 
shall  all  be  coordinated  by  this  group  in  laboratories  designated  for  the  purpose 
in  the  Banting  Institute.  This  step  has  been  planned  for  some  time  and  results 
of  great  theoretical  interest  and  practical  importance  should  emerge  therefrom. 

A  method  for  conducting  a  conjoint  examination  between  the  University 
and  the  Medical  Council  of  Canada,  whereby  a  student  would  receive  his  uni- 
versity degree  and  his  licentiate  of  the  Medical  Council  of  Canada,  was  evolved 
and  finally  approved  by  the  faculty  council. 

The  method  provided  for  the  same  men  being  appointed  for  the  oral  and 
clinical  examinations  in  each  of  the  subjects  by  the  University  and  Medical 
Council,  one  of  the  two  being  a  member  of  the  teaching  staff  and  the  other  an 
extra-mural  examiner.  The  written  papers  would  first  be  examined  by  men 
appointed  by  the  University  and  those  of  the  candidates  who  were  successful 
and  received  their  degree,  would  then  be  examined  by  the  main  board  of  examiners 
of  the  Medical  Council.  Such  a  procedure  as  this  would  overcome  the  present 
necessity  of  candidates  being  subjected  to  two  examinations  within  two  or  three 
weeks  of  one  another  and  very  often  by  the  same  examiners.  The  use  of  extra- 
mural examiners  is  common  practice  at  universities  in  the  old  country  and  would 
require  students  to  obtain  a  broader  knowledge  in  the  subjects  of  examination, 
an  effect  greatly*  to  be  desired.  The  details  of  the  proposed  method  were 
approved  by  the  Council  of  the  Canadian  Medical  Association  in  Toronto  in 
June  and  will  be  submitted  to  the  Medical  Council  of  Canada  for  consideration 
at  their  meeting  in  September. 

The  change  in  the  representation  of  universities  on  the  Council  of  the  College 
of  Physicans  and  Surgeons  of  Ontario,  which  will  become  effective  as  the  result 
of  the  amendments  to  the  Medical  Act  passed  by  the  Legislature  at  its  1932 
session,  is  a  logical  step  in  providing  for  one  representative  from  each  of  the 
universities  conducting  medical  courses  and  granting  degrees.  The  reduction 
in  the  size  of  this  body  from  29  to  15  is  also  commendable. 


President's  Report  17 

This  year  t  he  Ontario  Medical  Association  prize  in  preventive  medicine  was 
awarded  for  the  first  time.  The  recipient  was  Dr.  Kenneth  Brandon  of  the 
sixth  year.  The  University  is  indebted  to  the  Association  for  the  generous 
provision  of  this  prize  and  the  action  is  highly  appreciated  by  this  faculty. 

Dr.  Primrose,  upon  his  retirement,  most  generously  donated  his  splendid 
library  of  bound  periodicals,  monographs,  books  etc.  to  the  University.  These 
have  been  placed  in  a  special  library  in  the  Banting  Institute.  By  this  action 
Dr.  Primrose  has  still  further  placed  this  faculty  in  his  debt.  His  gift  is  highly 
appreciated  and  thanks  are  once  again  tendered  herein. 

The  Balfour  Lecture  was  delivered  on  Lister  Day,  April  fifth,  by  Dr.  Rudolf 
Matas  of  Tulane  University,  New  Orleans.  The  title  of  the  lecture  was  "The 
Story  of  Postoperative  Pulmonary  Embolism,  before  and  after  Lister".  A  large 
and  appreciative  audience  was  delighted  both  by  the  charming  delivery  of  the 
lecturer  and  the  very  interesting  subject  matter  of  his  address. 

The  Charles  Mickle  Fellowship  "awarded  annually  to  that  member  of  the 
medical  profession  who  is  considered  by  the  Council  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine 
to  have  done  most  during  the  preceding  ten  years  to  advance  sound  knowledge 
of  a  practical  kind  in  medical  art  or  science",  was  this  year  awarded  by  the 
Senate  to  Professor  G.  Ramon  of  the  Pasteur  Institute,  Paris.  The  recipient, 
(an  honorary  doctor  of  science  of  this  university),  has  made  exceedingly  impor- 
tant contributions  to  knowledge  of  infection  and  immunity  in  diphtheria.  His 
most  monumental  recent  contributions  have  been  the  development  of  diphtheria 
and  tetanus  anatoxine;  specific  prophylactics  for  diphtheria  and  tetanus  respec- 
tively, and  his  discovery  of  the  flocculation  reaction. 

(3)  REPORT  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  THE  FACULTY  OF  APPLIED  SCIENCE 

AND  ENGINEERING 

(C.  H.  Mitchell,  C.B.,  C.M.G.,  C.E.) 

A  most  gratifying  and  successful  academic  year  is  to  be  recorded  for  the 
Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering.  The  session  has  been  quite  marked 
by  diligent  work  on  the  part  of  the  students  and  efficient  instructional  work  on  the 
part  of  the  staff.  The  results  attained  in  the  examinations  have  indicated  a 
further  improvement  in  standards. 

The  session  has  been  noteworthy  in  that  the  number  of  students  registered 
is  larger  than  ever  before  in  the  history  of  the  faculty.  The  total  number  at 
the  commencement  of  the  session  was  881.  This  is  to  be  compared  with  previously 
recorded  large  numbers  of  850  in  1930-31,  810  in  1920-21,  and  770  in  1910-11. 
In  the  present  session  the  attendance  numbers  have  been  divided  among  depart- 
ments as  follows: — Civil,  129;  Mining,  69;  Mechanical,  218;  Architecture,  45; 
Chemical,  186;  Electrical,  211;  and  Metallurgical,  23.  In  addition  to  these, 
there  were  33  postgraduate  students  enrolled  in  the  various  departments  of  the 
faculty,  a  marked  increase  over  previous  years. 

During  the  session  a  great  deal  of  attention  was  given  to  the  question  of 
adequate  building  accommodation  to  provide  for  the  growing  number  of  students. 
This  has  been  urgently  before  the  faculty  for  several  years,  the  departments  in 
which  the  most  acute  pressure  has  prevailed  being  Mining,  Mechanical,  and 
Chemical. 

The  plan  for  enlarging  the  Mining  Mill,  which  had  been  discussed  for  several 
years,  came  to  practical  construction  last  year.  The  enlarged  building  to 
accommodate  the  mining  and  ore  dressing  laboratories  was,  with  its  added  equip- 
ment, taken  into  use  this  session  and  was  opened  formally  by  a  ceremony  under 
the  direction  of  the  Board  of  Governors  in  November.  This  new  building  is 
now  72  feet  x  100  feet  and  has  four  storeys  and  a  basement.  Its  provision  was 
the  outcome  of  representations  of  the  faculty,  the  energetic  efforts  of  the  depart- 
ment and  graduates,  and  especially  due  to  the  generosity  of  the  Ontario  Govern- 


18  University  of  Toronto 

ment  through  its  Department  and  Minister  of  Mines,  together  with  the  strong  co- 
operation of  the  Board  of  Governors.  The  department  of  mining  engineering 
is  now  well  equipped  to  efficiently  provide  for  an  increased  number  of  students 
under  the  most  modern  and  approved  methods  in  keeping  with  the  progress 
of  the  mining  industry  of  the  country. 

During  the  session  the  Committee  on  Accommodation,  appointed  last  year 
by  the  Council  of  the  Faculty,  has  actively  continued  its  work.  It  made  an 
extensive  study  of  the  accommodation  problems  and  brought  in  to  the  Council, 
at  its  March  meeting,  a  most  valuable  and  convincing  report,  which  was  adopted 
and  duly  forwarded  to  the  President  for  the  Board  of  Governors.  This  report 
dealt  primarily  with  the  immediate  needs  of  the  faculty  in  respect  to  the  pressing 
requirements  of  the  departments  of  mechanical  and  chemical  engineering  and 
recommended  the  construction,  as  soon  as  possible,  of  a  new  wing  to  the  mechan- 
ical building,  so  arranged  that  it  would  join  the  west  end  of  that  building  with 
the  west  wing  of  the  mining  building.  This  additional  building  is  designed  to 
provide  not  only  for  the  present  pressing  needs  for  those  departments,  but  for 
their  joint  requirements  for  the  next  eight  years,  having  in  view  the  anticipated 
rate  of  their  growth  in  numbers  of  students  and  the  necessary  advances  in  the 
scope  of  instruction  in  these  fields.  The  report  also  pointed  out  the  extent  to 
which  this  building  might  provide  some  temporary  relief  for  other  crowded 
departments. 

The  report  of  the  Committee  on  Accommodation,  beside  recommending  the 
provision  of  the  additional  wing  as  already  described,  envisaged  the  estimated 
requirements  of  the  faculty  in  the  further  period  extending  to  twenty-five  years 
hence  and  in  view  of  these,  presented  an  additional  building  programme  in  which 
was  recommended  the  future  construction  of  an  extensive  building  at  the  corner 
of  St.  George  and  College  Streets.  This  whole  report  is  now  under  consideration 
by  the  Board  of  Governors,  upon  whom  was  impressed  the  urgency  of  the  im- 
mediate requirements. 

The  necessity  of  increased  accommodation  for  the  faculty  cannot  be  too 
strongly  represented.  This  has  been  continually  and  consistently  pressed  during 
the  past  few  years  and  is  again  put  forward  for  the  earliest  attention  of  the 
Board  of  Governors  along  the  lines  above  indicated  and  according  to  the  report 
recently   submitted. 

While  there  has  been  no  major  revision  of  the  curriculum  during  the  session, 
small  changes  have  been  made  for  purposes  of  coordination  and  adjustment. 
The  present  is  the  last  session  in  which  the  four  years'  course  in  architecture  is 
being  given;  the  fifth  year,  provided  for  several  years  ago,  comes  into  effect 
during  the  forthcoming  session.  There  was,  consequently,  no  graduating  class 
in  architecture  this  year. 

Newly  established  prizes  from  the  following  donors  were  awarded  during 
this  session  for  the  first  time: — The  Engineering  Institute  of  Canada;  "The 
Canadian  Engineer";  The  Canadian  National  Clay  Products  Association  (Ceram- 
ics Scholarship) ;  and  the  Ontario  Chapter  of  the  American  Society  of  Heating 
and  Ventilating  Engineers.     These  are  gratefully  acknowledged. 

The  Engineering  Society,  the  students'  organisation  constituting  an  integral 
part  of  the  faculty  and  its  affairs,  will  mark  this  session  as  noteworthy  in  con- 
nection with  its  business  and  finances.  Early  in  the  session,  the  Faculty  Council's 
Committee  on  Engineering  Society  Affairs  had  various  meetings  and  some 
negotiation  with  the  Society,  mainly  with  respect  to  its  financial  situation  and 
the  conduct  of  its  business.  The  Society's  finances  were  found  to  be  in  a  very 
satisfactory  state,  showing  a  considerable  reserve.  The  Committee  reported 
to  the  Council  in  December  that  the  Society  had,  through  the  President  of  the 
University,  offered  to  return  to  the  Board  of  Governors  the  aggregate  of  the 
latter's  annual  grants  to  it  for  the  past  seventeen  years,  together  with  compound 
interest,  the  whole  sum  amounting  to  $3,800.  Subsequently  the  Board  advised 
the  Society  that  it  did  not  wish  to  retain  this  sum,  but  desired  the  Society  to 


President's  Report  19 

employ  it  for  some  useful  purpose  on  behalf  of  the  students  of  the  faculty.  The 
Society  later  reported  to  the  Council  that  it  had,  with  this  money,  established 
a  students'  loan  fund  under  administrative  arrangements  approved  by  the 
Board.  This  fund  is  already  in  operation,  and  is  proving  most  acceptable  to 
needy  and  worthy  students,  especially  during  these  difficult  times. 

The  prevalent  depression  in  the  country  is  now  having  a  noticeable  effect 
on  employment  of  graduates.  Last  summer,  last  year's  graduating  class  had 
been  absorbed  at  one  time  to  the  extent  of  nearly  90%,  but  this  proportion  has 
by  now  been  much  reduced.  The  apparent  prospects  for  employment  of  this 
year's  graduating  class  are  not  so  encouraging,  the  latest  reports  indicating 
absorption  of  about  50%  of  the  graduating  class.  This  situation  also  affects 
the  present  student  body  to  a  very  considerable  extent,  as  well  as  those  depart- 
ments of  this  faculty  which  require  shop  work  from  the  undergraduates  in  the 
vacation  periods. 

In  the  work  of  research,  in  which  practically  every  department  of  this  faculty 
is  engaged,  there  was  somewhat  less  activity  throughout  the  session  than  is 
customary;  this  was  due  mainly  to  the  pressure  of  the  regular  academic  work 
and  the  difficulties  arising  from  the  large  number  of  students  taking  instruction. 
In  the  spring,  however,  after  conclusion  of  examinations,  many  members  of  the 
staff  have  been  able  to  resume  their  research  activities.  The  Committee  of 
Management  of  the  School  of  Engineering  Research  reports  that  many  important 
researches  which  had  not  been  concluded  last  year  are  being  continued  this 
session;  a  number  of  new  researches  have  also  been  undertaken.  It  is  gratifying 
to  report  that  the  year's  work  has  been  very  creditable  in  regard  to  the  excellence 
and  practical  usefulness  of  researches  done  by  the  members  of  the  staff  in  the 
faculty.  A  detailed  report  of  these  researches,  thirty-three  in  number,  is  sub- 
mitted herewith.  Bulletin  No.  9  of  the  School  of  Engineering  Research,  contain- 
ing thirteen  papers,  is  now  in  press  and  will  shortly  be  issued. 

It  is  with  much  regret  that  we  have  to  record,  this  session,  the  very  sad 
accident  which  occurred  on  the  15th  of  February  in  one  of  the  laboratories  of  the 
department  of  chemical  engineering.  The  fatal  result  in  the  death  of  a  very 
promising  student,  V.  A.  Wood,  of  the  fourth  year,  impresses  it  as  the  most  serious 
accident  in  the  history  of  the  faculty  in  a  period  of  fifty-five  years.  There  have 
been  minor  accidents  from  time  to  time  and  experiences  of  these  have  caused  the 
utmost  care  to  be  taken  in  laboratory  work.  The  verdict  of  the  Coroner's  jury 
in  this  case  clearly  indicated  that  no  blame  could  be  attached  to  any  member 
of  the  staff,  and  it  was  shown  that  the  student  had  performed  the  experiment  on 
his  own  responsibility,  contrary  to  instructions,  in  a  scientific  enthusiasm.  It  is 
gratifying,  however,  to  record  that  the  two  students  who  were  injured,  both  in 
the  fourth  year,  were  sufficiently  recovered  to  proceed  with  and  finish  their  year's 
work  and  write  on  their  examinations,  both  with  marked  success. 

It  is  with  profound  regret  that  we  record  the  recent  death,  after  a  long 
illness,  of  Assistant  Professor  W.  S.  Guest,  who  had  been  a  member  of  the  staff 
in  electrical  engineering  for  nearly  twenty-three  years. 

The  faculty  and  staff  have,  during  the  session,  greatly  missed  the  presence 
and  cooperation  of  Professor  L.  B.  Stewart,  who,  after  forty  years  of  most  valuable 
work  in  the  University,  retired  at  the  end  of  last  session.  As  secretary  of  the 
faculty  in  the  early  days,  as  head  of  the  department  of  surveying  for  many  years; 
and  as  a  most  valuable  participant  in  the  mapping  of  Canada,  he  has  made  a 
worthy  record  for  himself  and  for  the  University. 

(4)  REPORT  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  THE  ONTARIO  COLLEGE  OF 

EDUCATION 

{Dr.  Wm.  Pakenham) 

The  increase  in  the  registered  attendance  in  the  Ontario  College  of  Education 
continues.     In  1930-1  the  Library  School  enrolled  27;  in  1931-2,  42.     In  1930-1 


20  University  of  Toronto 

the  High  School  Assistants'  course  enrolled  380;  in  1931-2,  475.  An  examination 
of  the  registration  in  the  High  School  Assistants'  course  reveals  increases  in  the 
average  age  of  the  students,  in  the  number  of  male  students,  and  in  particular 
in  the  number  of  male  students  who  have  been  engaged  in  other  occupations 
since  graduation.  Increase  in  attendance  is  not  an  unmixed  blessing.  It 
accentuates  the  need  of  additional  instructors  in  the  College  of  Education. 
Despite  the  rapid  expansion  of  Ontario's  secondary  schools  and  in  particular  the 
vocational  schools,  it  gives  reason  to  fear  that  many  certificated  secondary  school 
teachers  will  be  unable  to  find  teaching  posts  in  1932-3. 

The  colleges  of  to-day  are  varied  in  purposes,  courses  and  degrees.  Almost 
as  varied  in  types  and  courses  are  the  secondary  schools.  It  is  to  be  expected 
that  other  degrees  than  the  bachelor's  degree  in  arts  will  be  accepted  as  the 
qualifications  of  secondary  school  teachers.  This  will  force  the  staff  of  the 
College  of  Education  to  stress  the  proficiency  of  teachers-in-training  in  the  courses 
of  the  secondary  schools.  Similarly  the  increase  in  the  number  and  types  of  the 
specialists'  certificates  for  secondary  school  teachers  will  probably  impose  a  new 
duty  upon  the  College  of  Education — the  duty  of  reviewing,  testing,  and  standard- 
ising the  proficiency  of  specialists  in  the  secondary  school  courses  represented 
in  their  specialists'  certificates.  A  beginning  is  to  be  made  next  session  in  the 
December  qualifying  examinations  for  specialists. 

The  registration  in  the  graduate  courses  in  pedagogy  also  increases.  This 
session  the  University  conferred  54  B.Paed.,  and  4  D.Paed.  degrees.  But  the 
requests  of  teachers  for  these  graduate  courses  in  centres  outside  Toronto  are 
now  too  numerous  for  the  staff  and  will  not  be  granted  next  session. 

The  department  of  educational  research  has  been  very  busy  with  the  prepara- 
tion of  standardised  tests  for  Canadian  schools.  J.  A.  Long,  Ph.D.  (Col.),  an 
Ontario  teacher,  has  been  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Governors  to  assist  Dr. 
Sandiford  in  the  department.  At  the  close  of  the  session,  the  Carnegie  Corpora- 
tion supplemented  its  original  grant  to  the  department  by  a  grant  for  a  special 
study  of  the  method  of  teaching  school  children  a  language  other  than  the 
vernacular. 

(5)  REPORT  OF  THE  SECRETARY  OF  THE  FACULTY  OF  HOUSEHOLD 

SCIENCE 

{Dr.  C.  C.  Benson) 

The  capacity  of  the  Household  Science  Building  and  the  working  power 
of  the  staff  in  the  faculty  have  been  taxed  to  the  limit  during  this  last  session. 
The  total  registration  in  the  faculty  of  household  science  for  1931-1932  has  been 
179  students  with  7  in  the  first  year,  41  in  the  second,  57  in  the  third  and  69  in 
the  fourth.  The  remaining  5  were  registered  as  occasional  students.  While  we 
have  actually  had  50  fewer  students  registered  with  us  this  year,  than  last,  the 
decrease  has  been  in  the  earlier  years,  when  much  of  the  student's  time  is  spent 
on  allied  university  subjects. 

There  has  been  an  increase  in  registration  in  the  higher  years,  with  28  more 
students  in  the  fourth  year  than  there  were  in  the  session  of  1930-1931.  The 
students  of  fourth  and  third  years  are  engaged  chiefly  with  the  special  work  done 
in  the  household  science  building  and  it  has  consequently  been  very  crowded. 

The  household  science  laboratories  were  originally  planned  to  provide  for 
200  students.  This  year  they  have  been  used  by  more  than  300,  as  there  has 
also  been  a  large  registration  in  arts  for  household  science  classes. 

The  food  chemistry  laboratories,  likewise,  were  planned  to  accommodate 
about  150  students.  It  has  been  necessary  to  provide  for  more  than  250  this 
session. 


President's  Report  21 

It  has  only  been  possible  to  look  after  such  large  numbers  by  concentration 
of  classes,  taking  one  subject  for  double  time  in  one  term  and  another  subject 
in  the  same  way  for  the  second.  The  class  rooms  have  thus  been  so  continuously 
in  use  that  it  lias  been  very  difficult  to  keep  them  in  order  and  to  prevent  serious 
deterioration  of  our  plant  and  equipment. 

The  increase  in  registration  in  the  higher  years  is  largely  due  to  students 
coming  here  from  other  colleges  and  universities  for  special  household  science 
training.  In  the  fourth  year,  there  were  registered  a  group  of  14  students  who 
have  completed  degree  work  here,  after  obtaining  their  diplomas  at  Guelph. 
The  pass  course  in  our  faculty  thus  seems  to  be  making  provision  for  these 
students,  as  it  was  hoped  it  would  do. 

The  small  registration  in  the  first  year  shows  the  effect  of  changes  in  the 
standard  of  entrance.  With  the  withdrawal  of  honour  Latin  from  matriculation 
for  arts,  it  seems  likely  that  students  who  might  have  come  into  this  faculty  will 
now  register  in  the  household  economics  course  in  the  faculty  of  arts,  where  they 
can  have  certain  college  privileges  which  are  not  available  to  students  in  this 
faculty.  The  increased  requirements  have  undoubtedly  lessened  our  numbers, 
but  we  feel  that  the  work  accomplished  should  be  of  better  grade. 

It  seems  probable,  also,  that  the  course  which  came  into  existence  this 
session  will  make  satisfactory  provision  for  students  who  wi'sh  to  qualify  as 
teachers.  Graduates  of  the  pass  course  in  this  faculty,  who  propose  to  specialise 
as  teachers  of  household  science  must  now  take  a  year  of  additional  work  as 
occasional  students,  taking  courses  which  are  available  to  complete  the  require- 
ments. Five  of  the  pass  graduates  have  been  working  in  this  way  this  session. 
With  the  new  arrangement  of  classes  in  this  faculty,  such  students  can  modify 
the  work  of  the  third  year  (in  which  it  would  be  possible  to  graduate)  and  com- 
plete the  requirements  for  the  specialist  certificate  in  a  fourth  year,  with  studies 
which  will  follow  in  more  logical  order. 

The  present  time  with  its  economic  difficulties  is  providing  less  opportunities 
for  work,  but  several  of  the  graduates  of  this  year  have  already  found  occupation. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 


(6)  REPORT  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  THE  FACULTY  OF  FORESTRY 

{Dr.  C.  D.  Howe) 

Owing  to  the  continuance  of  the  business  depression,  forestry  activities 
throughout  the  Dominion  are  practically  at  a  standstill.  Contraction  has  taken 
place  in  both  governmental  and  private  organisations  and  many  foresters  are 
without  employment.  Appropriations  for  stock-taking  surveys,  reforestation 
and  research  have  been  greatly  curtailed  or  completely  suspended.  About  the 
only  effort  consists  in  keeping  alive  the  forest  protection  services,  but  even  these 
have  suffered  curtailments.  The  latter  is  a  very  poor  form  of  economy  as  the 
results  during  fire  hazard  season  will  undoubtedly  prove. 

In  spite  of  the  flatness  of  the  market  for  the  employment  of  our  graduates 
and  undergraduates,  we  are  not  discouraged.  We  know  that  forestry  and  the 
conservation  of  our  timber  resources  are  fundamental  to  the  industrial  develop- 
ment of  the  country  and  we  are  certain  that  their  activities  will  be  resumed 
when  the  cloud  of  depression  is  lifted. 

The  number  of  students  in  the  faculty  is  the  largest  of  any  time  and  from 
a  pedagogical  standpoint  we  have  had  a  very  successful  year.  Our  curriculum 
is  in  process  of  revision  with  the  object  of  giving  the  students  more  practical 
experience,  especially  in  woods  work.  We  have  introduced  a  short  course  of 
lectures  by  successful  woods  operators.  During  the  present  year  such  courses 
have  been  given  by  Mr.  Ellwood  Wilson,  late  of  the  old  Laurentide  Company, 
Grand'mere,  Quebec,  and  by  Mr.  Robert  W.  Lyons,  Manager  of  the  Woods 


22  University  of  Toronto 

Department,  Spruce  Falls  Power  &  Paper  Company,   Kapuskasing,   Ontario. 
Mr.  Lyons  was  graduated  from  our  faculty  in  1916. 

There  is  not  much  to  report  concerning  the  investigative  work  carried  on 
by  the  members  of  the  staff.  Professor  Dwight  has  completed  one  phase  of  his 
work  on  the  growth  and  yield  of  pulpwood  forests,  but  on  account  of  the  financial 
conditions  neither  he  nor  Mr.  Hosie  will  be  employed  by  the  provincial  govern- 
ment this  summer.  Professor  J.  H.  White  is  spending  the  summer  in  the  Scandin- 
avian countries  where  he  is  making  a  study  of  certain  silvicultural  problems. 

(7)  REPORT  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  THE  FACULTY  OF  MUSIC 

(Dr.  E.  C.  MacMillan) 

During  the  session  1931-32,  the  number  of  students  registered  was  39.  In 
the  course  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music,  12  registered  in  the  first 
year,  10  in  the  second  year  and  17  in  the  third  year. 

The  following  lectures  were  given  by  members  of  the  faculty  of  music: 

Ernest  MacMillan,  Esq.,  B.A.,  Mus.Doc: 

January      4- — "The  construction  of  basses"  (First  and  Second  Years). 
January    11 — "The  technique  of  the  English  madrigal"  (All  Years). 
January    18 — "Part-writing  for  strings"  (Second  and  Third  Years). 
January    25 — "Bach's  chorale  preludes"  (All  Years). 
February    1 — "Elements  of  modulation"  (First  and  Second  Years). 
February  15 — "Instrumental  figuration"  (Second  Year). 

H.  A.  Fricker,  Esq.,  M.A.,  Mus.Doc: 
For  Students  of  All  Years — 

January      8 — "The  anthem." 

January    15 — "The  English  ayre." 

January    22 — "The  orchestration  of  J.  S.  Bach." 

January    29 — "Vaughan  Williams." 

L.  Smith,  Esq.,  Mus.Bac: 

February    5 — -"Analysis"  (Second  Year). 

February    8 — "Romanticism"  (All  Years). 

February  12 — "Analysis"  (Second  Year). 

February  19 — "Unfigured  basses"  (Second  Year). 

February  22 — "Programme  music"  (Second  and  Third  Years). 

February  26 — "Canon"  (Second  Year). 

The  organ  recitals  in  Convocation  Hall  this  season  numbered  four,  after 
which  they  were  discontinued  owing  to  lack  of  financial  support.  Musical 
performances  in  Convocation  Hall  included  ''The  Messiah",  on  January  13th, 
Bach's  "St.  Matthew  Passion"  (the  seventh  annual  performance)  on  March  22nd, 
and  a  special  series  of  recitals  for  students  by  the  Hart  House  Quartet.  As  in 
former  years,  the  student  attendance  at  these  functions  has  been  most  gratifying. 
The  Conservatory  Orchestra,  under  Mr.  Donald  Heins,  gave  a  successful  concert 
in  Convocation  Hall  on  March  10th,  and  played  a  conspicuous  part  in  the 
annual  closing  concert  on  May  3rd  in  Massey  Hall.  The  Conservatory  Choir, 
in  addition  to  its  other  activities,  co-operated  with  the  Toronto  Symphony 
Orchestra  on  March  8th,  in  producing  for  the  first  time  in  Canada,  Vaughan 
Williams'  "Benedicite".  An  admirable  series  of  concerts  by  the  Conservatory 
String  Quartet  has  been  well  attended. 

Mr.  J.  L.  Richardson  is  continuing  his  Sunday  afternoon  carillon  recitals 
from  the  Memorial  Tower  during  the  summer  months,  giving  great  enjoyment  to 
the  many  who  find  themselves  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  university  grounds. 

The  Music  Committee  of  Hart  House  has  once  again  proved  itself  a  valuable 
factor  in  the  musical  life  of  the  University  as  a  whole.  A  debt  of  gratitude  is 
due  to  the  musicians  who  have  generously  given  their  services  in  connection 
with  the  Sunday  evening  and  Friday  afternoon  concerts. 


President's  Report  23 

The  number  of  candidates  entering  for  the  examinations  of  the  Toronto 
Conservatory  of  Music  for  the  present  season  has  been  17,262  as  compared  with 
19,898  for  the  season  1930-31.  Entries  for  the  year  were  distributed  as  follows: 
Piano,  9,458;  Violin,  506;  Singing,  397;  Sight-Singing,  39;  Organ,  35;  Viola,  2; 
Violoncello,  3;  Elocution,  32;  Theory  (Rudiments,  History,  Harmony,  Counter- 
point.  Form)   6,790. 

The  retirement  from  office  of  Sir  Robert  Falconer  will  be  felt  as  a  personal 
loss  by  all  members  of  the  Faculty  of  Music;  his  judgment  and  kindly  interest 
in  connection  with  the  problems  of  the  Faculty  have  always  been  of  the  greatest 
value.  We  welcome  Sir  Robert's  successor  and  assure  him  of  our  wish  to  co- 
operate with  him  in  every  possible  way  in  the  service  of  the  University. 

(8)  REPORT  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  GRADUATE  STUDIES 

{Professor  J.  Cunningham  McLennan) 

During  the  session  1931-1932,  the  number  of  students  registered  in  the 
School  of  Graduate  Studies  was  675,  an  increase  of  114  over  the  preceding  session. 
Of  this  number  497  were  residents  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  291  being  from 
Toronto,  8  from  Brant,  5  from  Bruce,  19  from  Carleton,  3  from  Dufferin,  2  from 
Dundas,  2  from  Elgin,  6  from  Essex,  2  from  Fort  William,  3  from  Frontenac, 
1  from  Grenville,  6  from  Grey,  1  from  Haldimand,  1  from  Haliburton,  2  from 
Halton,  1  from  Hastings,  5  from  Huron,  7  from  Kent,  2  from  Lambton,  2  from 
Lanark,  1  from  Leeds,  1  from  Lennox  and  Addington,  5  from  Lincoln,  11  from 
Middlesex,  1  from  Muskoka,  4  from  Nipissing,  4  from  Norfolk,  1  from  North- 
umberland, 5  from  Ontario,  4  from  Oxford,  2  from  Peel,  4  from  Perth,  3  from 
Peterborough,  2  from  Prince  Edward,  2  from  Renfrew,  8  from  Simcoe,  1  from 
Stormont,  1  from  Sudbury,  2  from  Timiskaming,  1  from  Victoria,  7  from  Water- 
loo, 2  from  Welland,  23  from  Wellington,  22  from  Wentworth,  9  from  York. 
Of  the  remaining  160  registered  students,  22  were  residents  of  the  Province  of 
Nova  Scotia,  15  of  New  Brunswick,  3  of  Prince  Edward  Island,  4  of  Quebec, 
16  of  Manitoba,  20  of  Saskatchewan,  13  of  Alberta,  12  of  British  Columbia, 
31  of  the  United  States  and  24  of  Great  Britain,  the  overseas  dominions  and 
colonies  and  foreign  countries.  The  registration  of  students  from  outside  Canada 
was  the  same  as  it  was  in  1930-1931.  The  students  enrolled  in  the  Graduate 
School  came  from  over  sixty  different  institutions;  of  these  graduate  students 
368  took  their  first  degree  in  the  University  of  Toronto  and  166  of  them  had 
staff  appointments  in  the  University  of  Toronto. 


Candidates  for  Ph.D 

Men 
104 

Women 
27 
52 

1 
14 

Tota 
131 

Candidates  for  M.A 

142 

194 

Candidates  for  M.A.Sc 

22 

22 

Candidates  for  M.Arch 

3 

4 

Candidates  for  C.E 

2 

2 

Candidates  for  Chem.E 

1 

1 

Candidates  for  E.E 

1 

1 

Candidates  for  Mech.E 

2 

2 

Candidates  for  M.E 

1 

1 

Candidates  for  D.Paed 

69 

83 

Candidates  for  M.Sc.F 

Candidates  for  M.S.A 

Candidates  for  M.Sc.  (Dent.)   . 

1 

20 

5 

1 

20 

5 

Candidates  for  M us. Doc 

3 

3 

In  addition  106  men  and  81  women  were  registered  as  graduate  students 
without  being  definitely  candidates  for  a  degree. 

The  distribution  of  the  students  according  to  their  major  study  was  as 
follows : — Applied  mathematics,  3 ;  anthropology,  2 ;  architecture,  4 ;  astronomy,  1 ; 
biochemistry,  23 ;  biology,  33 ;  botany,  28 ;  chemistry,  37 ;  chemical  engineering,  15 ; 


24  University  of  Toronto 

civil  engineering,  5;  classics,  21;  dentistry,  5;  educational  theory,  3;  electrical 
engineering,  3;  English,  48;  epidemiology  and  biometrics,  2;  food  chemistry,  1; 
forestry,  2;  geology  and  palaeontology,  17;  German,  7;  history,  25;  household 
science,  3;  hygiene  and  preventive  medicine,  3;  law,  12;  mathematics,  13; 
mechanical  engineering,  3;  metallurgical  engineering,  1;  mineralogy,  4;  mining 
engineering,  2;  music,  3;  pathology  and  bacteriology,  5;  pathological  chemistry,  3; 
pedagogy,  83;  pharmacology,  1;  philosophy,  72;  physics,  24;  physiology,  7; 
physiological  hygiene,  1;  political  science,  29;  preventive  dentistry,  1;  psychology, 
49;  romance  languages,  30;  semitics,  13;  professional  degrees,  7;  special  com- 
mittee, 3.  During  the  year  23  students  fulfilled  the  requirements  for  the  degree 
of  Ph.D.;  93  those  of  the  degree  of  M.A.;  13  those  of  the  degree  of  M.A.Sc; 
2  those  of  the  degree  of  M.Arch.;  1  those  of  the  degree  of  C.E. ;  1  those  of  the 
degree  of  Chem.E. ;  1  those  of  the  degree  of  E.E. ;  2  those  of  the  degree  of  Mech.E. ; 
4  those  of  the  degree  of  D.Paed. ;  3  those  of  the  degree  of  M.S. A. ;  1  those  of  the 
degree  of  Mus.  Doc. 

Candidates  who  recieved  the  degree  of  Ph.D.,  together  with  the  title  of 
their  theses  were: — 

Miss  E.  B.  Abbott, — Alexandre-Louis-Bertrand  Robineau,  dit  de  Beaunoir. 
C.  Barnes, — The  entropy  of  gases  at  moderate  temperatures. 
H.  M.  Barrett, — Adsorption  measurements  by  direct  weighing. 

C.  A.  Baxter, — Bosanquet's  Logic:  A  review  of  traditions  and  possibilities 

in  the  subject. 

A.  C.  Burton, — Researches  with  short  radio  waves. 

Miss  M.  R.  Butler, — An  examination  of  the  biochemical  properties  of  the 
polysaccharides  extracted  from  a  marine  alga. 

A.  F.  Charles, — Investigations  on  insulin  and  the  preparation  of  heparin. 

Miss  B.  M.  H.  Corrigan, — Sporza  Oddi  and  his  comedies. 

G.  L.  Duff, — Experimental  studies  upon  arteriosclerosis. 

K.  C.  Evans, — The  Foreigner:  A  study  in  Semitic  social  relationships. 

G.  A.  Grant, — Some  aspects  of  galactose  metabolism. 

Miss  C.  R.  W.  Hamilton, — Adult  education  and  social  life  in  modern  Eng- 
land. 

D.  H.  Hamly, — The  softening  of  the  seeds  of  Melilotus  alba  Desr. 
Mrs.  M.  M.  Johnston, — A  study  of  acute  intestinal  intoxication. 

W.  W.  Johnston, — The  metabolism  of  Clostridium  acetobutylicum  (Weiz- 

mann). 
H.  C.  Laird, — The  nature  and  origin  of  chert  in  the  Lockport  and  Onondaga 

formations  of  Ontario. 
G.  A.  Ledingham, — The  life  history,  morphology  and  cytology  of  polymyxa 

graminis  N.   gen.   n.  sp. 
S.  A.  Lischinsky, — On  the  expression  of  numbers  as  sums  of  squares  and 

primes  from  specified  arithmetic  progressions. 
W.  D.  McFarlane, — Studies  in  nutritional  anaemia. 
Mrs.  R.  C.  Partridge, — Sensory  nerve  impulses. 
R.  C.  Pollock, — The  doctrine  of  rectitude  in  St.  Anselm. 
Miss  F.  M.  Quinlan, — Spectroscopic  standards  of  wavelength. 
D.  O.  Robson, — The  Samnites  in  the  Po  Valley. 

The  open  fellowships  provided  for  students  in  the  School  of  Graduate  Studies 
for  the  session  1932-1933,  by  the  generosity  of  Imperial  Oil  Limited,  the  Robert 
Simpson  Company  and  Sir  Joseph  Flavelle,  together  with  a  fellowship  in  memory 
of  the  late  Sir  Edward  Kemp,  have  been  awarded  as  follows,  the  universities  from 
which  the  recipients  graduated  and  the  departments  in  which  they  will  pursue 
their  studies  being  indicated: 

J.  R.  Daniells,  B.A.  British  Columbia,  M.A.  (Tor.),  department  of  English. 

Miss  M.  J.  Fisher,  B.A.  British  Columbia,  department  of  mathematics. 

H.   M.   Chisholm,   M.Sc.   Dalhousie,  department  of  applied  mathematics. 


President's  Report  25 

£.  O.  Braaten,  M.Sc.  Saskatchewan,  department  of  physics. 
D.  Beall,  B.A.  British  Columbia,  department  of  biochemistry. 

Appointments  to  other  fellowships  open  to  graduate  students  have  been 
made  as  follows: 

The  Alexander  Mackenzie  fellowships:  A.  D.  Lockhart,  M.A.  Queen's, 
department  of  history. 

The  University  of  Toronto  War  Memorial  fellowship :JJ.  W.  Holmes,  B.A. 
Western  Ontario,  department  of  history. 

The  Nipissing  Mining  Company  Research  Fellowship:  E.  J.  Hick,  B.A.Sc. 
(Tor.). 

The  Maurice  Cody  Fellowship:  Leo  Warshaw,  B.A.^(Tor).;  O.  J.  Mc- 
Diarmid,  B.A.  (Tor.),  (aeq.). 

(9)  REPORT  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  THE  FACULTY  OF  DENTISTRY 

{Dr.  Wallace  Seccombe) 

An  outstanding  event  in  the  Faculty  of  Dentistry  this  year  was  the  organisa- 
tion of  The  Johnston  Dental  Clinic  for  the  Blind.  This  clinic  is  supported  by  the 
Canadian  National  Institute  for  the  Blind  and  operates  each  morning  from 
9:00  a.m.  to  12:00  noon,  voluntary  service  being  given  by  the  following  graduates 
for  one  morning  each  week:  Drs.  P.  G.  Anderson,  Lou  Harris,  Frank  Martin, 
K.  R.  Harris  and  F.  A.  Flora.  The  Johnston  Clinic  has  been  of  service  to 
hundreds  of  blind  people  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  operations  of  the  clinic  will  be 
materially  extended  when  the  final  adjustments  are  made  in  the  estate  of  the 
late  Mr.  F.  W.  R.  Johnston. 

Another  interesting  development  is  the  establishment,  in  co-operation  with 
the  Department  of  Health  of  the  City  of  Toronto,  of  a  central  orthodontia  clinic 
for  school  children.  One  of  the  members  of  our  staff,  Dr.  C.  A.  Corrigan,  has 
been  appointed  by  the  Department  of  Health  for  half-time  service  to  take  charge 
of  the  clinic  which  is  to  be  developed  as  a  Preventive  Orthodontia  Service.  This 
measure  of  co-operation  with  the  Toronto  Department  of  Health  will  add 
materially  to  our  clinical  facilities  in  orthodontia. 

Graduate  work  in  this  faculty  has  progressed  satisfactorily  during  the 
session.  We  have  received  twice  as  many  applications  for  graduate  study  and 
research  for  the  ensuing  session  as  we  have  in  any  previous  year. 

We  regret  to  announce  the  retirement  of  Dr.  W.  E.  Willmott,  who  has  been 
a  member  of  the  faculty  for  over  forty  years.  He  has  accepted  a  whole-time 
appointment  as  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Royal  College  of 
Dental  Surgeons  of  Ontario.  Dr.  Willmott's  retirement  calls  to  mind  the  fact 
that  his  father,  the  late  Dean  Willmott,  was  a  pioneer  in  dental  education  in 
Ontario  and  served  the  faculty  as  dean  for  forty  years.  While  Dr.  Willmott  is 
officially  retiring,  his  duties  will  keep  him  in  close  contact  with  the  dental  pro- 
fession, and  his  office,  being  located  in  the  dental  building,  makes  it  possible  for 
the  faculty  to  continue  to  have  the  benefit  of  his  co-operation  and  experienced 
judgment. 

We  also  regret  to  report  the  resignation  of  Dr.  F.  S.  Jarman,  who  gave 
many  years  of  faithful  service  in  this  faculty. 

Seventeen  graduates  registered  for  advanced  work,  some  for  part-time  and 
others  for  whole-time  service,  and,  of  this  number  three  were  awarded  the  degree 
of  bachelor  of  science  in  dentistry. 

Twenty-four  dental  nurses  were  registered,  one  of  whom  withdrew  from  the 
course  during  the  session.  Seventeen  successfully  completed  the  work  of  the 
year. 

Fifty-six  extramural  lectures  and  clinics  were  given  before  county  or  local 
dental  societies  in  the  following  centres:  during  the  session:  Belleville,  Ottawa, 


26  University  of  Toronto 

London,  Peterboro,  Hamilton,  Sarnia,  Pembroke,  Chatham,  Owen  Sound, 
Welland,  Guelph,  Kingston,  Kitchener,  Arnprior,  Clinton,  Renfrew,  Orillia, 
Wingham,  Eganville,  Petrolia,  Niagara  Falls  and  Windsor,  and  in  Northern 
Ontario  at  Cobalt,  Timmins,  North  Bay,  Sudbury,  Sault  Ste.  Marie  and  Port 
Arthur. 

The  Western  Canada  lecture-clinics  are  being  given  by  Dr.  C.  H.  M. 
Williams  and  include  the  following  centres:  Winnipeg,  Brandon,  Regina, 
Weyburn,  Moose  Jaw,  Swift  Current,  Lethbridge,  Calgary,  Victoria,  Vancouver, 
Edmonton,  North  Battleford,  Prince  Albert,  Saskatoon,  Yorkton,  Fort  Francis. 

(10)  REPORT  OF  THE  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  HYGIENE 

/.  G.  FitzGerald,  M.D.,  LL.D.) 

The  fifth  annual  report  of  the  work  of  the  School  of  Hygiene  for  the  year 
ending  June  30,  1932,  is  summarised  herein. 

The  extension  of  the  hygiene  building  to  which  reference  was  made  in  the 
report  for  last  year  was  begun  in  December,  1931.  The  work  has  progressed 
to  the  point  where  it  appears  probable  that  this  additional  accommodation  will 
be  ready  for  occupancy  in  September  of  the  current  year.  It  may  be  repeated 
here  that  the  funds  for  this  extension  of  the  hygiene  building  are  being  provided 
from  the  surplus  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories  Committee.  The  employment 
of  a  portion  of  this  surplus  in  this  manner  has,  of  course,  resulted  in  a  decrease 
in  the  current  income  upon  endowment  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories.  To 
compensate  for  this  a  provincial  government  grant  of  fourteen  thousand,  two 
hundred  and  fifty  dollars  has  been  made  available  in  the  appropriations  for  the 
Department  of  Health  of  Ontario.  It  will  be  recalled  further,  that  the  Rocke- 
feller Foundation  very  generously  contributed  an  additional  sum  of  six  hundred 
thousand  dollars  in  June,  1931,  which  was  added  to  the  then  existing  endowment 
of  the  School  of  Hygiene  bringing  this  up  to  a  total  of  eight  hundred  and  fifty 
thousand  dollars  and  the  income  of  this  latest  Rockefeller  benefaction  for  the 
current  year  will  be  utilised,  it  is  expected,  in  furnishing  and  equipping  labora- 
tories in   the  new  wing. 

It  is  anticipated  that  when  the  session  1932-33  opens  the  new  teaching 
laboratories  for  hygiene  and  preventive  medicine,  epidemiology  and  biometrics 
and  physiological  hygiene  will  be  available. 

The  new  animal  quarters  will  also  be  located  in  this  north  wing.  They  have 
been  so  planned  that  complete  separation  of  small  groups  of  animals  will  be 
possible.  Furthermore,  as  the  result  of  experience,  radical  change  has  been 
effected  in  the  location  of  the  animal  quarters.  They  have  been  placed  in  the 
sub-basement  where,  owing  to  certain  novel  features  in  construction,  excellent 
light  will  be  available  and,  in  addition,  mechanical  ventilation  and  temperature 
control  will,  it  is  believed,  make  it  possible  for  animals  to  be  maintained  under 
relatively  constant  environmental  conditions.  The  previous  animal  quarters  on 
the  top  floor  of  the  present  hygiene  building  will  be  converted  into  quarters  for 
those  responsible  for  the  development,  manufacture  and  maintenance  of  scientific 
equipment  and  apparatus  employed  in  the  research  laboratories  both  of  the 
School  of  Hygiene  and  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories.  The  present  machine 
shop  is  unsatisfactory  in  respect  both  of  size  and  location.  This  difficulty,  it  is 
expected,  will  be  completely  overcome  with  the  rearrangement  indicated. 

It  is  planned  that  the  department  of  hygiene  and  preventive  medicine  will 
occupy  rooms  on  the  main  floor  and  semi-basement  floor,  epidemiology  and 
biometrics  and  the  section  of  filtrable  viruses  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories 
the  major  part  of  the  second  floor.  A  portion  of  this  second  floor  will,  jhowever, 
be  occupied  by  the  new  sub-department  of  chemistry  in  relation  to  hygiene. 
The  third  floor  will  provide  accommodation  for  the  department  of  physiologicl 
hygiene,  the  staff  lunch  rooms  and  the  director's  quarters  as  in  the  past. 


President's  Report  27 

A  much  needed  increase  in  the  space  allotted  to  the  Connaught  Laboratories 
in  the  basement  and  sub-basement  of  the  present  hygiene  building  will  make  it 
possible  to  rearrange  the  kitchens,  cafeteria,  and  a  part  of  one  of  the  staff  lunch 
rooms.  Additional  storage  space  will  be  provided  and  more  effective  coordination 
of  Connaught  Laboratories'  university  section  operations  and  activities  made 
possible. 

With  the  commencement  of  the  academic  session  1932-33  the  following 
departments  will  be  housed  in  the  enlarged  hygiene  building,  namely: — hygiene 
and  preventive  medicine,  epidemiology  and  biometrics,  physiological  hygiene, 
the  new  sub-department  of  chemistry  in  relation  to  hygiene  and  public  health 
nursing.  The  university  section  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories  will,  of  course, 
also  be  provided  for. 

The  year  has  been  a  very  busy  one  from  the  teaching  standpoint.  Actual 
registration  in  the  various  courses  is  shown  in  the  table  which  is  included  in  a 
later  section  of  this  report.  It  will  be  observed  that  once  more  the  number  of 
students  enrolled  in  the  course  leading  to  the  diploma  in  public  health  is  as  large 
as  that  in  any  previous  year  since  the  opening  of  the  School.  Among  these 
students  are  graduates  in  medicine  from  the  following  Canadian  provinces: 
eight  from  the  Province  of  Quebec,  one  from  British  Columbia,  two  from  Alberta, 
one  from  Saskatchewan,  two  from  Manitoba,  two  from  Ontario.  In  addition 
one  other  student  was  enrolled  in  several  of  the  courses  included  in  the  curriculum 
for  the  diploma  in  public  health.  Thus,  in  several  of  the  laboratory  courses, 
no  fewer  than  seventeen  students  were  engaged  in  whole- time  work.  It  is 
anticipated  that  at  least  fourteen  members  of  the  D.P.H.  course  will  complete 
the  work  of  the  curriculum  in  May,  1932.  It  must  be  remembered  also  that 
these  whole-time  students  spend  at  least  three-quarters  of  their  time  in  the 
academic  year  in  laboratories  and  class-rooms  in  the  School  of  Hygiene.  The 
remainder  of  the  time  is  spent  in  the  field  in  the  Department  of  Public  Health 
of  Toronto  or  the  Department  of  Health,  Ontario.  Among  this  group  of  students 
there  were  nine  Rockefeller  Foundation  fellows  and  three  who  were  on  Connaught 
Laboratories'  fellowships  and,  in  addition,  four  students,  two  from  Alberta, 
one  from  Manitoba  and  one  from  Ontario,  registered  as  non-fellowship  students. 

As  in  previous  years  laboratory  courses  in  bacteriology,  serology,  parasit- 
ology, epidemiology,  vital  statistics  and  physiological  hygiene  were  arranged  for 
those  proceeding  to  the  diploma  in  public  health.  Laboratory  and  didactic 
courses  for  undergraduates  in  the  fifth  year  in  the  Faculty  of  Medicine  have  been 
conducted  as  in  previous  years  The  character  of  the  wrork  in  the  field  and 
practical  exercises  has  been  improved  and  extended.  The  School  is  under  the 
usual  debt  of  obligation  to  members  of  the  Department  of  Health,  Ontario, 
and  to  members  of  the  Department  of  Public  Health  of  the  City  of  Toronto, 
for  their  valued  assistance  and  collaboration  in  the  conduct  of  these  exercises. 
In  addition,  observational  visits  to  farms  where  milk  is  produced,  to  dairies 
and  to  other  places  of  public  health  interest  have  been  made  possible  by  the 
generous  co-operation  of  a  number  of  individuals,  agencies  and  business  organisa- 
tions. For  this  assistance  and  friendly  co-operation  the  thanks  of  the  School  of 
Hygiene  are  hereby  expressed.  The  public  health  and  social  resources  of  the 
city  and  of  neighboring  communities  have  been  generously  placed  at  the  dis- 
position of  a  number  of  members  of  the  staff  of  the  School  for  the  practical 
introduction  of  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  to  many  aspects  of  the 
subject  of  public  health,  preventive  medicine  and  general  sanitation.  This  co- 
operative relationship  has  in  no  small  degree  contributed  to  whatever  success 
has  been  achieved  by  this  School  in  attempting  to  meet  its  responsibilities  as  a 
centre  of  graduate  and  undergraduate  research  and  teaching  in  public  health 
in  all  its  aspects. 

During  this  year  also,  as  in  the  past,  graduates  proceeding  to  the  higher 
degrees  of  doctor  of  philosophy  and  master  of  arts  have  been  enrolled.  One  of 
the  former  completed  the  work  for  the  degree  during  the  present  session. 


28  University  of  Toronto 

A  laboratory  course  and  an  extended  series  of  didactic  lectures  were  provided 
for  students  in  public  health  nursing  and  in  the  extension  course  for  administrators 
and  instructors  in  schools  of  nursing.  The  usual  course  for  students  in  the 
Faculty  of  Arts  (household  science)  was  given.  For  the  students  in  social  science 
similarly,  a  course  of  didactic  instruction  was  provided. 

Details  of  registration  in  the  various  courses  in  the  School  of  Hygiene  are 
indicated  in  the  following  table. 

A      Graduates  1927-28      1928-29      1929-30      1930-31      1931-32 

Candidates  for  diploma  in  public  health...        7  11  13  16  16 

Candidates  for  degree  of  M.A 2  2  2  1  2 

Candidates  for  degree  of  Ph. D 3  4  5  4  6 

Candidates  for  degree  of  M.A.Sc .  .  .  .  .  .  2 

Occasional  students 3  1  ..  ..  1 

B.  Students  in  public  health  nursing 

Candidates  for  diploma 53  31  41  22  13 

Candidates  for  certificate .  .  .  .  26  29 

C.  Undergraduates 

Faculty  of  medicine,  5th  year 109  112  124  154  121 

Faculty  of  household  science,  3rd  year.          63  65  35  65  64 

Faculty  of  arts,  3rd  year .  .  .  .  .  .  41 

Department  of  social  science 28  36  ..  16  37 

Department  of  university  extension 58  82  45  43  60 

326  344  265  347  392 

It  has  been  the  custom  in  the  past  to  report  the  details  of  research  activities 
and  investigations  of  members  of  the  teaching  staff  in  the  departments  of  the 
School  of  Hygiene  (other  than  public  health  nursing)  in  the  report  of  the  Director 
of  the  Connaught  Laboratories.  That  procedure  has  been  followed  again  this 
year. 

There  has  been  little  diminution  in  the  number  of  visitors  from,  various 
countries  whom  we  have  had  the  opportunity  of  entertaining  in  the  School  of 
Hygiene  and  Connaught  Laboratories  for  varying  periods,  during  the  year 
1931-32.  These  have  come  from  the  following  countries:  Bulgaria,  China, 
England,  France,  India,  Italy,  Jugoslavia,  Manchuria,  Spain  and  the  United 
States  and  from  the  various  Canadian  provinces. 

For  a  period  of  the  next  three  years  the  Director  of  the  School  of  Hygiene 
has  been  appointed  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine. 


(11)  REPORT  OF  THE  LIBRARIAN 

(W.  S.  Wallace,  Esq.,  M.A.) 


I  beg  to  submit  the  following  report  on  the  work  of  the  University  Library 
for  the  year  ending  June  30,   193^.  I 

The  number  of  volumes  added  to  the  Library  during  the  year  has  been  12,771 
and  the  number  of  pamphlets  5-^45-,  making  the  total  number  of  accessioned 
volumes  in  the  Library  275,827,  and  the  total  number  of  pamphlets  K)0,571.   >  \    )    y  A  \ 

The  following  are  the  statistics  of  the  use  of  the  Library  by  undergraduates, 
in  comparison  with  previous  years: 

1921-22  1926-27  1930-31  1931-32       (<?H-*Sl 

Daybooks 41,928  106,485  145,041  154,814 

Night  books 18,998  39,779  66,191  78,745  Oft 

Week  books 4,782  13,104  20,527  22,890 


Totals 65,718  159,278  231,759  256,449 


a  n  • 


President's  Report  29 

Up  to  six  years  ago  no  figures  were  kept  for  the  circulation  of  books  at  the 
professors'  and  graduates'  register;  but  since  that  year  an  accurate  account  has 
been  kept,  and  I  am  now  able  to  give  the  figures  for  the  total  circulation  in  the 
Library  during  t-he-past  oix  years: 

Total  circulation  1926-27       1927-28       1928-29       1929-30       1930-31        1931-32     '  fel 

To  undergraduates 159,278        180,184        182,285        228,610        231,759        256,449    -379    ^W 

To  professors  and  graduates...      20,000         26,709         28,740         33,088         37,388         40,468       %a ' 

Totals 179,278       206,893       211,025       261,698       269,147       296,917  *  |  9    \7<l 

These  figures  are  exclusive  of  the  books  taken  for  consultation  from  the 
reference  shelves,  of  which  26,671  have  been  replaced  on  the  shelves  by  the 
Library  assistants  during  the  year. 

The  continuous  and  progressive  increase  in  the  use  of  the  University  Library 
during  the  past  ten  years  has  imposed  on  the  staff  of  the  University  Library  a 
very  heavy  burden.  No  one  can  maintain  that  the  University  Library  was  over- 
staffed ten  years  ago ;  and  yet  during  the  past  ten  years  the  staff  has  been  increased 
by  less  than  100  per  cent.,  while  the  circulation  of  books  has  increased  by  300  per 
cent.  Although  the  increase  in  circulation  this  year  was  only  ten  per  cent,  over 
the  preceding  year,  yet  the  total  increase  in  circulation,  amounting  to  27,770, 
is  almost  half  the  total  undergraduate  circulation  in  1921-22. 

It  is  my  duty  to  call  to  your  attention  once  again,  and  in  the  most  emphatic 
manner  possible,  the  cumulative  congestion  in  the  stack  room,  work  rooms,  and 
reading  rooms  of  the  Library.  The  delay  in  the  completion  of  plans  for  the 
building  of  an  addition  to  the  present  building,  or  alternatively  the  construction 
of  a  new  library  building,  has  brought  about  a  situation  of  the  greatest  difficulty. 
During  the  coming  year  it  will  be  necessary,  in  order  to  accommodate  in  the 
stack  room  the  new  accessions  of  the  Library,  to  withdraw  from  circulation  and 
place  in  storage  books  already  on  the  shelves;  and  even  for  these,  the  available 
storage  space  in  the  Library  building  is  comparatively  limited.  As  for  the  work 
rooms  and  reading  rooms,  we  have  already  reached  in  these  the  limit  of  capacity. 

During  the  past  year  certain  changes  have  been  made  which  it  is  hoped 
will  have  beneficial  results.  The  periodicals  received  by  exchange,  which  used 
to  be  kept  in  a  separate  room,  have  been  consolidated  with  the  periodicals  which 
Library  buys,  in  the  periodical  room;  and  the  shelves  in  which  these  exchanges 
were  kept  in  the  room  of  the  Reference  Librarian,  have  been  used  to  house  the 
bibliographies  and  library  catalogues  which  the  Library  possesses,  this  freeing 
some  space  in  the  stack  room.  At  the  same  time,  by  arrangement  with  the 
council  of  the  Royal  Canadian  Institute,  the  Library  has  lent  one  of  its  assistants 
to  the  Institute  for  the  purpose  of  re-organising  and  catching  up  with  arrears 
in  the  Library  of  the  Institute,  of  which  the  University  Library  has  custody. 
The  periodicals  received  by  the  University  Library,  both  by  purchase  and 
exchange,  together  with  the  periodicals  received  by  the  Canadian  Institute,  total 
between  three  and  four  thousand  in  all,  and  constitute  without  question  the- 
largest  collection  of  scientific  and  scholarly  serials  in  Canada. 

During  the  past  year  there  has  been  a  considerable  increase  in  the  number 
of  books  borrowed  and  lent  by  the  University  of  Toronto  Library  on  interlibrary 
loan.  This  is  a  service  which  the  University  Library  is  very  glad  to  render  to 
professors  and  graduate  students  in  the  University  as  well  as  to  research  workers 
in  universities  elsewhere;  and  hitherto  the  cost  of  this  service,  both  in  time  and 
in  carriage,  has  been  borne  by  the  University  Library.  The  increase  in  the 
number  of  loans,  however,  has  meant  a  heavy  strain  on  the  appropriation  avail- 
able for  expenses  in  the  Library,  and  it  became  necessary  for  the  Library  Com- 
mittee to  rule  that  the  Library  should  undertake  to  pay  postage  or  express  on 
interlibrary  loans  only  one  way,  and  that  half  the  cost  of  carriage  must  be  borne 
by  the  borrower.  This  has  resulted  more  recently  in  a  diminution  in  the  number 
of  interlibrary  loans,  and  it  is  possible  that  it  may  work  some  hardship  in  the 


30  University  of  Toronto 

case  of  graduate  students.  On  the  other  hand,  it  would  appear  to  have  checked 
what  threatened  to  become  in  some  cases  an  abuse  of  the  interlibrary  loan  system. 

For  reasons  of  economy,  the  Library  Committee  has  also  felt  obliged  to 
discontinue  the  practice  which  has  existed  for  many  years  of  sending  books  to 
professors  at  their  summer  homes  free  of  charge. 

Finaljy,  I  wish  to  bring  to  your  attention  the  services  which  have  been 
rendered  to  the  University  during  the  past  year  by  my  assistants  on  the  staff 
of  the  Library.  In  the  face  of  a  deduction  from  their  all  too  small  salaries,  and 
in  the  face  of  increasingly  difficult  conditions  in  the  work  of  the  Library,  they 
have  sustained  the  traditions  of  loyal  and  effective  service  in  a  way  which  in  my 
opinion  merits  the  gratitude  of  the  University. 

(12)  REPORT  ON  RESEARCH 

Anatomy,  under  direction  of  Dr.  J.  C.  B.  Grant 

Dr.  R.  B.  Brown,  as  research  fellow  in  anatomy,  has  investigated  the 
anatomical  distribution  of  the  blood  vessels  of  the  intestinal  tract  with  a  view 
to  determining  the  clinical  importance  of  certain  branches.  The  functional  value 
of  these  branches  now  requires  to  be  determined. 

Dr.  H.  H.  Burnham,  with  the  assistance  of  the  Banting  Foundation,  is 
investigating  the  distribution  of  the  minute  blood  vessels  and  of  the  erectile  tissue 
of  the  mucous  membrane  lining  the  human  nasal  cavity  and  its  accessory  sinuses. 

Dr.  H.  A.  Cates,  under  a^grant  from  the  Banting  Foundation  and  with  the 
active  co-operation  of  the  department  of  obstetrics,  has  extended  the  scope  of 
his  activities  in  the  investigation  of  the  anthropometry  of  the  new  born. 

There  are  now  almost  ready  for  publication  a  series  of  papers  whose  titles 
illustrate  the  nature  of  the  work  done: — 

1.  Body  proportions  in  the  new  born.     A  survey  of  35  measurements  of  300 
male  and  300  female  infants. 

2.  The  normal  pelvis. 

3.  The  pelvis  in  pregnancy — Types,  variability  and  adaptability  to  the 
mechanism  of  labour,   etc. 

4.  Correlations  between  infant  head-form  and  parental  types,  and  between 
infant  head-forms  and  maternal  pelves. 

A  large  amount  of  raw  data  covering  over  1200  cases  of  labour  has  been 
collected;  and  with  the  active  co-operation  of  Dr.  Edith  Gordon  and  her  staff 
the  nulliparous  pelvis  has  been  studied.  The  St.  George's  School  for  Child 
Study  has  also  given  us  every  facility  and  Professor  Mcllwraith  of  the  department 
of  anthropology  has  actively  interested  himself  throughout  the  whole  investiga- 
tion. 

Dr.  Cates  has  co-operated  with  Dr.  Goodwin  in  the  devising  and  constructing 
of  an  excellent  instrument  for  the  standardisation  of  pelvic  measurements — 
particularly  its  inclination.  A  valuable  set  of  data  is  now  accumulating  on  the 
inclination  of  the  pelvis — its  variability  and  importance  in  labour.  This  instru- 
ment was  made  in  the  university  workshops  and  Mr.  Maxwell  of  the  super- 
intendent's staff  gave  most  active  and  valuable  help  and  assistance  throughout. 

Dr.  Ruggles  George  has  undertaken  a  study  of  certain  anomalies  found  in 
the  cadaver,  and  in  co-operation  with  Dr.  Cates  has  continued  an  investigation 
of  erosions  on  joint  surfaces  in  the  lower  limb. 

Dr.  B.  L.  Guyatt,  who  worked  in  collaboration  with  Dr.  H.  D.  Kay,  and 
H.  D.  Branion,  has  published  an  article  on  "Beryllium  Rickets"  in  the  Journal  of 
Biological  Chemistry,  Vol.  92,  1931,  and  has  a  further  article  on  the  same  subject 
ready  for  publication.     The  following  is  a  summary  of  this  important  work: — 


President's  Report  31 

By  replacing  the  calcium  carbonate  in  Steenbock's  rachitogenic  diet  2965 
with  an  equivalent  amount  of  beryllium  carbonate,  or  by  adding  small  quantities 
of  this  substance  to  the  normal  stock  diet  (Bills),  bone  lesions  which  have  certain 
similarities  to  rickets  may  readily  be  produced  in  young  rats,  the  severity  of  the 
lesions  bearing  an  approximate  relationship  to  the  amount  of  the  beryllium  salt 
in  the  diet.  The  percentage  of  ash  in  the  bones  is  much  diminished.  Both  X-ray 
photographs  and  histological  sections  reveal  almost  complete  failure  of  mineral 
deposition  in  the  metaphysis,  even  immediately  proximal  to  the  epiphyseal  disc, 
and  reduced  amounts  of  mineral  salts  in  the  trabeculae  and  cortex  of  the  tibia. 
Other  long  bones  are  similarly  affected.  The  depth  of  the  metaphysis  is  com- 
parable to  that  exhibited  in  severe  Steenbock  rickets.  The  maintenance  of  the 
columnar  arrangement  of  the  cartilage  cells  in  the  metaphysis  is  distinctive  of 
beryllium   "rickets"   in   the  rat. 

The  inorganic  phosphorus  content  of  the  blood  plasma  is  very  much  reduced, 
and  the  acid-soluble  phosphoric  esters  of  the  liver  are  diminished  in  quantity. 
The  phosphatase  content  of  the  kidney  is  markedly  lowered.  Beryllium  does 
not  appear  to  be  deposited  in  appreciable  quantities  in  the  bone.  This  type  of 
bone  lesion  is  not  preventable  by  cod  liver  oil  nor  by  irradiated  ergosterol  admin- 
istration, nor  is  it  amendable  to  the  anti-rachitic  influence  of  ultraviolet  light. 

Harry  LeMasurier  is  engaged  on  the  same  problem  as  Dr.  Burnham  but  in 
lower  animals;  and  has  under  construction  a  model  showing  the  highly  com- 
plicated conditions  found  to  exist  in  the  cat. 

Dr.  Margaret  Thompson  joined  the  technical  staff  on  April  1st.  She  is 
preparing  a  number  of  human  embryos  for  microscopic  examination,  and  is  also 
acquiring  the  technique  of  certain  special  phases  of  cytology. 

Dr.  J.  C.  Watt  is  continuing  his  studies  upon  calcification  and  ossification, 
and  has  begun  the  study  of  a  young  human  embryo  cut  in  serial  sections. 

Dr.  M.  J.  Wilson  in  collaboration  with  Dr.  Lawrence  Irving  has  published 
in  the  Journal  of  the  Canadian  Medical  Association,  December  1931,  an  article 
on  "pressures  in  the  stomach." 

Astronomy,  under  direction  of  Professor  C.  A.  Chant 

During  the  past  year  much  time  has  been  spent  on  preparations  for  observing 
the  total  solar  eclipse  visible  in  Quebec  on  August  31,  1932.  Owing  to  the  very 
limited  appropriation  for  research  it  was  necessary  to  manufacture  a  great  part 
of  the  apparatus  in  the  astronomical  workshop.  Arrangements  have  been 
completed  for  repeating  the  test  for  the  theory  of  relativity,  although  the  condit- 
ions are  not  very  favourable.  A  mounting,  with  clockwork  to  drive  it,  has  been 
made  for  a  four-lens  polarigraphic  camera,  to  measure  the  polarisation  of  the 
light  of  the  solar  corona,  and  the  same  mounting  will  carry  a  battery  of  cameras 
for  a  photometric  programme.  The  necessary  mechanism  for  obtaining  photo- 
graphs of  the  sun  with  a  photographic  lens  of  focal  length  forty  feet  has  been 
completed.  Investigations  have  been  carried  out  to  ascertain  suitable  colour 
screens  for  obtaining  motion  pictures  of  the  eclipse.  Mr.  W.  S.  Armstrong  has 
completed  the  calibration  of  a  sensitometer,  designed  and  constructed  in  our 
workshop,  to  be  used  in  photometric  work  at  the  time  of  the  eclipse.  In  addition 
to  the  work  on  eclipse  problems  a  large  amount  of  labour  has  been  devoted  to 
working  out  the  details  of  the  mounting  for  the  new  telescope  for  the  David 
Dunlap  Observatory.     The  construction  of  the  telescope  is  well  advanced. 

Medical  Research,  under  direction  of  Professor  F.  G.  Banting 

Dr.  F.  G.  Banting  and  Miss  S.  Gairns  have  continued  the  investigation  of 
chickens  immune  to  Rouse  Sarcoma. 

Dr.  F.  G.  Banting  and  Dr.  D.  A.  Irwin  made  investigations  on:  (1)  the 
reaction  in  host  tissue  to  Rouse  Chicken  Sarcoma  grafts,  (2)  the  result  of  extirpa- 


32  University  of  Toronto 

tion  of  small  intestine  of  dogs.  Dr.  D.  A.  Irwin  and  Dr.  J.  H.  Couch,  of  the 
department  of  surgery,  carried  on  an  experimental  enquiry  into  the  pathogenesis 
of  pancreatic  cysts.  Dr.  Irwin  has  investigated  the  pathological  changes  follow- 
ing the  injection  of  colloidal  thorium  dioxide  in  animals. 

Dr.  E.  J.  King,  with  the  assistance  of  Miss  M.  Dolan,  investigated  the 
enzymic  hydrolysis  of  lecithin,  including  the  study  of  the  liberation  of  inorganic 
phosphate  from  several  other  naturally  occurring  phospho-lipins  and  derivatives 
of  phospho-lipins. 

Dr.  W.  R.  Franks  has  continued  a  study  into  the  nature  of  tumor  glycolysis, 
which  supplies  the  anaerobic  energy  of  service  to  the  invading  tumor. 

Dr.  M.  J.  Thompson  has  been  investigating  the  changes  occurring  in  the 
thyroid  glands  of  rats  fed  various  synthetic  diets. 

Mr.  E.  Hall  and  Dr.  John  Ross,  assisted  by  Miss  M.  Shaw,  have  conducted 
experiments  on  dehydration  in  dogs  and  puppies  in  relation  to  the  enzyme 
content  of  the  stools  and  the  production  of  diarrhoea. 

Dr.  G.  C.  Cameron  and  Miss  J.  Lang  have  continued  to  investigate  the 
deposition  of  silica  in  the  tissues  of  rabbits  following  exposure  to  silica  dust,  or 
injection  of  silicates. 

Dr.  H.  Stantial  has  worked  out  a  satisfactory  procedure  for  the  estimation 
of  silica  in  blood  and  urine.  With  Dr.  E.  J.  King,  she  is  investigating  the 
elimination  of  silica  from  the  body. 

Mr.  J.  J.  Rae  has  continued  his  study  of  glycerophosphoric  acid. 

Mr.  H.  Hull  has  continued  experiments  on  the  basal  Vitamin  D  requirement 
of  the  growing  chick. 

Mr.  H.  J.  Perkin  has  been  engaged  in  the  preparation  and  purification  of 
iodo-albumen  and  in  the  determination  of  the  normal  iodine  content  of  the  blood 
of  rabbits. 

Mr.  E.  L.  Outhouse  has  investigated  the  presence  of  hexosemono-phosphate 
in  the  white  and  dark  muscle  of  chickens. 

Professor  C.  C.  Lucas,  of  Brandon  College,  working  during  the  summer 
months  under  the  auspices  of  the  James  Page  Rutherford  Fellowship,  continued 
the  investigation  on  the  influence  of  pH  on  the  titration  of  iodine-reducing 
substances. 

Professor  G.  H.  Ettinger,  of  Queen's  University,  working  during  the  summer 
months,  carried  out  the  following  investigations: 

(1)  Effect  of  Janus  green  on  smooth  muscle  in  general,  and  on  the  muscle 
of  blood  vessels  in  particular. 

(2)  Effect  of  pitressin  on  pulmonary  circulation. 

(3)  Histological  investigation  of  the  structure  of  the  pulmonary  artery  in 
sheep,  pig,  ox  and  horse. 

Biochemistry ,  under  direction  of  Professor  H.  Wasteneys 

Directed  by  Professor  Wasteneys: 

Mr.  B.  F.  Crocker,  Miss  M.  Riggs  and  Dr.  G.  W.  MacGregor  of  the  depart- 
ment of  otolaryngology  have  collaborated  in  continuing  an  investigation  of 
growth  hormones  in  tonsillar  tissue.  Miss  Riggs  has  embodied  some  of  the 
results  in  a  thesis  submitted  for  the  degree  of  M.A. 

Mr.  J.  Campbell,  who  is  a  holder  of  a  studentship  under  the  National 
Research  Council,  has  continued  his  study  of  the  mechanism  of  autolysis.  He 
has  presented  the  results  which  he  has  obtained  up  to  the  present  in  a  thesis  on 
the  proteolytic  tissue  enzymes  for  the  degree  of  M.A. 

Miss  F.  I.  Hargreaves,  in  collaboration  with  Dr.  A.  A.  Fletcher  and  Dr. 
W.  H.  Dickson  in  the  department  of  medicine,  has  continued  her  study  of 
growth  and  colon  conditions  in  rats  under  the  influence  of  deficient  diets. 

Dr.  E.  J.  Maltby  has  completed  his  study  of  human  gastric  digestion,  and 
has  embodied  his  results  in  a  thesis  for  the  degree  of  M.A. 


President's  Report  33 

Miss  Margaret  Butler  has  continued  her  investigations  into  the  biochemistry 
of  Chondrus  crispus.  Her  results  have  been  presented  as  a  thesis  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree. 

Directed  by  Professor  H.  D.  Kay: 

Professor  Kay  has  investigated  the  chemical  changes  occurring  in  the  tissues, 
particularly  in  the  red  blood  cells  in  experimental  rickets.  He  has  also  investi- 
gated the  possible  chemical  mechanism  of  bone  absorption. 

In  collaboration  with  Dr.  B.  L.  Guyatt  of  the  department  of  anatomy,  he 
has  made  a  chemical  and  anatomical  study  of  the  incurable  type  of  rickets  which 
may  be  induced  by  small  quantities  of  beryllium  salts  in  a  normal  diet. 

Mr.  H.  D.  Jenner  has  worked  out  a  clinical  method  for  the  determination 
of  phosphatase  in  minute  quantities  of  plasma.  He  has  described  his  results  in  a 
thesis  which  he  has  submitted  for  the  M.A.  degree. 

Mr.  T.  H.  Jukes  has  studied  the  purification,  immunological  properties, 
chemical  composition  and  nutritional  significance  of  the  protein  of  egg  yolk. 

Mr.  H.  W.  Lemon  has  worked  on  methods  for  the  micro-analysis  of  sulphates 
and  of  phenol,  and  has  applied  his  methods  to  the  study  of  the  hydrolytic  activity 
of  the  sulphatase  of  the  liver  and  kidney. 

Mr.  G.  H.  McVicar  has  been  studying  enzymic  synthesis. 

Dr.  A.  S.  E.  MacKenzie  has  studied  the  properties  of  tooth  phosphatase 
and  its  changes  during  tooth  development.  These  results  have  formed  the 
subject  of  a  thesis  which  she  has  submitted  for  the  M.A.  degree. 

Mr.  \V.  R.  Graham  has  investigated  methods  for  the  analysis  of  the  phos- 
phorus compounds  of  milk  and  has  studied  their  changes  under  various  experi- 
mental conditions. 

Directed  by  Professor  A.  M.  Wynne: 

Professor  Wynne  has  been  engaged  in  the  estimation  of  butyl  alcohol  in 
fermentation  mixtures.  He  has  also  studied  the  mechanism  of  acetone  formation 
in  the  acetone-butyl  alcohol  fermentation  of  carbohydrates. 

Mr.  W.  W.  Johnston  has  studied  the  formation,  preparation,  purification 
and  properties  of  the  amylase  of  CI.  acetobutylicum.  He  has  also  conducted  a 
kinetic  study  of  the  action  and  of  the  inactivation  of  the  amylase.  He  has 
submitted  his  results  in  the  form  of  a  thesis  for  the  Ph.D.  degree. 

Mr.  A.  Matenko  has  conducted  a  critical  investigation  of  the  Duclaux 
method  for  the  analysis  of  mixtures  of  volatile  fatty  acids,  and  has  continued  his 
study  of  the  effects  of  inorganic  salts  on  the  metabolism  of  carbohydrates  in  the 
acetone-butyl  alcohol  fermentation.  He  has  embodied  these  results  in  a  thesis 
for  the  M.A.  degree. 

Mr.  L.  B.  Pett  has  studied  the  general  problem  of  the  early  stages  of  the 
degradation  of  carbohydrates  and  related  substances  by  two  organisms,  Clos- 
tridium acetobutylicum  and  Propionibacterium  Jensenii.  A  description  of  this 
work  will  be  published  in  the  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry.  Later  stages  of 
the  transformation  are  under  investigation  and  a  study  of  the  phosphatase  of 
Clostridium  acetobutylicum  has  been  made.  Similar  studies  of  the  phosphatase 
of  the  Propionibacterium  and  of  the  products  of  the  action  of  the  organism  on 
hexosephosphate  and  glycerophosphate  are  in  progress. 

Biology,  under  direction  of  Professor  B.  A.  Bensley 

The  following  summary  includes  investigations  in  progress,  published  or  in 
course  of  publication  for  the  year  1931-32. 

Invertebrate  Zoology,  Entomology:  Professor  E.  M.  Walker,  anatomy  of 
Grylloblatta,  Part  I,  published;  head  capsule  in  this  and  other  Orthoptera;  cutan- 
eous myiasis  in   Canada.     Supervision  of  F.  H.   Ide,   life-histories  of  Ontario 


34  University  of  Toronto 

ephemerids,  post-embryonic  development  in  two  species;  L.  C.  Marston,  com- 
parative studies  of  the  insect  labium,  H.  G.  James,  life-histories  and  distribution 
of  Ontario  Collembola;  Miss  J.  Fraser,  studies  on  Trichoptera;  Miss  N.  Ford, 
larviposition  and  development  of  sarcophagid  fly,  Wohlfahrtia  vigil. 

Marine  Biology:  Professor  A.  G.  Huntsman.  Supervision  of  Miss  V.  M. 
Davidson,  planktonic  diatoms;  C.  L.  Newcombe,  growth  in  Mya  arenaria; 
Miss  M.  H.  Campbell,  life-histories  of  Calanus  and  Enchaeta;  Miss  V.  Z.  Lucas, 
life-history  of  Squalus  sucklii;  M.  W.  Smith,  fertilisation  of  ponds  and  lakes; 
W.  Templeman,  life-history  of  Tlomarus;  A.  A.  Blair,  Atlantic  salmon  of  the 
Miramichi  system. 

Ichthyology:  Professor  J.  R.  Dymond.  Taxonomy  and  distribution  of  trout 
in  British  Columbia,  coregonine  fishes  of  Hudson  Bay,  taxonomy  of  Lake 
Nipissing  fishes.  Supervision  of  F.  E.  J.  Fry,  ciscoes  of  Lake  Nipissing;  C.  M. 
Mottley,  Kamloops  trout;  S.  Brennan,  osteology  of  leucichthyds,  D.  A.  McLulich, 
periodicity  in  varying  hare;  C.  H.  D.  Clarke,  periodicity  in  ruffed  grouse. 

Experimental  Biology,  Genetics:  Professor  J.  W.  MacArthur.  Hybrid  vigor 
in  fowls,  linkage  studies  in  tomato,  X-ray  mutation  in  tomato,  inheritance  of  self 
pruning  in  tomato,  genetics  of  down  colors  in  fowl,  sex-linkage  in  the  fowl, 
genetics  of  species  of  crosses  in  the  columbines,  distribution  of  factors  in  relation 
to  chromosome  size.  In  conjunction  with  Dr.  E.  McCullough,  apical  dystrophy; 
with  Professor  Baillie,  sex  differential  mortality  in  birds  and  Lepidoptera;  with 
R.  Emslie,  basal  metabolism  in  pure  bred  and  hybrid  chicks,  food  consumption 
and  growth  in  pure  bred  and  hybrid  chicks;  with  Miss  Kendall,  heterochromidin 
of  the  iris  in  a  human  family.  Supervision  of  J.  B.  Smith,  nature,  frequency  and 
results  of  malpositions  in  chick  embryos;  E.  S.  Snyder,  selection,  in  breeding, 
and  crossing  of  low  and  high  hatching  lines  in  fowls;  G.  Raithby,  inbreeding  and 
line  breeding  in  cattle. 

Mammalian  and  Comparative  Anatomy :  Professor  W.  H.  T.  Baillie.  Studies 
on  abdominal  musculature,  eye  muscle  attachments  in  vertebrates,  cell  reactions 
and  growth  of  tissues,  pancreatic  tissue  in  Raja  erinacea.  In  conjunction  with 
Professor  MacArthur,  sex  differential  mortality. 

Limnobiology:  Professor  W.  Y.  Harkness.  Supervision  of  W.  E.  Ricker, 
studies  on  food,  rate  of  growth  and  spawning  habits  of  speckled  trout;  J.  P. 
Oughton,  Ontario  Mollusca;  J.  M.  Corkill,  in  conjunction  with  Dr.  Lucas, 
physico-chemical  studies  on  Lake  Nipissing;  E.  S.  Pentland,  limiting  factors  in 
growth  of  Gammarus;  A.  M.  Fallis,  distribution  of  aquatic  plants  in  Lake 
Nipissing;  A.  L.  Tester,  food-habits,  growth  and  spawning  of  Micropterus; 
Miss  M.  W.  Cronk,  bottom  organisms  of  Shakespeare  Island  Lake;  Mrs.  Skelton, 
food  and  rate  of  growth  of  Ontario  fishes;  Miss  M.  Lyons,  parasities  of  Ontario 
fishes. 

Comparative  Neurology:  Professor  E.  H.  Craigie.  Cell  masses  in  the  dien- 
cephalon  of  the  humming  bird,  cerebral  hemispheres  of  the  humming  bird, 
vascularity  of  the  archecortex  in  the  albino  rat;  in  conjunction  with  Professor 
Henderson,  studies  on  the  respiratory  centre. 

Taxonomy  and  Distribution.  In  addition  to  those  cited  above  several 
faunistic  studies  were  prosecuted  under  the  auspices  of  the  Royal  Ontario 
Museum  of  Zoology,  including  a  distributional  study  of  Ontario  arachnids  by 
T.  B.  Kurata,  and  a  faunal  investigation  of  Long  Point,  Lake  Erie  by  L.  L. 
Snyder  and  E.  B.  Logier. 

Botany,  under  direction  of  Professor  R.  B.  Thomson 

I.     Phanerogamic  Botany,  Genetics  and  Plant  Breeding 
(Under  direction  of  Professor  R.  B.  Thomson) 
A.     Anatomy  and  Experimental  Morphology 

Allin,  A.  E. — Tangential  pitting  in  the  wood  of  fossil  and  living  vascular 
plants. 


President's  Report  35 

Baldwin,  W.  K.  W. — The  organisation  of  the  young  sporophyte  of  Isoetes. 

Bannan,  M.  W. — A  study  of  medullary  rays  in  the  lower  seed  plants. 

Hart,  N.  C. — The  origin  of  resin  canals  in  the  wood  of  the  pines. 

Hull,  Dr.  K.  L. — The  structure  of  Lycopodium  and  Selaginella. 

LaRush,  Mrs.  F. — Studies  on  pollen  grains  in  connection  with  hay  fever. 

Taylor,  T.  M.  C. — The  sporeling  organisation  and  the  cladorhize  develop- 
ment of  the  adult  plant  in  Equisetum  arvense  L. 

Thomson,  R.  B. — The  organisation  of  the  lower  vascular  plants. 

Thomson,  R.  B.,  Sifton,  H.  B.  and  Bannan,  M.  W. — Wound  reactions  of 
various  conifers.  The  determination  of  the  season  of  maximum 
response  to  wounding.  The  stimulation  of  resin  production  by 
chemical  means. 

Wright,  J.  G. — The  nature  of  the  pit-closing  membrane  in  the  higher 
gymnosperms. 

B.  Taxonomy 

Krotkov,  P. — Collection  in  Ontario;  revision  of  the  herbarium  material; 

special  study  of  Ontario  willows  and  golden  rods. 
Taylor,  T.   M.   C. — The  moss  flora  of  Ontario  and  the  distribution  of 

Ontario  ferns. 

C.  Genetics 

Thomson,  R.  B. — Study  of  an  abnormal  type  of  Linaria  vulgaris. 

II.  Mycology,  Forest  Pathology  and  Cryptogamic  Botany 

(Under  the  direction  of  Professor  H.  S.  Jackson) 

The  last  two  projects  are  conducted  in  co-operation  with  the 
Forestry  Branch  of  the  Provincial  Department  of  Lands  and  Forests. 

Astrom,  Miss  I.  E. — A  cytological  study  of  Erysiphe  aggregata. 

Cain,  R.  F. — A  monographic  study  of  Ontario  Sordariaceae. 

Dearness,  John — With  the  co-operation  of  the  department  of  botany, 
Dr.  John  Dearness  of  London,  Ontario,  is  preparing  an  annotated  list 
of  the  fungi  known  to  occur  in  Ontario. 

Jackson,  H.  S. — (1)  A  study  of  the  rusts  of  South  America  based  on  the 
Holway  collections.  This  is  a  taxonomic  study  dealing  with  a  large 
collection  of  rusts  made  by  the  late  Professor  E.  W.  D.  Holway,  of  the 
University  of  Minnesota,  in  South  America.  Publication  is  in  the 
form  of  a  series  of  papers  in  Mycologia.  Six  numbers  have  already 
been  printed,  three  within  the  past  year,  and  a  supplementary  number 
is  in  preparation.  (See  Mycologia  18,  141-162;  19,  51-65,  1927; 
23:  96-116,  332-364,  463-503,  1931;  24:  62-186,  1932.)  (2)  A  study 
of  the  rusts  of  Panama  and  Costa  Rica.  (3)  Studies  in  the  cytology 
of  short-cycled  rusts.  (4)  The  mycological  flora  of  the  Toronto  region 
and  of  the  Temagami  Forest  Reserve. 

Jackson,  H.  S.  and  Thompson,  G.  E. — Studies  of  certain  forest  tree  rusts. 

Lehmann,  A.  J.  V. — A  study  of  the  nuclear  phenomena  of  the  germination 

of  the  teliospores  of  certain  species  of  Lepto-Puccinia  and  Uromyces. 

Nobles,  Miss  M.  K. — A  study  of  certain  resupinate  hydnaceae. 

Pady,  S.  M. — A  study  of  the  development  of  the  teliospores  of  certain 
forest  tree  rusts. 

Thompson,  G.E. — A  study  of  the  diseases  of  poplar  with  special  reference 
to  a  mycosphaerella  disease. 

III.  Plant  Pathology 

(Under  the  direction  of  Professor  D.  L.  Bailey) 
Bailey,  D.  L. — Dead  Arm  Disease  of  Grape.     Co-operative  project  with 

the  Horticultural  Experiment  Station  at  Vineland. 
Fitzpatrick,  R.  E. — Peach  Leaf  Curl.     A  co-operative  project  with  the 

Horticultural  Experiment  Station  at  \  ineland. 


36  University  of  Toronto 

Hildebrand,  A.  A. — The  Ranularia  Rot  of  Ginsong  Roots.  A  co-operative 
project  between  the  botany  department,  the  Vineland  Experiment 
Station  and  the  Dominion  Plant  Pathological  Laboratory  at  St. 
Catharines. 

Hindley,  Miss  S.  R. —  Verticillium  hadromycosis  of  Egg-Plant.  Co- 
operative project  with  the  Horticultural  Experiment  Station  at  Vine- 
land.  Miss  Hindley  presented  the  results  of  her  investigations  as  a 
thesis  for  the  M.A.  degree  in  June,  1932. 

Ledingham,  G.  A. — The  Life  History,  Morphology  and  Cytology  of 
Polymyxa  graminis  n.  gen.  n.  sp.  In  a  Ph.D.  thesis  under  this  title 
Mr.  Ledingham  presented  the  results  of  the  investigation  dealing 
with  an  obligate  parasite  of  wheat  roots  which  he  has  carried  on  for 
two  years  as  a  National  Research  Council  Fellow  and  for  a  third  year 
as  an  assistant  in  the  department  of  botany. 

Truscott,  J.  H.  L. — A  project  being  carried  on  by  Mr.  Truscott  while 
holding  a  National  Research  Council  Bursary. 

IV.  Plant  Ecology  and  Seed  Studies 

(Under  the  direction  of  Professor  H.  B.  Sifton) 
Cormack,  R.  G.  H. — Effect  of  external  conditions  on  the  growth  of  root 

hairs. 
Foulds,  F.  E. — Influence  of  pre-soaking  on  the  germination  of  beans. 
Hamly,  D.  H. — Studies  of  legume  seed  costs  and  their  permeability  to 

water. 
McCugan,  Miss  J.  E. — Seed  identification  in  the  genus  Brassica. 
Sifton,  H.  B. — (1)    The  development  of  the  leaf  in  Ledum. 

(2)    Ontogeny  of  the  woody  tissues  in  Gymnosperms. 

V.  Plant  Physiology 

(Under  the  direction  of  Professor  G.  H.  Duff) 

Duff,  G.  H.  and  Forward,  D.  F. — The  respiratory  metabolism  of  wheat. 
This  is  an  investigation  of  the  ontogenetic  metabolic  changes  occurring 
during  growth  and  ageing  in  different  varieties  of  wheat.  The  experi- 
mental material  is  grown  in  an  artificial,  controlled  environment  in 
order  to  eliminate  changes  induced  by  fluctuations  in  external  factors. 
A  paper  entitled  "A  Survey  of  Respiratory  Metabolism  in  the  Wheat 
Plant:  I  The  Respiration  of  the  Isolated  First  Seedling  Leaf"  is  in 
course  of  preparation  for  the  press. 

Forward,  Miss  D.  F. — The  parasitism  of  the  stem  rust  fungus  in  relation 
to  the  metabolic  physiology  of  the  host.  The  first  communication  on 
this  subject  has  been  published  and  the  work  is  being  extended  and 
continued. 

Krotkov,  G. — Carbohydrate  metabolism  of  wheat.  This  is  an  investiga- 
tion of  the  biochemical  aspect  of  the  wheat  plant's  metabolism,  the 
scope  of  which  is  at  present  confined  to  the  carbohydrates  of  the 
wheat  leaf.     The  scope  will  shortly  be  extended. 

Chemistry,  under  direction  of  Professor  W.  Lash  Miller 

Thirty-two  students  were  engaged  in  research  last  winter  under  the  direction 
of  professors  of  the  department  of  chemistry.  The  degree  of  master  of  arts  was 
conferred  on  nine  of  these,  viz.:  Messrs.  R.  M.  Beatty,  D.  S.  Calder,  Miss  J.  S. 
Clayton,  Messrs.  H.  M.  Fisher,  R.  P.  C.  French,  A.  C.  Medcalf,  G.  E.  Moore, 
H.  A.  Showalter  and  T.  J.  Wright.  The  degree  of  master  of  science  in  agriculture 
was  conferred  on  Mr.  H.  W.  Lohse,  whose  research  was  carried  out  in  Guelph 
under  Professor  R.  Harcourt.     The  degree  of  doctor  of  philosophy  was  conferred 


President's  Report  37 

on  Mr.  H.  M.  Barrett  whose  research  was  directed  by  Professor  F.  B.  Kenrick, 
and  on  Mr.  A.  F.  Charles  who  worked  in  the  Connaught  laboratories  under 
Dr.  D.  A.  Scott. 

The  following  were  the  subjects  of  research: — 

H.  M.  Barrett,  M.A. — Absorption  measurements  by  direct  weighing. 

R.  M.  Beatty,  B.A. — The  sour  taste  of  acids. 

Miss  H.  J.  Bell,  B.A. — Chemical  action  of  acids  on  living  and  dead  yeast. 

F.  Bremner,  B.A.Sc. — Volumetric  determination  of  potassium. 

Miss  J.  W.  Brown,  Ph.D. — Microchemical  identification  of  various  amino- 
acids. 

D.  S.  Calder,  B.A. — The  photochemical  reaction  of  trans  to  cis  ditoluyl- 

ethylene. 
Miss  J.  Clayton,  B.A. — The  reaction  of  bromsuccinic  anhydride  with  benzene 

and  aluminium  chloride. 
A.  F.  W.  Cole,  M.A. — Diffusion  of  salts  in  acid  solutions. 
J.  A.  Dick,  B.A. — Volume  changes  when  methyl  alcohol  and  water  are  mixed 

at  39.9  deg. 
J.  G.  Duncan,  B.A.Sc. — The  passivity  of  iron. 
Miss  E.  V.  Eastcott,  Ph.D. — Fractionation  of  Bios  II. 
Miss  L.  Elder — The  sporulation  of  yeast. 
A.  M.  Fisher,  B.A. — The  preparation  of  complex  acid  anhydrides  and  their 

behaviour  in  Friedel  and  Crafft's  reaction. 
M.  Freed — Vapour  and  liquid  compositions  in  the  system  Ethyl  alcohol, 

Normal  heptane. 
R.  P.  C.  French,  D.Sc. — Solubility  of  carbon  dioxide  in  aqueous  solutions  of 

alcohol. 
A.  R.  Gordon,  Ph.D. — Calculation  of  entropies,  heat-capacities,  and  thermo- 
dynamic potentials  from  spectroscopic  data. 
H.  C.  Graham,  M.A. — Reproduction  of  yeast  in  media  deficient  in  potassium. 
O.  H.  Howden — Light  scattering  by  viscous  liquids. 
L.  Hynes,  B.A. — The  carbon  arc  in  hydrogen. 

F.  R.  Lorriman,  Ph.D. — Ring  closure  in  ortho-carboxy  derivatives  of  benzoic 

acid. 

Miss  M.  McQuahae — The  adhesion  of  solid  particles  suspended  in  liquids. 

A.  C.  Medcalf,  B.A. — The  reaction  of  benzoyl  chloride  with  aromatic  hydro- 
carbons and  aluminium  chloride. 

G.  E.  Moore,  B.A. — Surface  conductivity  of  powders. 

J.  C.  Morgan,  M.A. — Overvoltage  of  silver  in  acid  solutions  of  silver  sulphate. 

A.  C.  Morris — The  system  Ethyl  alcohol,  Normal  heptane  at  30°  C. 

A.  J.  Mueller,  M.A. — The  rate  of  reproduction  of  yeast. 

J.  R.  Musgrave,  M.A. — Base  exchange  equilibria. 

W.  C.  Reevely — Transport  numbers  in  solutions  of  sodium  and  potassium 

acetates. 
Miss  B.  M.  Shannon,  B.H.Sc. — Production  of  abnormal  forms  of  yeast  by 

chemical  means. 
H.  A.  Showalter,  B.A. — Solubilities  in  the  system  Methyl  alcohol,  Water, 

Carbon    tetrachloride. 
H.  R.  Timpson — Electrolytic  deposits  in  glass. 
R.  E.  Whiting,  B.A. — The  continuous  spectrum  of  the  light  scattered  by 

some  viscous  liquids. 

E.  E.  Wood,  B.A. — Preparation  of  pure  ferrous  oxide  from  the  hydroxide. 
T.  J.  Wright,  B.A. — Quantitative  study  of  a  modified  adiabatic  calorimeter. 
J.  V.  Young — Preparation  of  meso  nitro  anthracene. 

J.  M.  Zeavin,  M.A. — Complex  anhydrides  in  Friedel  and  Crafft's  reaction. 


38  University  of  Toronto 

Food  Chemistry,  wider  direction  of  Professor  C.  C.  Benson 

There  has  been  very  little  research  work  done  in  this  department  this  year, 
owing  to  the  large  amount  of  time  needed  for  the  undergraduate  classes. 

The  instructors,  who  would,  at  other  times,  have  been  able  to  do  original 
work,  have  all  been  working  with  heavy  timetables,  and  for  longer  teaching  hours 
than  we  had  anticipated.  We  have  had  to  take  care  of  undergraduate  students 
beyond  the  number  we  had  expected  and  as  a  result  the  research  work  has 
suffered.  My  own  time  has  also  been  much  occupied  with  difficulties  of  adjust- 
ment that  I  have  had  little  chance  for  direction  of  graduate  students. 

Miss  K.  A.  Treacy  has  made  some  study  of  cream,  and  its  constituents,  with 
special  reference  to  its  foaming  property,  and  has  been  granted  her  master's 
degree.     She  will  continue  investigations  along  the  same  lines. 

We  have  also  been  able  to  make  some  microscopic  studies  of  milk  and  its 
products  and  this  study  will  also  be  continued. 

Geology,  under  direction  of  Professor  W.  A.  Parks  . 

1.  Professor  A.  P.  Coleman  (professor  emeritus)  was  engaged  during  the 
year  as  follows: 

(a)  Field  work  and  mapping  Pleistocene  of  the  Toronto  Region  for  the 
Department  of  Mines  of  Ontario. 

(b)  Examination  of  Pleistocene  beds  in  East  Anglia,  England. 

(c)  Study  of  Pleistocene  and  Precambrian  in  Finland. 

(d)  Visit  to  type  localities  of  the  Pleistocene  of  Denmark. 

2.  Professor  Parks  spent  part  of  the  summer  of  1931  in  geological  work  in 
Manitoulin  Island,  Professor  Moore  was  engaged  in  the  Maritime  provinces,  and 
Professor  MacLean  acted  as  field  assistant  to  Professor  Coleman. 

During  the  winter  the  following  work  was  carried  on  in  the  laboratories : 

3.  By  Professor  W.  A.  Parks 

(a)  Examination  and  report  on  a  large  series  of  Silurian  stromatoporoids 
from  Gaspe. 

(b)  Examination  and  description  of  two  new  species  of  dinosaurs. 

4.  Under  direction  of  Professor  W.  A.  Parks 

(a)  H.  C.  Laird — Completion  of  the  study  of  the  chert  beds  of  the 
Lockport  and  Onondaga  formation  of  Ontario. 

(b)  J.  F.  Caley — Palaeontology  and  stratigraphy  of  the  Upper  Ordovi- 
cian  of  Manitoulin  island. 

(c)  J.  C.  Sproule — The  geology  of  the  tar  sand  region  of  the  Athabaska 
river. 

(d)  H.   G.   Way — Palaeontology  and   stratigraphy  of  the  Silurian   of 
Manitoulin  island. 

5.  By  Professor  E.  S.  Moore 

(a)    Origin  of  an  abnormal  magnetite  deposit,  north  shore  of  Lake  Huron. 

6.  Under  direction  of  Professor  E.  S.  Moore 

(a)  G.  H.  Charlewood — The  types  of  carbonates  in  ore  deposits  and 
their  temperature  relations. 

(b)  G.  S.  MacKenzie — The  origin  of  the  lead  and  zinc  deposits  in  eastern 
Ontario  and  related  areas. 

(c)  J.  D.  Wright — The  chronological  relations  of  the  granites  near  the 
north  shore  of  Lake  Huron  and  the  genesis  of  associated  ore  deposits. 


President's  Report  39 

(d)    W.  R.  Nemerovsky — Studies  of  the  microscopic  character  of  Cape 
Breton  coals  and  the  origin  of  the  Phalen  seam. 

7.  By  Dr.  Madeleine  Fritz 

(a)    Completion  of  a  study  of  the  Permian  Bryozoa  of  Vancouver  island. 

8.  By  Dr.  D.  R.  Derry 

(a)    The  nature  and  origin  of  pegmatites. 

Household  Science,  under  direction  of  Professor  A.  L.  Laird 

During  the  session  1931-32  two  students  have  worked  on  graduate  problems 
under  the  joint  direction  of  Professors  Laird  and  Willard. 

Miss  R.  Carter  made  a  study  of  relief  dietaries  from  various  centres  in 
Canada,  including  a  personal  investigation  into  the  use  of  relief  food  supplies  in 
Toronto.  The  study  indicates  that  to  make  such  diets  adequate  to  the  largest 
possible  number  of  cases  there  should  be  some  element  of  choice,  and  also  that  a 
decentralised  system  of  distribution  is  advisable.  A  dietary  was  worked  out  and 
the  opportunity  came  to  try  it  with  three  hundred  families  in  Toronto.  They 
expressed  keen  satisfaction  with  the  dietary  and  with  the  method  of  distribution. 

Miss  G.  E.  Watts  reviewed  the  literature  in  connection  with  food  allergy 
and  worked  on  diets  for  persons  hypersensitive  to  wheat.  Allergy  to  wheat 
occurs  more  frequently  in  America  than  does  any  other  food  allergy. 

Applied  Mathematics,  under  direction  of  Professor  J.  L.  Synge 

The  following  researches  have  been  in  progress  during  the  session  1931-32: 

H.  M.  Chisholm,  M.Sc. : — Stresses  in  anisotropic  fluids. 

B.  A.  Griffith,  M.A. : — Higher  approximations  to  the  steady  flow  of  a  viscous 

liquid  past  a  fixed  sphere. 
A.  F.  Stevenson,  M.A. : — The  intensities  of  certain  nebular  lines. 
J.  L.  Synge,  Sc.D.: — A  mathematical  theory  of  the  periodontal  membrane, 

treated  as  an  incompressible  elastic  solid. 

The  apsides  of  general  dynamical  systems. 

Medicine,  under  direction  of  Dr.  Duncan  Graham 

The  investigation  of  diseases  of  the  liver  and  biliary  tract  is  making  definite 
progress. 

Dr.  Farquharson,  with  the  assistance  of  Dr.  Keenleyside,  has  continued  his 
study  on  pigment  metabolism  and  on  the  effects  of  iron  and  liver  in  the  treatment 
of  different  forms  of  anaemia. 

Dr.  Falconer  will  publish  shortly  a  report  of  his  work  on  the  capillary 
circulation   in   hyperthyroidism. 

Dr.  Warner's  work  on  bronchiectasis  has  contributed  a  distinct  advance  to 
our  knowledge  of  the  cause  of  dilatation  of  the  bronchi  in  this  disease.  This  work 
will  be  published  shortly.  Dr.  Warner  and  Dr.  McGregor  of  the  department  of 
otolaryngology  will  publish  shortly  a  report  of  their  observations  on  the  effect 
of  radical  antral  surgery  in  cases  of  bronchitic  asthma. 

Mineralogy,  under  direction  of  Professor  T.  L.  Walker 

The  time  available  to  the  staff  in  mineralogy  for  research  has  been  less  than 
usual  owing  to  the  time  required  to  move  the  Royal  Ontario  Museum  of  Miner- 
alogy from  its  old  quarters  into  the  eastern  wing  of  the  new  extension. 

Mr.  W.  L.  Brown  in  addition  to  his  teaching  has  carried  on  an  examination 
of  the  rocks  and  minerals  from  the  radium  mine  near  Wilberforce.  His  work 
gives  evidence  of  extensive  ionization  produced  by  a  long  range  a  particles  on 
fluorite.     Professor  A.  L.  Parsons  has  continued  his  studies  on  the  occurrences 


40  University  of  Toronto 

of  zircon  and  pitchblende  in  Central  Ontario.  Professor  Ellis  Thomson  has 
continued  his  mineralographic  studies  of  ore  minerals,  his  investigations  having 
particular  reference  to  the  mineral  association  at  the  radium  mines  in  Great  Bear 
Lake,  the  new  gold  deposits  in  Ashley  township  and  the  study  of  the  minerals 
at  the  Cross  Lake  Mine  at  Cobalt.  Professor  T.  L.  Walker  has  devoted  con- 
siderable time  to  an  examination  of  the  basic  igneous  rocks  from  Sextant  Rapids. 
Ontario,  and  of  the  plagioclase  graphic  granite  from  Hybla,  Ontario.  Mr.  E.  M, 
Quinlan,  research  assistant  in  mineralogy,  has  greatly  assisted  by  the  conduct 
of  chemical  analyses  of  minerals  and  rocks  under  investigation. 

Those  investigations  which  have  been  completed  are  outlined  in  papers 
published  during  the  year. 

Obstetrics  and  Gynaecology,  under  direction  of  Dr.  W.  B.  Hendry 

The  following  investigations  have  been  undertaken  with  satisfactory  results: 

1.  A  new  obstetrical  forceps  has  been  devised  by  Doctor  John  Mann,  which 
depends  for  its  efficiency  on  a  split  universal  joint.  This  forceps  was  exhibited 
at  the  last  meeting  of  the  American  Gynaecological  Society  and  met  with  a  great 
deal  of  favorable  criticism. 

2.  A  new  goniopelvimeter — an  instrument  for  measuring  the  varying  pelvic 
tilt  during  pregnancy,  has  been  designed  by  Dr.  James  Goodwin  and  was  exhibited 
before  the  American  Gynaecological  Society,  where  it  was  commented  upon  very 
favorably. 

3.  Research  work  on  the  early  and  late  toxaemias  has  been  continued  with 
the  department  of  pathological  chemistry. 

4.  A  study  of  the  effects  of  pregnancy  and  the  puerperium  on  the  female 
ureter  has  been  carried  out  in  co-operation  with  the  departments  of  urology  and 
radiology,  the  results  of  which  will  be  published  shortly. 

Paediatrics,  under  direction  of  Dr.  A.  Brown 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  each  of  the  problems  investigated  is  of  interest 
not  only  to  the  hospital  physicians,  but  also  to  the  physicians  in  general  practice, 
for  example:  it  has  been  shown  conclusively  that  the  condition  known  as  "acute 
intestinal  intoxication",  which  accounted  for  no  less  than  seventy-five  deaths 
in  the  Hospital  for  Sick  Children  during  the  past  year,  is  caused  by  dysentery 
types  of  bacteria,  including  the  paratyphoid  group.  Before  this  work  was  com- 
pleted the  cause  of  this  condition  was  unknown.  As  "acute  intestinal  intoxica- 
tion" is  now  rarely  seen  among  the  private  patients  of  the  medical  staff  of  this 
hospital,  it  can  readily  be  seen  that  it  simply  remains  to  educate  the  general 
public  in  order  to  practically  eradicate  this  disease. 

It  is  quite  evident  that  further  progress  in  the  field  of  paediatrics,  as  in 
other  branches  of  medicine,  will  depend  on  the  close  co-operation  of  the  work  in 
various  fields  of  research.  It  is  with  great  pleasure  that  we  are  able  to  report 
that  not  only  is  there  very  close  co-operation  among  the  workers  in  the  labora- 
tories themselves,  but  also  arrangements  have  been  made  for  closer  co-operation 
with  the  department  of  physiology  and  the  Banting  and  Best  department  of 
medical  research. 

Pathology  and  Bacteriology,  under  direction  of  Professor  Oskar  Klotz 

The  research  activities  of  this  department,  during  1931-1932,  have  been 
continuously  expanding  into  new  fields  as  each  of  the  members  of  the  permanent 
staff  has  assumed  the  responsibilities  of  progressive  studies  along  chosen  lines. 
Each  of  these  studies  involves  researches  of  a  continued  character  which  in  some 
instances  will  require  several  years  of  application.     The  department  has  now 


President's  Report  41 

under  its  direction  the  division  of  neuropathology,  in  which  we  hope  for  main- 
tained progress  in  the  field  which  in  the  past  has  received  but  little  attention  at 
our  University.  The  division  of  neuropathology  is  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  E.  A. 
Linell,  and  already  there  is  developing  about  him  a  group  of  interested  research 
workers.  Related  to  this  work  in  neuropathology  the  department  has  made 
available  the  necessary  laboratory  facilities  for  the  study  of  the  pathological 
material  arising  in  the  Ontario  Hospitals.  Dr.  J.  A.  Hannah,  who  is  in  charge 
of  this  work,  is  co-operating  closely  with  Dr.  Linell.  We  look  forward  to  a  future 
when  this  new  neurological  division  in  pathology  will  be  a  centre  for  investigation 
of  the  various  types  of  nervous  diseases  which  appear  in  the  several  clinics.  With 
this  expansion  in  the  department  of  pathology  and  bacteriology  the  physical 
capacity  of  the  building  occupied  by  this  department  is  now  filled  to  overflowing. 

During  the  past  year  there  have  been  four  research  fellows  who  have  given 
their  entire  time  to  the  research  problems  under  their  care.  These  are — Dr. 
M.  H.  Book,  Ellen  Mickle  Fellow;  Dr.  H.  L.  Vanderveer,  Banting  Research 
Foundation  Fellow;  Miss  B.  R.  Wallace,  Fellow;  and  Dr.  R.  M.  Price,  Fellow  of 
the  National  Research  Council. 

Besides  the  researches  carried  out  by  the  special  fellows,  each  of  the  members 
of  the  regular  staff  has  been  engaged  in  his  special  study  and  investigation. 
A  list  of  the  researches  which  have  been  published  or  are  in  the  course  of  publica- 
tion are  appended  to  this  report. 

Dr.  Vanderveer  has  been  engaged  in  a  particularly  interesting  study  con- 
cerning the  development  of  arteriosclerosis  in  the  diabetic.  This  investigation 
is  of  prime  importance,  inasmuch  as  since  the  introduction  of  insulin,  one  of  the 
outstanding  dangers  confronting  the  diabetic  is  the  development  of  a  progressive 
arteriosclerosis.  It  would  appear  that  at  least  part  of  the  arterial  lesions  is 
dependent  upon  the  metabolic  disturbances  accompanying  diabetes  before  insulin 
treatment  is  undertaken.  Special  types  of  arterial  lesions  are  related  to  the 
depletion  of  the  carbohydrate  content  of  the  musculature  of  the  arteries. 

Dr.  Price  has  continued  her  studies  upon  the  incidence  of  bovine  tuberculosis 
in  man  and  has  shown  that  a  very  material  proportion  of  the  cases  of  surgical 
tuberculosis  arise  from  the  distribution  of  the  bovine  type  of  tubercle  bacillus, 
through  the  agency  of  milk.  She  has  also  investigated  the  claims  that  Hodgkin's 
Disease  is  the  outcome  of  infection  by  the  avian  organism.  She  has  found  no 
support  for  this  contention  although  an  infection  by  the  tubercle  bacillus  some- 
times accompanies  the  disease.  Further  studies  have  also  been  carried  out 
indicating  the  influence  of  silica  upon  the  development  of  tuberculosis.  It  is 
evident  that  the  more  soluble  compounds  of  silica  influence  more  actively  the 
tuberculous  infection  than  the  insoluble  ones. 

Dr.  Book  has  studied  the  problem  of  the  filtrability  of  micro-organisms 
through  the  normal  kidney.  It  had  been  shown  in  previous  experiments  that 
the  tubercle  bacillus  will  not  pass  this  organism  without  the  presence  of  a  lesion. 
It  would  seem  that  the  same  truth  holds  for  other  infections  and  that  under 
ordinary  conditions  bacteria  do  not  escape  through  the  kidney  in  the  absence 
of  a  demonstrable  damage. 

Miss  Wallace  has  continued  her  studies  on  the  infection  of  tissues  in  the 
normal  animal  by  various  bacteria.  It  has  been  shown  in  her  experiments  that 
the  healthy  tissues  of  experimental  animals  are  susceptible,  when  local  lesions 
are  induced,  to  infection  by  bacteria  arising  from  the  intestinal  canal.  This  is 
particularly  true  in  disturbances  of  the  peritoneal  cavity. 

Professor  Oskar  Klotz  is  continuing  his  studies  on  yellow  fever  and  is  laying 
the  permanent  basis  upon  which  pathological  diagnoses  may  be  established. 
Many  suggestions  have  been  made  in  the  past  respecting  individual  changes  in 
special  organs  or  cells,  but  many  of  these  have  been  found  to  be  uncertain  guides 
in  practical  field  work.  He  has  shown  that  certain  nuclear  changes,  which  have 
been  claimed  to  be  specific  for  yellow  fever,  can  be  reproduced  by  other  means. 
He  has  also  returned  to  some  of  his  former  studies  on  arteriosclerosis.     This  well 


42  University  of  Toronto 

trodden  path  of  work  still  requires  much  for  the  proper  understanding  of  the 
nature  and  development  of  the  condition.  The  influence  of  diet  in  relation  to 
the  development  of  arteriosclerosis  has  been  greatly  overrated. 

Professor  W.  L.  Holman  is  continuing  his  interest  in  the  study  of  the  strep- 
tococci in  which  field  he  was  one  of  the  pioneers  of  our  present  understanding. 
Some  of  the  fundamental  characteristics  of  the  streptococci  must  be  further 
investigated  so  that  the  differentiation  of  types  and  strains  may  be  given  better 
practical  value.  It  may  be  possible  to  differentiate  these  organisms  according 
to  their  habitat,  although  the  permanency  of  some  of  the  variants  may  not  be 
sufficiently  fixed  to  be  of  practical  assistance.  In  relation  to  these  studies  on 
streptococci  Dr.  A.  B.  Beattie  has  undertaken  to  determine  the  differential 
method  for  the  recognition  of  streptococci  inhabiting  the  alimentary  tract. 

Professor  W.  L.  Robinson  has  carried  on  further  studies  on  the  pathology 
of  bronchiectasis  in  man.  He  has  already  published  upon  this  subject  but  he  is 
extending  his  investigations  in  the  light  of  some  new  findings. 

Dr.  J.  L.  Blaisdell  is  investigating  the  renal  lesions  in  rheumatic  fever. 
Rheumatic  fever  is  an  important  topic  in  many  countries  and  a  true  understanding 
of  the  disease  can  be  obtained  only  after  its  pathology  has  been  clearly  unfolded. 
The  influence  of  the  disease  upon  the  heart,  arteries  and  joints  has  been  well 
established,  but  closer  analyses  have  now  shown  that  the  disease  affects  many 
tissues  and  occasionally  has  its  influence  upon  the  kidney.  These  studies  are 
the  beginning  of  a  continued  investigation  which  it  may  be  hoped  will  assist  in 
furthering  the  conception  of  the  multiplicity  of  rheumatic  lesions  in  different  parts 
of  the  body. 

Dr.  Belt  who  during  the  past  year  (under  the  Department  of  Medical 
Research)  carried  out  studies  in  pathology  at  the  University  of  Freiburg  and  the 
University  of  Frankfurt,  returned  to  Toronto  and  has  accepted  a  post  of  lecturer 
in  pathology.  He  is  furthering  his  studies  on  the  fibroses  of  lung.  This  condi- 
tion which  so  commonly  follows  in  the  wake  of  influenza,  measles  and  broncho- 
pneumonias due  to  chemicals,  may  also  be  related  to  other  harmful  influences 
acting  upon  the  lung.  This  condition  has  received  greater  importance  through 
the  higher  incidence  arising  amongst  returned  soldiers,  as  well  as  its  importance 
to  the  influence  of  anaesthetics. 

Dr.  J.  E.  Barry  studied  a  case  of  primary  angio-endothelioma  of  the  public 
bone.  Dr.  P.  W.  Hardie — A  study  of  the  spleen  to  determine  the  content  of 
oxydase  positive  cells.  Dr.  H.  F.  Mowat — A  case  of  multiple  aneurysms  of  the 
aorta  and  great  vessels.  Dr.  C.  R.  Rapp — Calcification  of  aortic  valves. 
Dr.  R.  S.  Saddington — Yeast  infection  in  man  with  a  report  of  a  case. 

Pathological  Chemistry ,  under  direction  of  Dr.  V.  J.  Harding 

Dr.  R.  W.  I.  Urquhart  has  carried  out  a  sound  and  interesting  research  on 
the  prognostic  value  of  the  urea  clearance  test  in  surgical  urological  cases. 

Dr.  D.  L.  Selby  has  continued  his  researches  on  the  physiological  glycos- 
urias. He  has  discovered  the  occurrence  of  ' 'afternoon  glycosuria"  in  a  series 
of  renal  glycosuriacs  and  has  established  the  practical  possibility  of  carrying  out 
glucose  tolerance  tests  at  times  of  the  day  other  than  the  morning.  Dr.  A.  R. 
Armstrong  has  been  associated  with  this  work. 

Mr.  G.  A.  Grant  has  continued  his  investigations  on  the  utilisation  of 
galactose.  His  methods  of  analysis  have  been  refined  and  extended.  Definite 
answer  can  now  be  given  to  several  questions  arising  out  of  the  metabolism  of 
that  sugar  and  the  limits  of  its  occurrence  in  man,  after  its  oral  administration 
have  been  determined. 

Professor  T.  F.  Nicholson  has  succeeded  in  devising  a  scheme  of  analysis 
for  individual  sugars  in  mixtures.  It  is  now  possible  to  analyse  glucose,  fructose, 
galactose,  maltose,  lactose  and  saccharose.  This  has  been  a  most  painstaking 
piece  of  work  and  reflects  great  credit  on  everyone  concerned.  Mr.  G.  A.  Grant, 
Mr.  G.  Hern  and  Mr.  C.  E.  Downs  have  been  associated  with  this  piece  of  work. 


President's  Report  43 

Pharmacology,  under  direction  of  Dr.  V.  E.  Henderson 

The  year  has  not  been  as  productive  as  I  would  have  liked,  partly  owing  to 
some  of  the  problems  undertaken  being  long  and  involved,  and  the  results  of  the 
work  done  will  be  apparent  in  the  future.  Dr.  Lucas  and  myself  completed  an 
experimental  study  of  Bancroft's  revival  of  the  precipitation  theory  of  narcosis, 
and  we  were  able  to  show  conclusively  that  Bancroft  had  been  misled  in  his 
experiments  by  lack  of  knowledge  of  anaesthesia.  Dr.  Lucas  devoted  a  good 
deal  of  time,  which  I  consider  to  great  advantage,  to  the  study  of  the  absorption 
and  medicinal  use  of  iron.  This  study  resulted  in  the  preparation  of  a  new  form 
of  ferrous  chloride  for  iron  therapy  which  is  now  being  tried  by  the  staff  in 
medicine,  with  apparently  satisfactory  results.  Dr.  Roepke  and  myself  have 
practically  brought  to  a  conclusion  a  study  of  the  mechanism  of  salivary  secretion, 
and  have  shown  that  the  stimulation  of  the  chorda  produces  a  flow  of  saliva  by 
the  liberation  of  acetylcholine  peripherally.  This  work  extends  that  of  Loewi 
and  of  Dale  to  gland  structures,  and  the  newer  conceptions  thus  confirmed  are 
likely  to  upset  a  great  deal  of  our  previous  pharmacological  thinking  and  teaching. 
Mr.  Welch  had  made  a  certain  amount  of  progress  with  the  study  on  the  action 
of  apocodeine,  when  a  paper  appeared  which  made  it  inadvisable  to  continue  the 
work.  Dr.  J.  M.  Scott,  working  under  a  grant  from  the  Banting  Research 
Foundation  to  Dr.  D.  R.  Mitchell,  has  continued  the  study  of  urinary  antiseptics, 
and  I  consider  that  this  work  has  thrown  a  definite  light  on  their  use  and  will  * 
be  of  clinical  importance.  I  have  completed  the  study  of  the  afferent  and 
efferent  connections  of  the  respiratory  centre,  which  will  be  reported  at  the 
International  Physiological  Congress. 

Physics,  lender  direction  of  Professors  J.  C.  McLennan  and  E.  F.  Burton 

During  the  session  1931-32  there  were  sixty  graduate  students  in  attendance 
in  the  department  of  physics.  Of  these,  eighteen  were  engaged  in  experimental 
research  work,  and  the  remainder  were  taking  various  courses  of  lectures.  Twenty- 
eight  students  were  enrolled  in  various  courses  in  physics  as  part  of  their  work 
for  the  Ph.D.  degree,  and  twenty-three  in  courses  leading  to  the  M.A.,  M.A.Sc, 
and  M.S. A.  degrees.  In  physics  three  students  were  granted  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  and  two  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts. 

Special  lectures  in  advanced  physics  were  given  during  the  past  year  in  the 
department  by  the  following: — Professor  P.  A.  M.  Dirac,  of  Cambridge,  England, 
Professor  P.  Debye,  of  the  University  of  Leipzig,  Professor  G.  Dejardin,  of  the 
University  of  Lyon,  France,  and  Dr.  G.  L.  Clarke,  department  of  chemistry, 
University  of  Illinois. 

A  list  of  the  researches  carried  out  or  directed  by  the  different  members 
of  the  staff  in  physics  is  given  in  detail  below. 

A.     Researches  under  the  directon  of  Professor  J.  C.  McLennan,  in  collaboration 
with — 

(1)     Mr.  J.  F.  Allen  and  Mr.  J.  O.  Wilhelm 

On  the  superconductivity  of  alloys  containing  gold  and  silver. 

This    research   deals   with   observations   made   on    the   electrical 
conductivity  at  very  low  temperatures  of  binary  alloys  of  both  the 
superconductive  metals,  lead  and  tin  with  gold  and  silver. 
The  strength  of  persistent  currents  in  superconductive  circuits. 

Rings  composed  of  lead,  tin  and  tantalum  were  cooled  by  means  of 
liquid  helium  down  to  temperatures  which  rendered  them  super- 
conducting. By  means  of  changing  the  magnetic  flux  through  these 
rings  induced  currents  were  set  up  in  them.  Since  the  rings  were  in  the 
superconductive  state,  they  offered  no  resistance  to  these  currents  and 


44  University  of  Toronto 

as  a  result  the  currents  persisted  at  full  strength  so  long  as  the  rings  were 
kept  superconductive.  The  strengths  of  these  persistent  currents  were 
measured  by  means  of  a  deflection  device  and  found  to  be  of  the  order 
of  one  hundred  amperes  in  a  ring  of  small  cross  section.  The  currents 
induced  in  all  three  rings  were  identical  in  strength  for  the  same  changes 
of  flux  through  them. 

(2)  Mr.  A.  C.  Burton 

The  experimental  demonstration  of  the  effects  of  coupling  of  harmonic 
motions  as  illustrating  phenomena  in  quantum  mechanics. 
Small  electrical  circuits  were  constructed  having  an  inductance, 
a  capacity  and  a  small  lamp  in  series.  These  were  made  resonant  to 
high  frequency  waves  from  a  generator.  By  their  use  the  effect  of  the 
mutual  interaction  of  identical  harmonic  oscillators  in  producing  a 
splitting  of  the  resonance  point  could  be  demonstrated.  This  is  the 
electrical  analogue  of  the  'coupled  pendulums'  in  mechanics,  and  in 
illustrating  some  analogues  with  phenomena  occurring  in  modern 
quantum  theory,  such  as  the  'Heisenberg  interchange  phenomenon', 
the  electrical  demonstration  has  considerable  advantages  over  the 
mechanical. 

(3)  Miss  E.  J.  Allin  and  Mr.  A.  C.  Burton 

The  change  in  the  infra-red  reflecting  power  of  bismuth  in  a  magnetic  field. 
An  experiment  was  carried  out  to  test  whether  there  was  any 
change  in  the  reflecting  power  for  light  of  wave-length  4  to  8,  ju  of  a 
narrow  bismuth  mirror  placed  between  the  poles  of  a  large  electro- 
magnet when  the  field  was  applied.     No  change  was  observed. 

(4)  A.  C.  Burton,  A.  Pitt,  and  J.  O.  Wilhelm 

The  phenomena  of  conductivity  with  alternating  currents  of  high  frequency . 
The  phenomena  of  superconductivity,  namely  the  abrupt  and 
total  disappearance  of  the  electrical  resistance  of  certain  metals  at  low 
temperatures  when  the  latter  reach  a  critical  point  characteristic  of  each 
metal  had  hitherto  not  been  investigated  using  alternating  currents. 
It  was  found  that  a  similar  abrupt  change  occurred  in  the  resistance  to 
currents  of  high  frequency,  of  the  order  of  ten  million  per  second,  but  at 
a  critical  temperature  which  was  slightly  lower  than  that  found  with 
direct  currents.  This  depression  of  the  superconducting  point  increased 
with  the  frequency  used.  It  has  been  measured  with  the  metals  tin, 
lead,  tantalum,  and  an  alloy  of  lead  and  bismuth,  using  alternating 
currents  of  several  frequencies. 

(5)  J.  M.  Anderson 

Duration  of  metas table  states. 

The  manner  and  rate  of  decay  of  the  absorption  shown  by  excited 
neon  for  certain  lines  of  its  spectrum  has  been  determined  at  room 
temperature  and  liquid  air  temperature. 

(6)  M.  F.  Crawford  and  A.  M.  Crooker 
Extension  of  term  analyses,  Pb  III,  and  Pb  IV. 

The  spectrum  of  Pb  has  been  studied  in  the  region  10,000-500  A.U.° 
New  terms  in  Pb  III  and  Pb  IV  have  been  found  from  an  analysis  of  the 
data.     These  term  analyses  form   the  bases  for  hyperfine  structure 
interpretations  which  are  under  investigation. 
Hyperfine  structure  of  As.  IV. 

Lines  of  As.  IV  have  been  examined  with  a  concave  grating  and  a 
high  dispersion  prism  spectrograph.     Some  of  the  lines  were  found  to 


President's  Report  45 

have  large  hyperfine  structure.     The  interpretation  of  this  structure 
should  lead  to  the  determination  of  nuclear  propertiesof  As. 

(7)  M.  F.  Crawford  and  R.  W.  McKay 

Hyperfine  structure  of  Sb.  IV. 

The  hyperfine  structure  of  lines  of  Sb.  IV  have  been  analysed  with 
several  high  resolving  power  instruments.  Many  of  the  lines  have 
complex  patterns  with  separations  up  to  3  cm.-1.  This  structure  is 
being  interpreted  to  check  the  term  analysis  and  to  determine  properties 
of  the  nuclei  of  the  Sb  isotopes. 

(8)  M.  F.  Crawford  and  G.  A.  Purdy 

Development  of  a  light  source  for  hyperfine  structure  investigations  of  high 

spark  lines. 

A  source  is  being  developed  by  which  the  vapour  of  the  element 
is  excited  in  a  field-free-space  by  bombarding  it  with  accelerated 
electrons  emitted  by  a  hot  filament. 

(9)  A.  B.  McLay  and  M.  F.  Crawford 
Term  and  hyperfine  structure  of  Tl  III. 

A  number  of  terms  of  Tl  III  arising  from  configurations  involving 
od96s  core  have  been  identified  and  their  hyperfine  structure  analysed. 
Vector  couplings  in  the  electronic  sequence  Au,  Hg,  Tl  are  discussed. 
Spark  spectra  of  bismuth  Bi  II,  III,  and  IV. 

The  spectrum  of  Bi  has  been  investigated  with  a  vacuum  grating 
spectrograph.  Through  the  data  obtained  our  former  analyses  of  Bi  II 
and  III  has  been  extended  and  terms  in  Bi  IV  identified. 

(10)  Miss  F.  M.  Quinlan 

Interferometer  measurements  in  the  extreme  ultraviolet  region  of  copper. 
The  International  Astronomical  Union  has  accepted  the  wave- 
length of  certain  radiations  in  the  spectra  of  iron,  of  neon,  and  of  the 
sun,  as  fundamental  standards  of  wavelength,  but  no  standards  have 
been  adopted  below  X  3370  A.  Since  the  spectrum  of  copper  has  many 
strong  lines  in  the  region  X  2300  A  to  X  1979  A  a  m/mber  of  these  were 
compared  with  accepted  standards  of  longer  wavelength,  by  means 
of  a  Fabry  and  Perot  interferomet  combined  with  a  spectrograph  for 
auxiliary  dispersion. 

(11)  R.  Turnbull 

The  ultraviolet  absorption  of  bands  of  neon. 

The  absorption  band  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  resonance  line 
X  1469.6  of  Xenon  was  observed  at  pressures  from  1  to  760  mm. 
mercury  at  room   temperature. 

(12)  H.  D.  Smith 

Raman  effects  with  liquid  and  solid  carbon  dioxide. 

Raman  spectrograms  of  clear  liquid  C02  at  a  ture  of  —  56°C  and  a 
pressure  of  75  lbs.  per  sq.  inch  we  obtained.  Four  Raman  frequency 
shifts  were  recorded.  Carbon  dioxide  is  the  first  substance  whose 
Raman  effecr.  has  been  studied  in  the  solid,  liquid,  and  gaseous  condition. 

(13)  H.  D.  Smith  and  J.  O.  Wilhelm 

The  scattering  of  light  with  liquid  helium. 

Spectrograms  were  obtained  of  the  light  scattered  by  liquid  helium 
at  temperatures  above  and  below  the  triple  point  at  2.19°K.  A  com- 
parison was  made  of  the  relative  scattering  powers  of  liquid  helium 
and   benzene. 


46  University  of  Toronto 

Absorption  spectra  of  liquefied  gases. 

The  absorption  spectra  of  liquid  nitrogen,  liquid  argon,  liquid 
hydrogen,  and  liquid  helium  were  studied  in  the  region  between  X  2500 
A°  and  X  9000  A°. 

B.  Researches  under  the  direction  of  Professor  E.  F.  Burton,  in  collaboration 
with— 

Miss  M.  Annetts,  M.A. 

(a)  Investigation  on  absorption  of  colloids  by  filter  paper. 

(b)  Experimental  work  on  the  preparation  and  properties  of  arsenic 
colloidal  solutions. 

Work  has  been  continued  in  collaboration  with  Dr.  A.  C.  Hendrick 
on  the  treatment  of  various  cases  of  tumors  by  arsenic  colloidal  solution. 

C.  Researches  under  the  direction  of  Professor  John  Satterly,  in  collaboration 
with — 

Mr.  E.  L.  Stuckey,  B.A. 

On  surface  tension  and  viscosity. 

Work  has  been  continued  on  the  thickness  of  liquid  films  on  plates 
which  have  been  wetted  and  allowed  to  drain.  The  time  relations 
between  thickness  and  distance  have  been  worked  out.  By  means  of  a 
new  powerful  monochromatic  lamp  and  camera,  thicknesses  have  been 
determined  from  photographs  of  the  interference  fringes. 

D.  Researches  under  the  direction  of  Professor  L.  Gilchrist,  in  collaboration 
with — 

(1)  Mr.  W.  P.  Dobson 

Application  of  geophysical  methods  in  the  investigation  of  current 
electrode  or  stake  resistance  for  a  network  of  earth  contacts  associated 
with  power  transmission  lines. 

(2)  Mr.  A.  H.  Woodcock  and  Mr.  W.  V.  Tovell 

A  preliminary  note  on  the  visibility  method  of  investigating  the 
constitution  of  an  approximately  monochromatic  source  of  light. 

(3)  Mr.  R.  C.  Jacobsen 

Preliminary  investigations  on  the  change  in  position  of  equipoten- 
tial  surfaces  with  change  in  frequency  of  electromotive  forces  which  are 
applied  to  earth  materials. 

E.  Research  under  the  direction  of  Professor  H.  A.  McTaggart,  in  collaboration 
with — - 

Mr.  R.  Richmond 

A  study  of  conditions  affecting  the  Brownian  movement  in  thin 
films  of  organic  substances  on  the  surface  of  water  or  of  aqueous  solu- 
tions. 

F.  Research  by  Professor  D.  S.  Ainslie 

The  development  of  a  new  form  of  balance  for  illustrating  and 
measuring  the  forces  in  an  electromagnetic  field. 

G.  Research  by  Mr.  Colin  Barnes,  in  collaboration  with  Dr.  A.  R.  Gordon  of 
the  Department  of  Chemistry 

Entropy  calculations  for  use  in  thermodynamics  have  been  made 
for  several  specific  types  of  molecules.  Special  considerations  of  the 
symmetry  numbers  involved  and  of  the  effect  of  isotopes  were  applied 


President's  Report  47 

to  the  cases  of  methane  and  chlorine  respectively.     Equilibrium  con- 
stants for  several  well  known   reactions  can  be  predicted  within  the 
limits  of  experimental  error. 
During  the  year  the  special  facilities  offered  by  the  laboratory  have  been 
made  use  of  by  various  other  departments  of  the  University.     This  phase  of  the 
work  of  the  department  has  been  and  will  be  in  the  future  especially  fostered. 
A   few   examples   may   be   cited:  (a)  assistance   to   students  doing:   research   in 
dentistry  with  the  problem  of  diffusion  of  gases  through  dental  casts;  (b)  deposi- 
tion of  metallic  mirror  films  on  glass  surfaces  for  the  department  of  pathology; 
and  (c)  use  X-rays  for  the  study  of  crystal  structure  and  size  of  particles  for  the 
department  of  metallurgy. 

Attention  should  be  drawn  to  the  existence  and  efficient  management  of  the 
cryogenic  laboratory.  In  addition  to  the  production  of  liquid  air,  and  liquid 
hydrogen  for  use  in  any  department  of  the  University,  liquid  helium  is  produced 
whenever  desired  for  various  low  temperature  researches.  This  equipment  is 
available  in  only  three  other  places  in  the  world,  viz.,  Leiden,  Washington,  and 
Berlin.  The  cryogenic  laboratory  is  the  most  distinctive  feature  of  the  depart- 
ment of  physics  and  the  University  owes  a  great  debt  of  gratitude  to  Professor 
J.  C.  McLennan,  who  retires  at  the  close  of  this  year,  for  bringing  this  feature 
of  the  laboratory  to  its  present  high  state  of  efficiency  in  spite  of  many  dis- 
couraging circumstances. 

Physiology,  under  direction  of  Professor  C.  II.  Best 

The  teaching  of  physiology  during  the  last  academic  year  has  been  facilitated 
by  the  use  of  the  new  "Practical  Physiology",  which  has  been  prepared  by 
members  of  the  staff  of  this  department.  A  text-book  on  "Elementary  Physiol- 
ogy" by  Professor  N.  B.  Taylor  and  the  head  of  the  department  has  also  been 
completed.  In  the  section  of  general  physiology  Dr.  Laurence  Irving's  course  is 
attracting  an  increasingly  large  number  of  graduate  students  in  biology  and 
biochemistry.  In  general  physiology  provision  has  been  made  for  advanced  work 
by  the  better  students.  A  new  laboratory  and  lecture  course  in  special  senses 
has  been  planned  and  adopted  this  year.  This  course,  under  the  supervision 
of  Dr.  Ruth  C.  Partridge,  has  been  very  satisfactory  and  can  now  be  gradually 
improved  without  further  reorganisation.  The  Physiological  Journal  Club  has 
been  particularly  well  attended,  and  representatives  from  most  of  the  depart- 
ments of  the  medical  faculty  have  participated  in  the  discussions. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  research  problems  has  been  the  physiological 
significance  of  a  substance  (or  substances)  which  prevents  deposition  of  liver  fat 
in  diabetic  and  normal  animals.  This  problem  has  been  studied  continuously 
since  July  1927  in  this  department,  but  considerable  impetus  has  been  given  to 
the  work  this  year  by  the  discovery  that  the  deposition  of  liver  fat  in  normal 
animals  can  be  prevented  by  the  use  of  the  active  substance.  Evidence  has  been 
obtained  that  the  active  component  of  the  substance  is  choline,  and  several 
investigations  have  already  been  initiated  to  investigate  the  physiological  signifi- 
cance of  choline  in  fat  metabolism.  Miss  M.  E.  Huntsman,  Dr.  G.  C.  Ferguson, 
Mr.  O.  M.  Solandt  and  Mr.  J.  M.  Hershey  have  collaborated  with  the  head  of  the 
department  in  this  research.  Closely  related  problems  have  been  investigated 
in  collaboration  with  Dr.  D.  L.  MacLean  and  Miss  J.  H.  Ridout  of  the  department 
of  physiological  hygiene.  The  results  of  these  studies  in  fat  metabolism  have 
already  shed  considerable  light  on  several  important  problems. 

Mr.  Solandt,  in  collaboration  with  Miss  Ridout,  has  re-investigated  the 
length  of  the  recovery  period  after  muscular  exercise,  and  considerable  valuable 
information  has  been  obtained  on  this  important  subject.  In  collaboration  with 
Dr.  Ferguson,  Mr.  Solandt  has  made  a  short  study  of  the  blood  sugar  in  human 
subjects  after  strenuous   exercise. 


48  University  of  Toronto 

Studies  upon  calcium  metabolism  were  continued  this  year  by  Professor 
N.  B.  Taylor  and  Dr.  C.  B.  Weld,  assisted  by  Messrs.  W.  R.  Cameron  and  J.  F. 
Sykes,  the  former  a  graduate  student  in  biology  and  medicine,  and  the  latter 
a  graduate  of  the  Ontario  Agricultural  College.  Some  interesting  facts  concern- 
ing the  absorption  of  calcium  and  the  action  of  irradiated  ergosterol  upon  the 
excretion  and  absorption  of  this  mineral  have  been  obtained.  Dr.  Weld  has 
divided  his  time  about  equally  between  the  Hospital  for  Sick  Children  and  this 
department.  In  association  with  Mr.  Sykes  he  has  carried  out  a  profitable 
investigation  into  the  action  of  irradiated  ergosterol  upon  the  absorption  of 
calcium  in  children.  Mr.  Cameron  obtained  material  for  his  M.A.  thesis  from 
a  series  of  determinations  upon  the  total  calcium  content  of  the  bodies  of  normal 
dogs  and  upon  the  effects  of  irradiated  ergosterol  upon  the  serum  calcium  in 
parathyroidectomised  animals.  Mr.  Sykes  has  assisted  in  a  series  of  experiments 
upon  the  action  of  bile  in  reference  to  the  toxic  effects  of  irradiated  ergosterol. 
It  has  been  found  that  animals  in  which  a  bile  fistula  has  been  made  can  not  be 
brought  under  the  influence  of  irradiated  ergosterol  administered  orally.  This 
observation  opens  up  a  very  interesting  field  of  investigation,  but  it  is  too  early 
to  offer  any  opinion  regarding  its  significance.  Investigations  into  the  problems 
of  intestinal  obstruction  have  been  continued  this  year,  but  a  considerable 
amount  of  work  in  this  field  which  had  been  planned  could  not  be  accomplished 
owing  to  other  pressing  work  and  the  lack  of  the  necessary  assistance.  Arrange- 
ments have  been  made  to  provide  means  for  continuing  the  work  more  ener- 
getically during  the  coming  session. 

The  results  of  several  years  of  work  in  the  section  of  general  physiology 
indicated  that  it  would  be  important  to  determine  whether  the  carbonates  in 
bones  could  participate  in  regulating  the  acid-base  equilibrium  of  the  body. 
The  subject  was  investigated  by  feeding  acid  to  rats  and  guinea-pigs,  and  sub- 
sequently analysing  the  bones.  It  has  been  established  that  the  carbonates  of 
bone  are  partially  expelled  by  the  action  of  strong  acid  ingested  with  the  food, 
and  that  the  bones  are  subject  to  alteration  with  the  acid-base  balance  of  the 
body  as  a  whole.  The  work  was  carried  on  by  Dr.  Irving  in  collaboration  with 
Mr.  A.  L.  Chute,  who  developed  analytical  methods  suitable  for  the  work,  and 
who  has  executed  the  experiments  and  delicate  analyses  with  exceptional  ability. 

In  collaboration  with  Dr.  M.  J.  Wilson,  Dr.  Irving  has  undertaken  an 
investigation  of  the  acid-base  equilibrium  in  the  gastric  mucosa.  The  subject  is 
important  to  pure  physiology  because  of  the  remarkable  acid  secretion  of  the 
cells  of  the  mucosa.  It  is  also  important  in  a  practical  way  on  account  of  the 
suggested  relation  between  acidity  and  various  prevalent  gastric  disorders. 
By  determining  the  C02  content  of  the  mucosa  it  was  possible  to  show  that  the 
tissue  maintains  an  approximately  neutral  reaction,  in  spite  of  its  ability  to 
secrete  strong  acid. 

Postmortal  changes  in  the  mucosa  were  also  examined,  and  it  was  found 
that  acid  is  produced.  The  acid  formed  was  not  the  regular  secretion  of  strong 
acid,  but  probably  represented  the  disintegration  of  the  metabolic  systems  in  the 
cells.  It  is  hoped  that  the  investigations  will  form  the  basis  for  a  more  penetrat- 
ing search  into  the  properties  of  this  interesting  and  important  tissue.  The 
methods  developed  have  opened  promising  new  avenues  of  investigation. 

In  collaboration  with  Miss  A.  E.  C.  Riggs,  Dr.  Irving  has  investigated  the 
process  of  postmortal  lactic  acid  formation  in  mammalian  skeletal  muscle. 
It  was  known  that  acidity  was  a  factor  in  limiting  lactic  acid  formation  and  the 
performance  of  work  by  frog's  muscle.  The  experiments  show  that  acid  has  a 
similar  limiting  effect  on  mammalian  muscle  and  that  the  effect  of  hydrochloric 
acid  is  less  than  that  of  the  lactic  acid  formed  in  the  muscle  itself.  Miss  Riggs 
also  investigated  the  same  process  in  heart  muscle.  The  effect  of  acid  is  similar 
in  some  general  ways,  but  quite  distinct  in  certain  details.  The  work  on  the 
heart  is  incomplete  at  present,  but  serves  as  an  introduction  to  the  problem 


President's  Report  49 

of  why  heart  muscle  should  be  so  much  less  resistant  toward  asphyxia  than 
skeletal  muscle. 

Dr.  Edward  Fidlar's  previous  work  in  gas  analysis  was  interrupted  when  it 
was  found  that  a  slow  but  continuous  contraction  was  proceeding  in  a  sample  of 
atmospheric  air.  The  fundamental  principle  of  measurement  had  to  be  ex- 
amined. A  similar  change  was  encountered  outside  the  gas  apparatus,  and 
certain  experiments  with  air  and  other  gas  mixtures  have,  up  to  the  present, 
given  only  a  partial  explanation  of  a  technical  nature. 

Dr.  Partridge  has  established  the  fact  that  the  carotid  sinus  and  cardiac 
depressor  nerves  conduct  afferent  impulses,  and  has  recorded  these  impulses 
during  various  changes  in  blood  pressure.  It  has  been  observed  that  a  rise  in 
the  carotid  blood  pressure  is  accompanied  by  an  increase  in  the  frequency  of  the 
impulses  in  the  carotid  sinus  and  cardiac  depressor  nerves  and  by  a  fall  in  femoral 
blood  pressure.  On  the  other  hand,  a  decrease  in  the  carotid  pressure  coincides 
with  a  diminution  in  the  frequency  of  the  nerve  impulses  and  an  increase  in  the 
femoral  blood  pressure.  This  change  in  the  frequency  of  the  impulses  in  response 
to  an  altered  carotid  pressure  seems  to  be  the  basis  for  the  reflex  control  of  the 
systemic  blood  pressure  by  the  carotid  sinus  and  arch  of  the  aorta. 

The  study  of  the  afferent  impulses  in  the  vagus  and  superior  laryngeal  nerves 
has  been  extended.  The  expanded  lung  has  been  shown  to  be  the  important 
factor  in  the  initiation  of  the  impulses  in  the  pulmonary  branch  of  the  vagus 
nerve.  The  impulses  appear  to  pass  up  the  vagus  nerve  throughout  inspiration 
in  normal  and  forced  respiration.  This  mechanism  for  the  control  of  the  respira- 
tory rhythm  is  supplemented  in  forced  respiration  by  impulses  initiated  by  the 
movement  of  air  through  the  air  passages  and  transmitted  by  the  superior 
laryngeal  branch  of  the  vagus  nerve. 

The  method  of  extraction  of  insulin  from  pancreatic  tissue,  developed  in  this 
laboratory  by  Dr.  C.  M.  Jephcott,  has  been  adopted,  and  its  applicability  to 
quantitative  determinations  of  the  insulin  content  of  such  tissue  has  been  amply 
confirmed  by  Dr.  E.  T.  Waters,  who  was  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the  University 
of  Wales  before  coming  to  Toronto.  Previous  attempts  to  recover  added  purified 
insulin  from  tissues  by  this  process  were  only  partially  successful.  A  modification 
has  been  devised  which  permits  a  quantitative  recovery  of  such  additions  of 
purified  insulin.  An  explanation  has  been  offered  regarding  the  incomplete 
recovery  by  the  above-mentioned  process.  Utilising  the  above  method  of 
extraction  an  investigation  has  been  conducted,  in  co-operation  with  Dr.  D.  W.  G. 
Murray,  of  the  department  of  surgery,  on  the  effect  of  infection  on  the  insulin 
content  of  the  pancreas  of  dogs.  A  significant  lowering  of  the  insulin  content 
of  the  pancreas  has  been  found,  the  extent  of  the  decrease  depending  on  the 
severity  of  the  infection.  In  collaboration  with  Dr.  D.  A.  Scott  and  Dr.  A. 
Charles  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories,  Dr.  Waters  has  studied  the  effect  of 
certain  derivatives  of  insulin  administered  orally  to  a  normal  and  a  depan- 
creatised  dog.  In  no  instance  was  any  physiological  activity  detected.  No 
significant  difference  could  be  discerned  in  the  insulin  resistance  of  (1)  mice  fed 
on  a  high  fat  diet,  containing  no  choline,  and  thus  leading  to  fatty  infiltration 
of  the  livers,  and  (2)  those  fed  on  the  same  diet,  but  supplied  with  sufficient 
choline  to  maintain  apparently  perfectly  normal  livers.  Investigations  have 
been  conducted  on  the  unusually  high  glycogen  values  found  in  the  livers  of  rats 
receiving  a  diet  high  in  fat. 

Psychology,  under  direction  of  Professor  E.  A.  Bott 

Thirteen  graduates  pursued  special  researches  under  members  of  the  staff 
in  this  department  during  the  past  session. 

The  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  was  conferred  upon  nine  students  presenting 
theses  upon  their  respective  studies.  The  authors  and  subjects  of  these  theses 
were : 

4 


50  University  of  Toronto 

J.  B.  Boyd:  Application  of  statistical  and  psychometric  methods  in  a  study 

of  general  paresis. 
J.  R.  Cadwell:  Incidence  and  causes  of  automobile  accidents  in  Ontario. 
Miss  E.  Kaplan:  The  existence,  measurement  and  significance  of  a  speed 

factor  in  the  abilities  of  public  school  children. 
Miss  J.  G.  Macnamara:  A  preliminary  analysis  of  the  results  of  the  Rorschach 

Test. 
Miss  D.  Millichamp:  The  genetic  development  of  emotion  in  the  infant. 
Miss  E.  M.  McCollum:  A  study  of  male  juvenile  delinquency  in  the  City  of 

Toronto. 
Miss  E.  L.  McFarland:  An  analysis  of  the  paintings  of  pre-school  children. 
Miss  E.  M.  Stapleford:  A  study  of  resistance  in  pre-school  children. 
I.  C.  Young:  A  study  of  tremor  in  normal  subjects. 
Other  major  investigations  in  progress  are: 
K.   S.    Bernhardt   (in   co-operation  with   the  department  of   paediatrics) : 

Effects  of  vitamin-deficient  diet  upon  the  learning  capacities  of  rats. 
W.  E.  Blatz  and  N.  Chant :  Analysis  of  continuous  records  of  infant  behaviour 

from  birth  to  two  years. 
E.  A.  Bott  and  D.  J.  Wilson:  Quantitative  analysis  of  the  incipient  phases 

of  voluntary  movement  in  the  finger. 
S.  N.  F.  Chant  and  L.  D.  Whisler:  A  methodological  study  of  interests  and 

attitudes  in  adults. 
W.  Line  and  K.  S.  Rogers:  An  examination  of  perseveration  tendencies  in 

normal  and  subnormal  children. 

Radiology,  under  direction  of  Dr.  G.  E.  Richards 

Of  developments  in  Radiological  methods  one  of  the  most  interesting  has 
been  the  addition  of  yet  one  more  to  the  ever-increasing  list  of  opaque  substances, 
by  which  the  soft  tissues  of  the  body  may  be  visualised  and  studied.  This  list 
began  with  the  bismuth  salts,  later  replaced  by  barium  sulphate,  and  by  these 
means  the  investigation  of  the  alimentary  tract  was  revolutionised.  To  these 
were  added  opaque  solutions  in  the  urological  field,  then  Lipiodol  in  the  bronchial 
tree  and  other  accessible  hollow  organs  and,  later,  the  phenolphthalein  derivatives 
in  the  gall-bladder  and  air  injections  into  the  various  cavities  of  the  brain  and 
spinal  cord.  The  year  just  passed  has  added  to  these  thorium  dioxide  under  a 
variety  of  names  (Thorotrast  etc.).  This  drug  is  absorbed  and  retained  by  the 
reticuloendothelial  system,  making  it  now  possible  for  the  first  time  to  make 
satisfactory  studies  of  the  liver  and  spleen.  Its  possibilities  bid  fair  to  be  far 
reaching  and  somewhat  spectacular,  e.g.  by  its  presence  in  the  placenta  the 
number  of  foetuses  may  be  established  (in  rabbits)  with  great  accuracy,  and  in 
the  human  this  suggests  possible  uses  in  localising  the  number,  position  and  form 
of  the  placenta,  e.g.,  in  placenta  praevia  etc. 

An  interesting  series  of  researches  has  been  conducted  by  Dr.  Dickson  into 
the  uses  of  this  drug,  not  only  to  establish  the  usefulness,  but  also  to  determine 
the  safety  of  its  use  in  the  human  body.  In  these  researches  Dr.  Dickson  has 
received  the  valued  assistance  and  co-operation  of  Dr.  Irwin  of  the  department 
of  research,  which  is  most  gratefully  acknowledged.  Various  papers  on  this 
subject  are  in  course  of  publication. 

Surgery,  under  direction  of  Dr.  W.  E.  Gallie 

The  surgical  laboratories  in  the  Banting  Institute  have  been  in  constant  use 
during  the  year.  Dr.  D.  R.  Mitchell  has  completed  his  studies  of  urinary 
antiseptics  and  in  conjunction  with  Dr.  D.  M.  Scott  has  sent  in  two  important 
papers  for  publication.     Dr.  R.  I.  Harris  has  continued  his  study  of  the  effect 


Presided  r's  Report  51 

of  extirpation  of  the  lumbar  sympathetic  cord  on  the  growth  of  the  lower  ex- 
tremities, in  the  hope  that  a  satisfactory  method  may  be  found  of  preventing 
the  shortening-  which  occurs  in  infantile  paralysis.  Dr.  Gordon  Murray  has 
been  experimenting  with  methods  of  anastomosing  blood  vessels  and  searching 
for  ways  of  preventing  post-operative  thrombosis.  Dr.  Stuart  Gordon  has 
begun  a  study  of  duodenal  ulcer  and  the  surgical  means  of  overcoming  it. 

Therapeutics,  under  direction  of  Dr.  R.  D.  Rudolf 

Dr.  Arthur  G.  Smith,  research  fellow,  has  been  working,  and  is  still  working, 
on  the  important  effects  upon  the  blood  of  lowering  high  blood-pressure  by  various 
means.  It  has  been  held  by  some  workers  that  such  a  lowering  tends  to  cause 
retention  of  noxious  products  in  the  system,  but  from  our  results  so  far  this  does 
not  seem  to  be  the  case.  The  subject  is  naturally  of  great  therapeutic  import- 
ance. 

Report  of  the  Committee  for  Experimental  Research  in  Medicine 
(J.  G.  FitzGerald,  Convener) 

The  Committee  for  Experimental  Research  in  Medicine  had  its  origin,  a 
number  of  years  ago,  in  an  arrangement  whereby  facilities  for  the  conduct  of 
animal  experimentation  by  members  of  the  clinical  departments  (primarily 
surgery  and  medicine)  were  provided,  first  in  the  department  of  pathology  and 
bacteriology  and  later  in  the  Banting  Institute. 

At  the  outset  it  was  clearly  appreciated  that  the  provision  and  co-ordination 
of  resources  could  best  be  obtained  by  the  creation  of  a  small  committee  consisting 
of  members  of  the  co-operating  departments  with  the  dean  of  the  faculty  as 
chairman.  While  at  first  the  number  of  persons  carrying  on  investigations  was 
not  large  some  exceedingly  interesting  and  valuable  work  was  undertaken. 

Now  it  is  true  to  say  that,  from  the  view  point  of  the  promotion  of  scientific 
knowledge  by  those  who  are  engaged  in  clinical  work,  nothing  is  more  essential 
than  the  opportunities  afforded  by  the  appropriations  for  the  support  of  this 
work.  In  addition  to  the  departments  of  surgery,  medicine  (including  pediatrics) 
and  otolaryngology,  the  laboratory  departments  of  medical  research,  pathology 
and  bacteriology  and  pathological  chemistry,  have,  during  the  year,  utilised  the 
facilities  afforded  by  this  arrangement.  It  should  also  be  pointed  out  that  the 
Banting-Best  department  of  medical  research  has  supplemented  materially  the 
available  appropriations  of  the  Committee.  Without  this  financial  assistance 
the  Committee  could  not  have  maintained  its  technical  staff  or  provided  all  the 
necessary  material  for  the  large  number  of  experiments,  1496  in  all,  which  were 
conducted  by  workers  from  various  departments  during  the  current  session. 

Four  meetings  have  been  held  and  the  necessary  administrative  arrange- 
ments have  been  made  with  the  approval  and  support  of  the  various  departments 
concerned.  Professor  F.  G.  Banting  has  aided  most  generously  both  in  sup- 
plementing the  resources  of  the  Committee  and  collaborating  with  various 
investigators  who  have  sought  his  counsel  and  assistance.  Dr.  D.  E.  Robertson 
has  continued  to  serve  as  Secretary  and  has  given  unsparingly  of  his  time  and 
energy  to  promote  the  welfare  of  this  important  activity  of  the  Faculty  of 
Medicine. 

School  of  Engineering  Research,  Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering 

Research  under  the  auspices  of  the  School  of  Engineering  Research  has  been 
in  progress  during  the  past  year  in  almost  all  departments  of  this  faculty.  The 
experimental  results  obtained  have  been  very  encouraging  and  in  some  instances 


52  University  of  Toronto 

have  reached  the  stage  where  applications  to  industry  and  to  engineering  practice 
appear  justifiable. 

The  number  of  students  proceeding  to  the  degrees  M.A.Sc.  and  Ph.D.  is 
increasing,  indicating  a  greater  desire  of  graduates  in  this  faculty  to  pursue 
research  work  of  a  purely  scientific  nature  and  having  to  do  with  underlying 
principles. 

Bulletin  No.  9,  containing  thirteen  papers,  will  be  published  during  the 
next  month. 

Department  of  Civil  Engineering 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  C.  R.  Young 
(with  W.  B.  Dunbar) 

Lateral  support  of  steel  columns  and  struts — Experimental  work  on  the 
nineteen  20-ft.  laterally  supported  steel  columns  varying  in  width  from  6  to 
15  5/8  in.  has  been  completed  during  the  present  year.  Analysis  of  the  results 
and  the  preparation  of  the  many  diagrams  necessary  is  now  in  progress.  Definite 
information  with  respect  to  the  amount  of  the  lateral  supjjort  necessary  in  order 
to  stay  a  column  completely  has  been  obtained  and  formulae  will  be  set  up  in  the 
report  now  in  preparation. 

Pressure  on  deeply  buried  sewers — Readings  have  been  continued  during  the 
year  on  the  fourteen  pressure  cells  in  place  on  the  deep  sewers  constructed  in 
tunnel  in  the  new  North  Toronto  system.  It  is  probable  that  the  last  readings 
will  be  taken  within  the  next  few  months  and  that  the  investigation  will  be 
concluded  with  a  detailed  report, 
(with  K.  B.  Jackson) 

Restraint  of  welded  beams  and  girders — The  work  of  testing  the  eighteen  large 
specimens  consisting  of  welded  and  riveted  wind  connections  has  been  completed 
and  the  report  is  in  the  course  of  preparation.  A  very  large  number  of  diagrams 
have  had  to  be  prepared  in  order  to  be  able  to  generalise  on  the  results  of  the 
tests.  It  is  believed  that  much  information  of  value  to  the  designing  engineer 
will  be  made  available  when  the  results  are  fully  analysed. 

Department  of  Mining  Engineering 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  H.  E.  T.  Haultain 
(with  W.  E.  Johnston) 

A  continuation  of  the  work  on  some  of  the  fundamentals  of  the  cyanide 
process  has  led  to  the  study  of  the  gold  bearing  telluride  minerals.  A  new  method 
for  the  separation  of  these  minerals  from  their  ores  has  been  developed.  An 
entirely  new  method  for  rapid  identification  of  these  minerals  has  been  developed. 
Progress  has  been  made  in  the  study  of  the  reactions  of  these  minerals  with 
cyanide  and  evidence  has  been  produced,  for  the  first  time,  that  several  of  the 
gold  bearing  tellurides  are  readily  soluble  in  cyanide. 

A  new  and  rapid  method  has  been  developed  for  the  microscopic  determina- 
tion of  very  fine  particles  of  some  of  the  important  minerals  occurring  in  ore 
dressing   practice. 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  F.  C.  Dyer 
(with  H.  L.  McClelland) 
(1)  More  work  has  been  done  on  the  improvement  of  the  decks  of  ore 
concentrating  tables  of  the  Wilfley  type.  The  improvement  is  directed  towards 
increasing  the  capacity  of  the  machines  and  at  the  same  time  bettering  the  work 
they  do.  The  General  Engineering  Corporation  of  New  York  has  adopted  the 
idea  and  the  first  two  tables  on  a  commercial  basis,  one  a  full  sized  and  the  other 
a  half  sized  machine,  have  been  installed  in  the  Mill  of  the  International  Radium 
and  Resources  Company,  Wilberforce,  Ontario.     They  report  the  tables  have 


President's  Report  53 

greater  capacity  than  expected  but  detailed  numerical  results  of  the  work  of  the 
tables  is  not  yet  available.  Further  work  is  projected  with  the  idea  of  making 
this  improvement  available  for  slime  concentrating  machines. 

(2)  The  cleaning  of  seeds  is  a  problem  of  outstanding  importance  for  the 
agricultural  industry.  One  of  the  hitherto  unsolved  problems  was  the  separation 
of  the  seeds  of  Bladder  Campion  and  some  other  similar  weed  seeds  from  the 
various  clover  seeds.  A  study  of  this  problem  was  commenced  last  summer  and 
a  discovery  of  major  importance  resulted.  It  was  discovered  that  in  these 
groups  of  seeds  there  was  a  varying  degree  of  wettability  which  made  them 
amenable  to  treatment  by  the  ore  dressing  processes  of  flotation.  Laboratory 
work  developed  modifications  in  the  processes  and  progress  was  so  satisfactory 
that  a  commercial  machine  is  now  being  installed  in  the  plant  of  the  Eddy  Seed 
Cleaning  Company. 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  J.  T.  King 
(with  S.  E.  Wolfe) 
"The  effects  of  cupel  media  on  cupellation  losses".     This  study  on  many 
of  the  variables  which  contribute  to  the  loss  occurring  during  cupellation  has 
been  in  progress  for  several  years.     Recently  some  of  the  previous  results  have 
been  extended  and  information  of  practical  application  has  been  obtained. 

Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  R.  W.  Angus 

Studies  have  been  carried  out  on  the  conditions  of  flow  in  open  channels, 
particularly  at  transition  sections. 

(with  R.  Taylor  and  C.  G.  Heard) 
Measurements  have  been  made  of  the  pressures  in  a  pipe  in  close  proximity 
to  an  elbow  or  an  obstruction, 
(with  C.  G.  Heard) 
Flow  conditions  below  a  dam  and  in  channels  with  high  velocity  water  have 
been  investigated  and  coefficients  of  discharge  for  flow  over  dams  obtained, 
(with  R.  Taylor  and  C.  G.  Heard) 
A  study  of  stream  flow  through  a  Kaplan  turbine  by  means  of  Pitot  tubes 
has   been   carried   out. 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  E.  A.  Allcut 

An  investigation  of  the  distribution  of  mixture  in  multi-cylinder  gasoline 
engines  has  been  completed  and  is  described  in  Bulletin  No.  9  of  the  School  of 
Engineering  Research.  This  bulletin  also  contains  a  description  of  a  research 
on  concealed  radiators,  using  steam  and  hot  water  respectively. 

The  24  inch  hot  plate  for  investigating  heat  transmission  through  materials 
has  been  supplemented  by  a  12  inch  plate  and  comparative  tests  are  now  being 
made  on   them. 

Department  of  Architecture 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  E.  R.  Arthur 

The  study  which  has  been  in  progress  for  some  years  of  "The  Early  Archi- 
tecture of  Ontario",  with  a  view  to  making  a  permanent  record  of  old  buildings 
which  possess  historical  or  architectural  value,  has  been  continued. 

Department  of.  Chemical  Engineering 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  J.  W.  Bain 
(with  W.  M,  Inouye) 
The  investigation  of  some  reduction  products  of  lignin  which  was  carried  on 
during  the  preceding  session,  has  been  continued.     Attempts  have  been  made  to 


54  University  of  Toronto 

obtain  crystalline  derivatives  by  oxidation,  treatment  with  halogens,  etc.,  but 
only  minute  amounts  have  been  secured.  Useful  indications  as  to  future 
methods  of  attack  have  been  noted,  and  further  work  is  contemplated, 
(with  G.  F.  Rishor) 
The  beta-naphthylamine  compounds  of  the  lignosulphonic  acids  from  spruce 
have  been  carefully  studied.  Confusion  as  to  the  composition  of  these  com- 
pounds is  evident  in  the  literature,  and  conclusions  in  regard  to  the  constitution 
of  the  lignosulphonic  acids  are  therefore  doubtful.  The  conditions  under  which 
definite  compounds  are  formed  have  been  determined. 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  M.  C.  Boswell 

(with  A.  H.  Boultbee) 
A  method  has  been  worked  out  and  used  for  the  determination  of  the 
composition  of  the  film  formed  on  metallic  magnesium  when  immersed  in  water 
solutions  of  potassium  chloride.  The  factor  which  determines  the  extent  of  this 
action  has  been  found  and  the  rates  of  action  of  certain  concentrations  of  salt 
measured. 

A  study  is  in  progress  of  the  properties  of  hydrated  nickel  sulphide,  parti- 
cularly with  respect  to  the  adsorption  of  hydrogen  sulphide  under  various 
conditions,  and  the  quantitative  study  of  the  action  of  hydrogen  on  these  hydrogen 
sulphide  adsorption  complexes. 

(with  H.  L.  Sandford) 
The  study  of  the  properties  of  hydrated  ferrous  sulphide  has  been  continued. 
This  has  thrown  important  light  on  the  nature  of  the  complexes  formed  when 
ferrous  sulphide  is  transformed  into  a  catalyst  for  the  reduction  of  sulphur  dioxide 
to  elementary  sulphur,  and  on  the  nature  of  the  reactions  which  occur  on  the 
catalyst  in  that  reduction  process. 

(with  R.  K.  Her) 
The  continued  study  of  the  properties  of  hydrated  nickel  oxide  of  various 
water  content  and  of  the  products  formed  by  the  partial  reduction  of  these  by 
hydrogen  has  furnished  new  information  on  the  nature  of  the  complexes  which 
function  in  the  catalysis  of  hydrogenation. 

(with  R.  W.  Jenner) 
A  new  method  for  making  the  catalyst  for  the  reduction  of  sulphur  dioxide 
to  elementary  sulphur  has  been  found. 

(with  H.  L.  Hinchcliffe) 
Conditions  have  been  found  under  which  methane  can  be  chlorinated  to  form 
chloroform  with  a  yield  of  70%  and  also  for  the  production  of  methylene  chloride 
with  a  yield  of  75%.  This  along  with  the  work  of  R.  R.  McLaughlin  already 
reported  on  makes  it  possible  to  obtain  a  high  yield  of  any  one  of  the  four 
chlorination  products  of  methane  by  direct  chlorination. 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  E.  G.  R.  Ardagh 
(with  F.  C.  Rutherford) 
The  determination  of  the  optimum  conditions  for  the  formation  of  the 
hydrazones  of  acetophenone  and  benzophenone  has  been  completed  and  the  results 
published  in  the  journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society.     Work  of  a  similar 
nature  in  the  field  of  the  sugars  is  at  present  under  way. 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  E.  A.  Smith 

(with  G.  V.  Jansen) 
A  study  has  been  made  of  the  factors  effecting  the  weighting  of  silk  with 
stannic  chloride.  A  suitable  weighting  apparatus  that  gives  uniform  results  has 
been  designed.  The  rate  of  absorption  of  stannic  chloride  by  silk  varies  greatly 
with  the  initial  moisture  content  of  the  silk.  It  is  hoped  to  continue  this  research 
next   session. 

(with  R.  W.  Lundy) 


President's  Report  55 

An  investigation  was  carried  out  on  the  behaviour  of  Ontario  lignite  and 
peat  on  heating  and  upon  constitution  of  Ontario  lignite. 
(with  W.  H.  de  Montmorency) 

A  study  of  the  thermal  stability  of  Ontario  lignite  is  in  progress.  Lignite 
from  Northern  Ontario  is  being  treated  along  the  line  of  what  is  essentially  low 
temperature  carbonisation.  The  products  of  heat  treatment  in  the  absence  of 
oxygen  at  temperatures  ranging  from  100°  C.  to  600°  C.  are  being  quantitatively 
studied. 

Department  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  H.  W.  Price 

Frequency  control — A  new  and  much  more  easily  applied  system  of  control 
has  been  developed,  more  flexible  in  application  to  the  various  requirements  of 
generating  systems.     There  is  a  prospect  of  application  to  an  existing  system." 

A  special  application  of  our  regulator  is  now  in  service  in  the  Wind  Tunnel 
of  the  National  Research  Council,  Ottawa,  Ontario.  It  is  arranged  for  automatic 
starting  and  regulation  to  constancy  of  any  desired  wind  velocity  in  the  throat 
of  the  tunnel. 

Standard  electric  clock — In  so  far  as  facilities  have  permitted,  investigation 
has  been  continued  of  elastic  hysteresis  in  steel  suspensions  and  hydraulic  losses 
in  gases  in  which  the  pendulum  must  swing.  The  measurements  from  which 
we  hope  to  establish  a  method  of  predicting  these  losses  are  approaching  con- 
clusion. 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  V.  G.  Smith 

A  paper  is  completed  on  "Fundamentals  concerning  power  factor  and  reactive 
volt-amperes."  This  mathematical  investigation  is  intended  to  help  toward  a 
basis  for  removing  certain  contradictions  in  definitions  now  in  vogue,  affecting 
charges  for  electrical  energy  and  related  matters. 

Mr.  R.  J.  Brown 

A  much  improved  and  quick  method  has  been  devised  for  calculating  the 
constants  of  "attenuators"  or  "pads"  employed  in  telephone  and  other  circuits 
to  match  properly  various  circuit  elements,  and  to  make  possible  high-quality 
transmission  of  speech  and  music. 

Professor  T.  R.  Rosebrugh 

A  study  has  been  in  progress  during  the  last  year  of  a  new  system  of  atomic 
units  which  possess  advantages  over  all  previously  proposed  systems  in  the 
simplification  both  of  the  formulae  and  the  wording  in  which  the  facts  of  atomic 
physics  may  be  stated. 

Department  of  Metallurgical  Engineering 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  J.  A.  Newcombe 
(with  J.  B.  Burk) 
A  study  has  been  made  of  the  relation  between  the  composition  of  cast  irons 
and   the  temperatures  at  which   the  cast  irons  are   (a)  most  easily  softened, 
(b)  softened  to   the  greatest  extent. 

Report  on  Dental  Research  in  the  Faculty  of  Dentistry 

Seventeen  graduates  were  engaged  in  this  faculty  in  whole  or  part-time 

research,  session  1931-32.     The  following  are  the  research  problems  undertaken: 

A  study  of  the  therapeutic  value  of  ultra-violet  rays.  — H.  M.  Corlett 


56  University  of  Toronto 

A  study  of  the  physical  properties  of  the  precious  metals  and  their  alloys 

with  special  reference  to  heat  treatment  and  changes  that  occur  in  passing  from 

the  molten  to  the  solid  state.  — T.   N.  Scott 

A  study  of  the  synthetic  resins  and  celluloid  combinations.  — R.  G.  Ellis 

A  study  of  the  tissue  changes  in  abnormal  teeth  and  their  relation  to  surgery. 

— T.  H.  Johnson 
The  value  of  normal  muscular  action  as  related  to  normal  occlusion. 

— S.   Simon 
The  bacteriology  of  vital  dental  pulps.  — E.  M.  Dutton 

A  study  of  technique  in  the  use  of  stainless  steel  in  prosthetic  dentistry. 

— J.  H.  Russell 
A  study  of  the  cause,   pathology  and  treatment  of  dry  socket. 

— J.  J.  Armstrong 
A  study  of  stainless  steel  and  its  use  as  a  denture  material.  — R.  L.  Tvvible 
A  study  of  necrotic  gingivitis.  — D.  McG.  Tanner 

A  study  of  expansion  of  die  materials  as  applied  to  porcelain  inlay  technique. 

— L.   Davis 
A  study  of  the  biological  changes  in  the  periodontal  membrane  throughout 
life.  — R.  G.  Agnew 

A  study  of  the  antiseptic  properties  of  root  canal  filling  material. 

— F.  E.  Harris 

A  study  of  saliva  in  relation  to  teeth.         — W.  Seccombe  and  D.  J.  F.  Berry 

A  study  of  the  kinematics  of  the  human  mandible.  — F.  M.  Lott 

The    toxic   effect    of    low    percentages   of   oxygen    with    nitrous    oxide   in 

anaesthesia.  — J.  G.  Perkin 

(13)  PUBLICATIONS 

FACULTY  OF  ARTS 

Department  of  Anthropology 

Mcllwraith,  T.  F. — Recent  publications  relating  to  Canada;  Ethnology,  anthropology 
and  archaeology.  (Canadian  Historical  Review,  March,  1932,  pp.  109- 
120). 

Department  of  Biology 

Coventry,  A.  F. — Notes  on  the  Mearns  flying  squirrel.  (The  Canadian  Field- 
Naturalist,  Vol.  XLVI,  April,  1932). 
Craigie,  E.  H. — The  vascularity  of  parts  of  the  spinal  cord,  brain  stem  and  cerebellum 
of  the  wild  Norway  rat  (Rattus  norvegicus)  in  comparison  with  that  in.  the 
domesticated  albino.  (Jour.  Comp.  Neur.,  vol.  53,  pp.  309-318,  October, 
1931). 

The  cell  masses  in  the  diencephalon  of  the  humming  bird.     (Proc.  Kon.  Akad. 
van.  Wetensch.  te  Amsterdam,  vol.  34,  pp.  1038-1050,  December,  1931). 
Dymond,  J.  R. — The  trout  and  other  game  fishes  of  British  Columbia.     (Bulletin, 
Department  of  Fisheries,  Ottawa). 

The  small-mouthed  black  bass  and  its  conservation.     (Bull.  2,  Ontario  Depart- 
ment of  Game  &  Fisheries). 

Records  of  the  Alewife  and  Steelhead  {rainbow)  trout  from  Lake  Erie.     (Copeia, 
No.  1,  1932). 

A   possible  critical  factor  affecting  the  production  of  trout  in  some  British 
Columbia  Lakes.     (Trans.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc.  60:  247-249). 

About  the  maskinonge.     (Rod  and  Gun,  June,  1932). 

Small-mouthed   black    bass.     (Illustrated    Canadian    Forest   and   Outdoors, 
April,    1932). 


President's  Retort  57 

Piersol,  W.  H. — Abstracts.     (Biological  Abstracts,  vol.  5,  No.  5  and  10;  vol.  6, 

No.   2). 
Pritchard,  A.  L. —  Taxonotnic  and  life  history  studies  of  the  ciscoes  of  Lake  Ontario 

(University  of  Toronto  Studies,  Biological  Series,  No.  5,  Publications 

of  the  Ontario  Fisheries  Research  Laboratory,  vol.  XLI,  University  of 

Toronto  Press,   1931). 
Ricker,  W.  E. — Physiological  changes  and  the  origin  of  species.      (The  Canadian 

Field-Naturalist,  vol.  XLVI,  No.  5,  February,  1932,  Ottawa). 
Walker,  E.  M. — On  the  anatomy  of  Grylloblatta  campodeiformis,  Walker,  1.  Exo- 

skeleton  and  musculature  of  the  head.     (Annals  Entomological  Society 

of  America,  XXIV,  1931,  pp.  519-536,  35  fig.). 
Cutaneous  Myiasis  in  Canada.     (Canadian  Public  Health  Journal,  October, 

1931,  pp.  504-508,  2  figs.). 

Department  of  Botany 

Forward,  Miss  D.  F. — The  influence  of  altered  host  metabolism  in  the  modification 

of  the  infection  type  with  puccinia  graminis  triticii  p.f.  XXI.     (Phyto- 
pathology, vol.  22,  No.  6,  June,  1932). 
Hamlv,  D.  H. — The  softening  of  the  seeds  of  Melilotus  alba  Desr.     (Bot.  Gaz. 

June,   1932). 
Jackson,  H.  S. — The  rusts  of  South  America  based  on  the  Holway  collections  IV 

(On  leguminosae  to  rutaceae).     Mycologia  23:  332-364,  1931). 
The  rusts  of  South  America  based  on  the  Holway  collections  V  {On  euphorbiaceae 

to  boraginaceae).     (Mycologia  23:  463-503,  1931). 
The  rusts  of  South  America  based  on  the  Holway  collections  VI  (On  verbenaceae 

to  carduaceae).     (Mycologia  24:  62-186,   1932). 
Thomson,  R.  B. — 75  the  embryo  sac  a  megaspore?     (Science,  November  27,  1931, 

vol.  74,  No.  1926,  pp.  544-545). 
A  sketch  of  the  past  fifty  years  of  Canadian  botany.     (Trans,  of  the  Royal 

Society  of  Canada,  Sec.  V,  1932). 
Willison,  R.  S. —  Wound-gum  in  peaches  and  grapes;  its  relation  to  the  invasion  of 

fungus  wound-parasites.     (Scientific  Agr.   XII,   402-419  and  484-505, 

1932). 

Department  of  Chemistry 

Brown,  Miss  J.  W. — An  outline  of  micro  chemistry ,  Part  I.     (Canadian  Chemistry 

and  Metallurgy,  vol.  XVI,  No.  1,  January,  1932). 
An  outline  of  microchemistry,  Part  II.     (Canadian  Chemistry  and  Metallurgy 

vol.  XVI,  No.  2,  February,  1932). 
Ferguson,  J.  B. — The  system  methyl  alcohol — N.  hexane  at  J+5  degrees  C.     (Journal 

of  Physical  Chemistry,  36,  1123-8,  1932). 
Gordon,  A.  R.  and  Barnes,  C. — The  entropy  of  steam  and  the  water-gas  equilibrium. 

(Journal  of  Physical  Chemistry,  April,  1932). 
Miller,  \V.  L.  and  Gordon,  A.  R. — Numerical  evaluation  of  the  infinite  series  and 

integrals,  which  arise  in  certain  problems  of  linear  heat  flow,  electrochemical 

diffusion  etc.     (Journal  of  Physical  Chemistry,  35,  2785,  1931). 
Martin,  W.   H. — Mud  deposits  on  gill  nets  in  the  Nass  River  District,  British 

Columbia.      (Contributions  to  Canadian  Biology  and  Fisheries,  vol.  VII, 

NO.  23,  1932). 
Whiting,  R.  E.  and  Martin,  W.  H. — The  Raman  effect  in  non-ideal  binary  solutions 

and  in  a  series   of  mono-,  di-  and  poly -alcohols.     (Trans.   Roy.   Soc. 

Canada,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  Ill,  1931). 


58  University  of  Toronto 

Department  of  Classics 

Michael,  J.  H—  Note  on  "The  Actual  Saying  behind  St.  John   VI,  62".     (Ex- 
pository Times,  June,  1932,  vol.  XLIII,  No.  9,  pp.  427-8). 
Norwood,  G. — Greek   Coynedy.     (Methuen,   1931). 

Plautus  and  Terence.     (Longman,   1932). 
Owen,  E.  T. — Homeric  Technique.     (University  of  Toronto  Quarterly,  October, 
1931). 

Department  of  English 

Brown,  E.  K. — The  question  of  Romantic  egotism:  Blake.     (Proceedings  of  Royal 
Society  of  Canada,  1931). 
The  neglect  of  American  Literature  in  Canada.     (Saturday  Night,  November 

21,  1931). 
Matthew  Arnold  and  the  Elizabethans.     (University  of  Toronto  Quarterly, 
April,  1932). 
Knight,  G.  W. — The  Imperial  Theme:  Further  interpretations  of  Shakespeare' s 
Tragedies,  including  the  Roman  plays.     (Oxford  Press,  October,  1931). 
The  Shakespearian  Tempest.      (The  Symposium,  New  York:  October,  1931). 
Wordsworth' s     Vision    of    Immortality.     (Toronto    University    Quarterly, 
January,   1932). 
Macdonald,  J.  F. — Inhibitions  of  Robert  Browning.     (Studies  in  English,  Uni- 
versity of  Toronto  Press,  1931). 
Wallace,  M.  W. — Studies  in  English.     (University  of  Toronto  Press). 
Woodhouse,  A.  S.  P. — Collins  and  the  creative  imagination:  a  study  in  the  critical 
background  of  his  Odes   (1746).     (Studies  in  English  by  members  of 
University  College,  University  of  Toronto  Press,  1931,  pp.  59-130). 

Department  of  French 

Green,  F.  C. — Edited  the  Everyman,  Salaminbo  (Flaubert)  with  introductory  essay. 
(Dent  &  Sons,  1931). 
Reviews  of  French  books.     (Toronto  Saturday  Night). 
Hicks,  R.  K.  and  Ford,  H.  E. — Merimee's  Colomba,  school  edition  with  simplified 

vocabulary.     (Dent  &  Son;  Henry  Holt). 
Jeanneret,  F.  C.  A. — Canadian  French.     (Proc.  Ont.  Ed.  Assoc,  1931). 

Moinaux,   Les  deux  Sourds,   edited  with  introduction,   notes,   exercises  and 
vocabulary.     (Macmillan).. 

Department  of  Geology 

Derry,  D.  R. — The  Genetic  Relationships  of  Pegmatites,  Aplites  and  Tin  Veins. 
(The  Geological  Magazine  (London),  vol.  LXVIII,  No.  808,  October, 
1931). 
Observations  on  granite  masses  in  Northwestern  Ontario.     (Transactions  of  the 
Royal  Society  of  Canada,  third  series,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  IV,  1931). 
Derry,  D.  R.  and  MacKenzie,  G.  S. — Geology  of  the  Ontario- Manitoba  boundary 
(12th  base  line  to  latitude  5Jf).     (Ontario  Department  of  Mines,  vol.  XL, 
Part  II,  1931). 
Moore,  E.  S. — The  nature  and  origin  of  Batholiths.     (Transactions  of  the  Royal 
Society  of  Canada,  Third  Series,  vol.  25,  1931). 
The  origin,  physical  character  and  distribution  of  Canadian  coals.     (Proceed- 
ings of  the  symposium  on  fuel  and  coal,  McGill  University,  1931). 
Goudreau  and  Michipicoten  gold  areas,  District  of  Algoma.     (Ontario  Depart- 
ment of  Mines,  Annual  Report,  vol.  40,  Part  4,  1931). 


President's  Report  59 

Nickel  resources,  production  and  utilisation.     (American  Institute  of  Mining 

and  Metallurgical  Engineers,  February,  1932). 
An  abnormal  type  of  magnetite  deposit.      (Economic  Geology,  vol.  27,  1932). 
Parks,  W.  A. — Natural  gas  in  the  St.  Lawrence  Valley,  Quebec.     (Part  D,  Annual 

Report  of  the  Quebec  Bureau  of  Mines  for  the  Calendar  Year  1930). 
A  new  genus  and  two  new  species  of  trachodont  dinosaurs  from  the  Belly  River 

formation  of  Alberta.     (University  of  Toronto  Studies,  Geological  Series, 

No.  31). 

Department  of  German 

Fairley,  B. — Goethe,  as  revealed  in  his  poetry.     (Dent,  1932,  pp.  xi,  210). 

Holt,  G.  E. — A  review  of  a  translation  of  Schiller  s  Wallenstein  by  A.  F.  Murison 

{Longmans,  Green  and  Co.).     (University  of  Toronto  Monthly,  October, 

1931). 

Department  of  History 

Glazebrook,   G.   P.   de  T. — The  end  of  British  isolation.     (Queen's  Quarterly, 

Autumn,  1931,  vol.  XXXVIII,  No.  4). 
Martin,    C. — British   policy  in    Canadian   confederation.     (Canadian   Historical 
Review,   March,  '1932,   pp.  3-19). 
Fifty  years  of  Canadian  History,  pp.  63-69.     {Fifty  Years  Retrospect,  Anni- 
versary volume  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  pp.  179). 
Section  upon  early  History  and  land  settlement  of  the  Prairie  Provinces  of 
Canada,    pp.    18-22   in   Pioneer   Settlement.     (American    Geographical 
Society,  1932,  pp.  473). 

Department  of  Italian  and  Spanish 

Cano,  J. — La  importancia  del  acento  y  de  la  silaba  en  la  versificacion  espanola. 
(The  Romanic  Review,  vol.  XXII,  No.  3,  July-September,  1931). 

Goggio,  E. —  Washington  Irving  s  works  in  Italy.     (The  Romanic  Review,  vol. 
XXII,  No.  4,  October-December,  1931). 
Carlo  Collodi:  Avventure  di  Pinocchio,  edited  with  notes,  exercises  and  vocab- 
ulary.    (D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  January,  1932). 

Shaw,  J.  E. — "Bibliography  of  Italian  Studies  in  America'.     (Italica,  vols.  YIII 
&  IX,  1931-1932). 
"American  Bibliography  for  1931:  Italian".     (Mod.   Lang.   Ass.  America, 
vol.  XLYI,  Supplement,  1931). 

Department  of  Law 

Auld,  F.  C. — Peers  and  pedigrees.     (Canadian  Bar  Review,  vol.  IX,  pp.  236  ff.). 
Theory  of  legislation.     (Canadian  Bar  Review,  vol.  IX,  pp.  389  ff.). 
Soviet  administration   of  criminal  law.     (Canadian    Bar   Review,   vol.   X, 

pp.  211  ff.). 
Married    women  s    charge    accounts.      (Bulletin    of    the    Canadian    Credit 
Institute,  1931). 
Finkelman,  J. — Foreign  relations  of  the  federal  state.     (Canadian  Bar  Review, 

October,   1931). 
Finkelman,  J.  and  Kennedy,  W.   P.   M. — The  growth  of  administrative  law  in 
Canada.     (Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Comparative  Law,  1932). 
Kenned  v,  W.  P.  M. — Some  aspects  of  the  theories  and  workings  of  constitutional  law. 
(Macmillan,   1932). 
The  Statute  of  Westminster.     (Law  Quarterly  Review,  April,  1932). 
Interpreting  the  Canadian  constitution.     (South  African  Law  Times,  March, 
1932). 


60  University  of  Toronto 

New  Methods  in  constitutional  and  administrative  law.     (South  African  Law 

Times,   February,   1932). 
Canada,  the  colonial  laws  validity  act,  and  repugnancy.     (South  African  Law 

Times,  January,  1932). 
The   recent  literature   of  British   constitutional  law.     (Canadian   Historical 

Review,  September,  1931). 
Muhommadan  Law.     (Canadian  Bar  Review,  July,  1931). 
Military  officers,  Provincial  traffic  act,  legislation  binding  the  Crown.     (Cana- 
dian Bar  Review,  September,  1931). 
Three  views  of  constitutional  law.     (Canadian  Bar  Review,  October,  1931). 
Judicial  appeals  to  the  Privy  Council.     (Canadian  Bar  Review,  November, 

1931). 
Cases  on  constitutional  law.     (American  Bar  Association  Journal,  vol.  XVII, 

pp.   460  ff). 
Sources  of  constitutional  law.     (American  Bar  Association  Journal,  vol.  XVII, 

pp.   538  fT). 
The  doctrine  of  'ultra  vires' .     (American  Bar  Association  Journal,  vol.  XVII, 

pp.   680ff). 
Personal  actions  at  common  law.     (American  Bar  Association  Journal,  vol. 

XVIII,  pp.  190  ff). 
Tendencies  in  the  literature  of  constitutional  law.     (Harvard  Law  Review, 

vol.  XLV,  pp.  605). 
Kennedy,  W.   P.   M.  and  Finkelman,  J. — The  growth  of  administrative  law  in 

Canada.     (Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Comparative  Law,   1932). 
MacKenzie,   N.  A.   M. — International  law.     (Canadian  Bar  Review,  vol.   IX, 

pp.   591  ff). 
The  force  of  international  comity  in  private  law.     (British  Year  Book  of 

International  Law,  vol.  XII,  pp.  199  ff). 
Canadian  treaties.     (British  Year  Book  of  International  Law,  vol.  XIII). 
Procedure  in  the   ratification   of  treaties  in    Canada.     (Proceedings  of  the 

International  Academy  of  Comparative  Law,  1932). 
Canadian  tariff  policy.     (Papers  of  the  Fourth  Biennial  Conference  of  the 

Institute  of  Pacific  Relations,  1932). 
Sino-Japanese  Relations.     (Journal  of  the  Canadian  Bankers'  Association, 

vol.   XXXIX,   pp.   348  ff). 
The  league  and  the  Far  Eastern  crisis.     (Interdependence,  vol.  IX,  pp.  1  ff). 
The  situation  in  the  Far  East.     (Journal  of  the  United  Services  Institute  of 

Nova  Scotia,  1932). 
The  present   situation   in    Manchuria.     (University   of   Toronto    Monthly, 

vol.  XXXII,  pp.  150  ff). 
The   League    of   Nations   and    Manchuria.     (Canadian    Forum,    vol.    XII, 

pp.   165  ff). 
Milestones  of  internationalism .     (The  World  To-morrow,  vol.  XV,  pp.  122  ff). 
The  war  in  the  East.     (Canadian  Comment,  vol.  I,  pp.  15  ff). 
The  fourth  biennial  conference  of  the  Institute  of  Pacific  Relations.     (Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Canadian  Club,  Toronto,  1931). 

Department  of  Applied  Mathematics 

Stevenson,  A.  F.  C. — Note  on  a  method  of  solution  of  a  certain  type  of  homogeneous 

linear  difference  equation.     (Trans.  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  vol.  XXV, 

1931). 
Stevenson,  A.  F.  C.  and  Whitelaw,  N.  G. — Intensity  of  forbidden  transitions  in  the 

alkalis.     (Nature,  vol.  127,  1931). 
Synge,  J.  L. — Hodographs  of  general  dynamical  systems.     (Trans.  Royal  Society 

of  Canada,  3,  XXV,  sec.  Ill,  1931,  pp.  121-136). 


President's  Report  61 

Department  of  Mathematics 

Beattv,  S. — The  derivatives  of  an  algebraic  function.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada, 

vol.  XXV,  Sec.  Ill,  pp.  79-82). 
A  note  on  Schlicht  functions.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  Ill, 

pp.  83-85). 
A  note  on  the  projective  transformation  in  the  complex  plane.      (Trans.  Roy. 

Soc.  Canada,  vol.  XXYI,  Sec.  Ill,  pp.  15-17). 
Beattv,  S.  and  Johns,  A.  E. — On  the  bilinear  transformation  in  the  real  plane. 

(Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  Ill,  pp.  1-14). 
Melds,  J.  C. — The  Royal  Society  of  Canada  and  Canadian  mathematics.     (The 

Royal  Society  of  Canada,  Anniversary  volume). 
Pounder,   I.   R. — The  number  of  essential  parameters  in  a  system  of  functions. 

(Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  1931,  pp.  75-78). 
Robinson,  G.  deB. — On  the  fundamental  region  of  a  group,  and  the  family  of 

configurations  which  arise  therefrom.     (Journal,  London  Mathematical 

Society,  6,  1931,  70-75). 
On    the   orthogonal  groups   in  four  dimensions.     (Proceedings,    Cambridge 

Philosophical  Society,  27,  1931,  37-48). 
Webber,  YV.  J. — The  ordinal  characterisation  of  linear  sets.     (Trans.  Royal  Society 

of  Canada,  Sec.  Ill,  1931,  pp.  65-74). 

Department  of  Mineralogy 

Brown,   W.   L. — Fluorite  from   Cardiff  Township,  Haliburton   County,   Ontario. 

(University  of  Toronto  Studies,  Geological  Series,  1932). 
Parsons,  A.  L. — Zircon  from  Cardiff  Township,  Ontario.     (University  of  Toronto 
Studies,  Geological  Series,  1932). 
Two  new  types  of  inter  penetration  twins  on  gypsum.     (University  of  Toronto 

Studies,   Geological  Series,   1932). 
Twinned  beryl  from  Lyndoch   Township,  Renfrew   County,   Ontario.     (Uni- 
versity of  Toronto  Studies,  Geological  Series,  1932). 
Crystal  habit  of  uraninite  from  Cardiff  Township,  Ontario.     (University  of 
Toronto  Studies,   Geological  Series,   1932). 
Thomson,   E. — Metallic  minerals  of  the  Ashley  Mine,  Bannockburn   Township, 
Ontario.     (University  of  Toronto  Studies,  Geological  Series,  1932). 
Mineralogy  of  the  Eldorado  Mine,  Great  Bear  Lake.     (University  of  Toronto 

Studies,  Geological  Series,  1932). 
Further  quantitative  studies   of  Cross  Lake   ores.     (University   of  Toronto 
Studies,  Geological  Series,  1932). 
Walker,  T.  L. — Thomsonite  from  Sextant  Rapids,  Temiskaming  District,  Ontario. 
(University  of  Toronto  Studies,  Geological  Series,  1932). 
Mineralogy  in  Canada  1882-1932.     (Trans.  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  1932). 

Department  of  Oriental  Languages 

Meek,  T.  J. — The  Bible:  An  American  translation.  In  collaboration.  (Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  Press,  1931). 

Across  the  desert  to  Baghdad.     (The  Toronto  Star  Weekly,  June  20,  1931). 

Digging  up  antiquity  in  Mesopotamia.  (The  Toronto  Star  Weekly,  July  18, 
1931). 

Of  the  tribe  of  Shammar.     (The  New  Outlook,  New  Series,  VII,  948). 

Report  from  the  Nuzi  expedition  in  Iraq.  (Bulletin  of  the  American  Schools 
of  Oriental  Research,  No.  41,  pp.  25  ff). 

On  the  map  found  at  Nuzi.  (Bulletin  of  the  American  Schools  of  Oriental 
Research,  No.  42,  pp.  7  ff). 


62  University  of  Toronto 

Olmstead's  History  of  Palestine  and  Syria.     (American  Historical  Review, 

XXXVII,  526  ff). 
[Associate  Editor  of  the  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages,   Chicago. 

(Appointed  1931).] 
Mercer,  S.  A.  B. — The  Ethiopic  text  of  the  Book  of  Ecclesiastes.     (Luzac  &  Co., 

Great  Russell  St.,  London,  W.C.I. ,   1931). 
Book  reviews.     (Journal  of  the  Society  of  Oriental  Research,  Grafton,  Mass., 

U.S.A.,  1931;  and  in  Aethiops,  Paris,  France,  1931). 
Taylor,  W.   R. — A   new  Syriac  Fragmenti  dealing  with  incidents  in  the  Second 

Crusade.     (The  Annual  of  the  American  Schools  of  Oriental  Research, 

vol.  XI,   1931). 
Nestorian  Crosses  in  China.     (Proceedings  of  the  American  Oriental  Society, 

1932). 

Department  of  Philosophy 

Brett,  G.  S. — The  intellectual  aspect  of  the  relations  between  India  and  the  West. 
(Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  II,  1931). 
Shelley's  relation  to  Berkeley  and  Drummond.     (Studies  in  English  by  mem- 
bers of  University  College — University  of  Toronto  Press,  1931). 
Goethe  s  place  in  the  history  of  science.     (University  of  Toronto  Quarterly, 

vol.  I,  No.  3,  April,  1932). 
Review:  Eaton,  H.  O.,   The  Austrian  philosophy  of  values.     (International 
Journal  of  Ethics,  vol.  XLI,  No.  4,  July,  1931). 
Review:  Willoughby,  W.  W. — The  Ethical  basis  of  political  authority.     (Inter- 
national Journal  of  Ethics,  vol.  XLI,  No.  4,  July,  1931). 
Review:  Wittels,   F. — Freud  and  his  time.       (International  Journal  of  Ethics, 

vol.  XLII,  No.   1,  October,  1931). 
Review:  Tufts,  T. — Recent  ethics  in  its  broader  relations.     (International  Journal 

of  Ethics,  vol.  XLII,  No.  2,  January,  1932). 
Review:  Church,  R.  W. — A  study  in  the  philosophy  of  Malebranche.     (Canadian 

Forum,   May,   1932). 
Tracy,   F. — Review:  Ethics,    by    Nicolai   Hartman,    vol.    I,    Moral  Phenomena, 
translated  by  Stanton   Coit,  with  an  introduction  by  J.  H.   Muirhead. 
(University  of  Toronto  Monthly,  April,  1932). 

Department  of  Physics 

Barnes,  C.  (with  A.  R.  Gordon).     The  entropy  of  steam,  etc.     (Jour.  Phys.  Chem. 

April,  1932). 
Burton,  A.  C. — Note  on  a  phenomenon  connected  with  the  aurora.     (Canadian  Jour. 

of   Res.   4:   52-53,    1931). 
Burton,  E.  F.,  Mrs.  B.  R.  Deacon  and  Miss  M.  Annetts — Equilibrium  conditions 

in  colloidal  solutions.     (Trans.  Roy.  Candn.  Inst.  XVIII,  Pt.  I,  1931). 
Gilchrist,  L. — Studies  of  geophysical  methods,  1928  and  1929.     Part  I,  Gilchrist  & 

Mawdsley.     Part  III,  L.   Gilchrist.     (Geological  Survey  of  Canada). 
McLennan,  J.  C. — On  the  auroral  green  line.     (Trans.  Roy.  Candn.  Inst.  XVIII, 

Part  I,  1931). 
Superconductivity  a  polarisation  phenomenon.     (Nature,  August  29,   1931). 
Superconductivity    critical   temperatures   with    high  frequency   electric  fields. 

(Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.  XXV,  Sec.  Ill,  1931). 
McLennan,  J.  C,  Miss  E.  J.  Allin  and  K.  E.  Hall — The  nuclear  moment  of  the 

Indium  atom.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc,  vol.   133,  1931). 
McLennan,  J.  C.  and  A.  C.  Burton — Selective  heating  by  short  radio  waves  and  its 

application  to  electrotherapy.     (Candn.  Jl.  of  Res.  5:  550-566,   1931). 
McLennan,  J.  C,  A.  C.  Burton,  A.  Pitt  and  J.  O.  Wilhelm — Resistance  of  lead  to 

high  frequency  currents  at  superconducting  temperatures.     (Phil.   Mag. 

vol.  XII,  September,  1931). 


President's  Report  63 

The  Phenomena  of  superconductivity  with  alternating  currents  of  high  frequency. 

(Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  vol.  136,  1932). 
McLennan,  J.  C.  and  M.  F.  Crawford — The  hyper  fine  structure  of  Tl  II.     (Proc. 

Roy.  Soc  A.,  vol.  132,  1931). 
McLennan,  J.  C,  M.  F.  Crawford  and  L.  B.  Leppard — Nuclear  moments  of  the 

Isotopes  of  lead:  Relative  values  of  the  g  (I)  factors  of  Pb  (207)  and  Tl. 

(Nature,  August  22,  1931). 
McLennan,  J.  C.  and  A.  B.  McLay — Arc  spectrum  of  gold.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  A., 

vol.   134,   1931). 
McLennan,  J.C.,  A.  B.  McLay  and  M.  F.  Crawford — Spark  spectrum  of  mercury 

Hg  II.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  A.,  vol.  134,  1931). 
Interpretation  of  hyperfine  structure — Discussion  of  H  F  S  in  Tl  II.     Relative 

g  (I)  factors  of  Tl,  Bi  and  Pb  (207),  and  nuclear  structure.     (Proc.  Roy. 

Soc.  A.,  vol.  133,  1931). 
McLennan,  J.  C.  and  W.  L.  Patrick — The  action  of  high  speed  cathode  rays  on  the 

simpler  alcohols,  aldehydes  and  ketones,  and  on  ethylene.     (Canadian 

Jour,  of  Res.  5:  470-481,  1931). 
McLennan,  J.  C.  and  Miss  F.  M.  Quinlan — Interferometer  measurements  in  the 

extreme  ultraviolet  region  of  copper.     (Trans.   Roy.  Soc.   Can.  XXVI, 

Sec.  Ill,  1932). 
McLennan,  J.  C,  C.  E.  Smith  and  J.  O.  Wilhelm — The  effect  of  low  temperatures 

on  the  ultra-violet  transmission  band  of  silver.     (Phil   Mag.  vol.  XII, 

October,   1931). 
McLennan,  J.  C,  H.  S.  Wynne-Edwards  and  H.  J.  C.  Ireton — Height  of  the  polar 

aurora  in  Canada.     (Cand.  Jour,  of  Res.  5:  285-296,  1931). 
Satterly,  J.  and  L.  H.  Collingwood — Surface  tensions  and  interfacial  tensions  with 

an  application  to  the  problem  of  the  plate  ridge.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Can. 

XXV,  Sec.  Ill,  1931). 
The  drainage  of  a  vertical  wetted  plate,  the  shape  of  the  profile  and  the  thickness 

of  the  film.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.  XXV,  Sec.  Ill,  1931). 

Department  of  Political  Science 

Ashlev,  C.  A. — An  introduction  to  auditing  for  Canadians.     (Macmillan,  Sept- 
ember, 1931). 

Public  finances.     (Canadian  Chartered  Accountant,  March,  1932). 

Budgets.     (Canadian  Bankers'  Journal,  April,  1932). 
Innis,   H.   A. — Economic  conditions  in    Canada   1931-32.     (Economic  Journal, 
March,    1932). 

The  fur  trade  and  industry.  (Encyclopedia  of  the  Social  Sciences,  vol.  VI, 
pp.  530-6). 

The  rise  and  fall  of  the  Spanish  fishery  in  Newfoundland.  (Transactions  of 
the  Royal  Society,  Third  series,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  II,  1931). 

Transportation  as  a  factor  in  Canadian  economic  history.  (Papers  and  nro- 
ceedings  of  the  Canadian  Political  Science  Association,  vol.  Ill, 
pp.  166-184). 

An  introduction  to  the  economic  history  of  the  Maritimes,  including  New- 
foundland and  New  England.     (Canadian  Historical  Association  Annual 
Report,  1931). 
Jackman,  \V.  T. — Railway-motor  truck  relations.     (Financial  Post,  October  10, 
1931). 

Railway  relation  to  returning  prosperity.  (Mail  and  Empire,  November  28, 
1931). 

Canadian  transportation  developments  in  1931.  (Mail  and  Empire,  January  2, 
1932). 

Some  problems  in  Canadian  transportation.  (Journal  of  the  Engineering 
Institute  of  Canada,  April,  1932). 


64  University  of  Toronto 

The  St.  Lawrence  Waterway  project.     (Official  proceedings  of  the  Toronto 

Railway  Club,  March,  1932,  pp.  15-42). 
Perold,  J.  G. —  Unemployment  and  Christianity.     (The  Ryerson  Essays,  No.  52, 

The  United  Church  Publishing  House,  Toronto,  April,  1932,  pp.  45). 
Plumptre,   A.    F.   W. — Our  glittering  monetary  standard.     (Dalhousie   Review, 

October,  1931). 
The  gold  standard.     (University  of  Toronto   Monthly,   November,   1931). 
The    relation    between    money    and    prices.     (The    Canadian    Countryman 

November  28,  1931). 
Reparations  and  war  debts.     (Financial  Post,  Toronto,  January  16,  1932). 
Empire  Currency.     (Financial  Post,  Toronto,  March  5,  1932). 
Currency  management  in  Canada.     (Proceedings  of  the  Canadian  Political 

Science  Association,   1932). 

Department  of  Psychology 

Chant,  S.  N.  F. — Measuring  the  factors  that  make  a  job  interesting.     (The  Per- 
sonnel Journal,  June,  1932). 

Reasoning   and   understanding,    Bulletin    No.    30.     (The    Canadian    Credit 
Institute,  May,  1932). 

Some   psychological  aspects   of  accident   prevention.     (1932    Report   of   the 
Industrial  Accident  Prevention  Associations,  May,  1932). 
Line,  W. — Gestalt  psychology  in  relation  to  other  psychological  systems.     (Psychol. 
Review,  vol.  38,  No.  5,  September,  1931,  pp.  375-391). 

Three  recent  attacks  on  associationism.     (Journal  of  General   Psychology, 
vol.  5,  No.  4,  October,  1931,  pp.  495-513). 

Mental  hygiene  and  progressive  education.     (Mental  Hygiene,  vol.  15,  No.  4, 
October,   1931,   pp.   744-750). 


FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE 
Department  of  Anatomy 

Watt,  J.  C. — A  rare  congenital  deficiency  of  the  pericardium.  (Archives  of 
Surgery,  December,  1931,  vol.  23,  pp.  996-1006). 

Department  of  Biochemistry 

Collier,  H.  B.  and  Wasteneys,  H. — The  action  of  radiation  on  enzymes.  (The 
Australian  Journal  of  Experimental  Biology  and  Medical  Science, 
vol.  IX,  1932,  Robertson  Memorial  Volume,  p.  89). 

Crocker,  B.  F.  and  Wasteneys,  H. — A  rapid  and  accurate  balance  for  live  animals. 
(Science,  1932,  vol.  75,  p.  614). 

Hargreaves,  Miss  F.,  Fletcher,  A.  A.  and  Dickson,  W.  H. — The  influence  of  diet 
on  the  motor  and  trophic  functions  of  the  colon  in  rats.  (Trans.  Royal 
Society  of  Canada,  Sec.  V,  Series  III,  vol.  XXV,  May,  1931,  p.  197). 

Jenner,  H.  D.  and  Kay,  H.  D. — The  phosphatases  of  mammalian  tissues.     III. 
Magnesium  and  the  phosphatase  system.     (Journal  of  Biological  Chem- 
istry, 1931,  93,  733). 
Plasma  phosphatase.     III.  A  clinical  method  for  the  determination  of  plasma 
phosphatase.     (British  Journal  of  Experimental  Pathology,  1932,  13,  22). 

Jukes,  T.  H.  and  Kay,  H.  D. — Egg-yolk  proteins.  (Journal  of  Nutrition,  1932, 
5,  81). 

Kay,  H.  D. — Note  concerning  the  a  and  j3-  glycerophosphates.  (Journal  of 
Biological   Chemistry,    1931,   93,   409). 


President's  Report  65 

A  source  of  error  in  nitrogen  and  phosphorus  determination  on  filtrates  obtained 
after  precipitation  of  tissue  colloids  by  trichloroacetic  acid.     (Journal  of 
Biological  Chemistry,  1931,  93,  727). 
The  chemistry  and  metabolism  of  the  compounds  of  phosphorus.     (Annual 
Review  of  Biochemistry,  1932,  1,  187). 

Johnston,  \Y.  VY.  and  Wynne,  A.  M. — The  effects  of  certain  compounds  on  the  rate 
of  fermentation  of  carbohydrates  by  Clostridium  acetobutylicum.  (Cana- 
dian Chemistry  and  Metallurgy,  November,  1931). 

Maltby,  E.  J. — The  utilisation  of  ingested  protein  by  depanc realised  and  normal 
dogs.  (Trans.  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  Sec.  V,  Series  III,  vol.  XXV, 
May,   1931,  p.  201).' 

Taylor,  N.  B.,  Weld,  C.  B.,  Branion,  H.  D.  and  Kay,  H.  D. — A  study  of  the  action 
of  irradiated  ergosterol  and  of  its  relationship  to  parathyroid  function  II. 
(Canadian  Medical  Association  Journal,  1931,  25,  20). 

Wasteneys,  H.  and  Crocker,  B.  F. — A  note  on  the  equilibrium  point  in  peptic 
synthesis.  (Trans.  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  Sec.  V,  Series  III,  vol. 
XXV,  May,  1931,  p.  199). 

W'vnne,  A.  M. — Inhibition  of  the  acetone-butyl  alcohol  fermentation  by  acids. 
(Journal  of  Bacteriology,  1931,  22,  209). 

School  of  Hygiene  and  Connaught  Laboratories 

Best,  C.  H. — Insulin — a  very  brief  review.  (Wiener  Med.  Woch.  vol.  LXXXII, 
1932,  p.  3). 

Best,  C.  H.,  Jephcott,  C.  M.  and  Scott,  D.  A. — Insulin  in  tissues  other  than  the 
pancreas.     (Am.  Jour.  Physiol.  C.  1932,  p.  285). 

Best  C.  H.  and  McHenry,  E.  W ' .—Histamine.  (Physiol.  Rev.  vol.  XI,  1931, 
p.  371). 

Best,  C.  H.,  Maclean,  D.  L.  and  McHenry,  E.  W. — Liver  extract  in  the  treatment 
of  pernicious  anaemia.     (Can.  M.A.J,  vol.  XXVI,  1932,  p.  397). 

Brown,  M.  H. — Bovine  subcutaneous  tuberculosis  in  a  cow  with  no  other  demon- 
strable foci.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  163). 
Tuberculosis  in  the  Canada  raccoon  (Procyon  lotor).     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can. 

vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  159). 
The  type  of  tubercle  bacillus  infecting  the  monkey  (Macacus  rhesus).     (Proc. 
Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1932). 

Brown,  M.  H.  and  Anderson,  E. — A  bacteriological  study  of  Gram-positive  green- 
producing  cocci  of  normal  throats  with  special  reference  to  the  presence  of  the 
pneumococcus.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  169). 

Brown,  M.  H.  and  Anderson,  E. — A  further  bacteriological  study  of  the  bacterial 
flora  of  the  throat  of  normal  persons,  with  special  reference  to  the  presence 
of  the  pneumococcus.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1932). 

Brown,  M.  H.  and  Knowles,  W. — A  method  for  concentrating  the  pseudo globulins 
of  anti-pneumococcus  serum.  (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V, 
1932). 

Cameron,  D.  W. — Meningococcus  carriers  among  case  contacts  and  normal  individ- 
uals.    (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  p.  97,  1931). 

Charles,  A.  F.  and  Scott,  D.  A. — Acetylation  of  crystalline  insulin.  (Proc.  Roy. 
Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  187). 

Charles,  A.  F.  and  Scott,  D.  A. — Action  of  acid  alcohol  on  insulin.  (Jour.  Biol 
Chem.  vol.  XCII,  1931,  p.  289). 

Charles,  A.  F.  and  Scott,  D.  A. — The  action  of  methyl  iodide  on  insulin.  (Trans- 
Roy.  Society  of  Canada,  Sec.  V,  1932). 


66  University  of  Toronto 

Craigie,  J. — The  inhibition  of  the  vaccinia  flocculation  reaction  by  a  factor  in  rabbit 

serum.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1932). 
The  nature  of  the  vaccinia  flocculation  reaction  and  observations  on  the  ele- 
mentary bodies  of  vaccinia.     (British  Jour.   Exper.   Path.,   vol.   XIII, 

June,  1932). 
Dolman,  C.  E. — The  relationship  between  the  haemolytic  and  toxigenic  properties  of 

staphlococcus  cultures.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V, 

1932). 
Pathogenic  and  antigenic  properties  of  staphlococcus  toxin.     (Can.  Pub.  Health 

Jour.  vol.  XXIII,  1932,  p.  125). 
Defries,  R.  D.  and  McKinnon,  N.  E. — Bacterial  counts  in  vaccine  virus  production. 

(Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1932). 
FitzGerald,   J.    G. — A    continuing  partnership.     (University   of  Toronto   Med. 

Jour.  vol.  IX,  1932,  p.  153). 
FitzGerald,  J.  G.,  Fraser,  D.  T.  and  Halpern,  K. — Further  studies  of  diphtheria 

immunity  in  man.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  1932,  Sec.  V). 
FitzGerald,  J.  G.,  Fraser,  D.  T.  et  al — Experiences  with  toxoid  in  Canada.     (Amer. 

Jour.  Pub.  Health,  vol.  XXII,  1932,  p.  25). 
Fraser,  D.  T. — The  response  to  the  injection  of  small  amounts  of  diphtheria  toxoid 

in  man.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  1931,  p.  193). 
The  technique  of  a  method  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  diphtheria 

antitoxin  by  a  skin  test  in  rabbits,     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV, 

Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  175). 
Fraser,  C.  J.  and  Moloney,  P.  J. — The  effect  of  antiseptics  on  the  antigenic  value 

of  diphtheria  toxoid.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931, 

p.  131). 
Fraser,  D.  T.,  McKay,  A.  L.  et  al — A  septic  sore  throat  epidemic.     (Canad.  Pub. 

Health  Jour.,  vol.  XXII,  1931,  p.  224). 
Fraser,  F.  H.  and  Plummer,  H. — The  comparative  incidence  of  capsules  in  Beta 

streptococci  associated  with  septic  sore  throat  and  in  streptococci  from  other 

sources.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  111). 
Fraser,  F.  H.  and  Ross,  M.  A. — The  effect  of  streptococcal  toxin  on  chinchilla  rabbits. 

(British  Jour.  Exper.  Path.  vol.  XIII,  1932,  p.  51). 
McHenry,   E.  W.  and  Gavin,  G. — Ammonia  production  during  the  histamine- 

histaminase  reaction.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1932). 
McHenry,  E.  W.  and  Gavin,  G. — Studies  on  histaminase.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can. 

vol.  XXV,  1931,  Sec.  V,  p.  101).     (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.  vol.  XCII,  p.  75). 
McKinnon,  N.  E. — Eucopintoxin  hydrochloride  in  the  preparation  of  vaccine  virus. 

(Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  117). 
The  effect  of  cysteine  on  the  viability  of  vaccine  virus.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can., 

vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1932). 
Auto-immunisation  in  a  closed  community  during  an  epidemic  of  scarlet  fever. 

(Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1932). 
McKinnon,  N.  E.  and  Knowles,  W. — Concentrated  vaccine  virus.     (Proc.  Roy. 

Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  121). 
McKinnon,  N.  E.,  Ross,  M.  A.  and  Defries,  R.  D. — Reduction  in  diphtheria  in 

86,000  Toronto  school  children  as  a  result  of  an  immunisation  campaign. 

(Canad.  Pub.  Health  Jour.,  vol.  XXII,  1931,  p.  217). 
Mader,  E.  W.  and  Halpern,  K. — Toxin  production  and  intracutaneous  virulence  of 

recently  isolated  diphtheria  cultures.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV, 

Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  153). 
Further  studies  in  toxin  production  and  intracutaneous   virulence  of  recently 

isolated  diphtheria  cultures.       (Proc.   Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec. 

V,  1932). 
Moloney,   P.  J.   and  Taylor,   E.   M. — Stabilisation  of  diluted  diphtheria  toxin. 

(Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  149). 


President's  Report  67 

The    preparation    of  stabilised    Schick    toxin.      (Amer.    Jour.    Pub.    Health, 

vol.  XXII,  1932,  p.  38). 
The  Assav  of  the  antigenic  value  of  diphtheria  toxoid.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can., 

vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1032). 
1 'lu miner,  H.  and  Fraser,  F.  H. — Comparison  of  the  haemolysis  produced  by  Beta 

haemolytic  streptococci  in  blood  agar  with  and  without  one  per  cent  dextrose. 

(Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXV,  Sec.  V,  1931,  p.  125). 
Ross,  M.  A.  and  McKinnon,  N.  E. — The  efficiency  of  toxoid  in  controlling  diph- 
theria.    (Canad.  Pub.  Health  Jour.  1931,  vol.  XXII,  p.  333). 
Scott,   D.  A. — Further  studies  on  crystalline  insulin.      (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  vol. 

XCII,  1931,  p.  281). 
Scott,  D.  A.  and  Parker,  H. — The  preparation  of  insulin.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  of 

Canada,  1932,  Sec.  V). 
Scott,  D.  A.,  Charles,  A.  F.  and  Waters,  E.  T. — The  oral  administration  of  insulin 

derivatives.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1932). 
Scott,  D.  A. — Observations  on  Insulin  crystals.     (Trans.  Rov.  Society  of  Canada, 

1932,  Sec.  V). 
Siebenmann,  C. — Concentration  and  purification  of  diphtheria  toxoid.     (Proc.  Roy. 

Soc.  Can.,  vol.  XXVI,  Sec.  V,  1932). 
Comparison  of  different  diphtheria  antitoxin  sera  with  regard  to  their  rale  of 

flocculation.     (Jour.  Immun.,  1932,  vol.  XXII,  June). 

Department  of  Medical  Research 

Banting,  F.  G  —Medical  Research.     (N.Y.  State  Jour,  of  Med.,  March  15,  1932) . 
Banting,  F.  G.,  Gairns,  S.,  Lang,  J.  M.  and  Ross,  J.  R. — A  study  of  the  enzymes 

of  stools  in  intestinal  intoxication.     (Can.  Med.  Assoc.  Jour.,  vol.  XXV, 

1931,  pp.  393-399). 
Belt,    T.    H. —  Uber   todliche   Lungenfibrose   bei   gewerblicher   Radiumschddigung. 

(Frankfurter  Zeits.  fur  Path.  42,  1931). 
Cameron,  G.  C. — Thyroid  carcinoma  in  the  white  mouse:  A  report.     (American 

Jour.  Cancer,  vol.  XVI,  1,  January,  1932). 
Dolan,  M.  and  King,  E.  J. — Perchloric  acid  in  the  colorimetric  determination  of 

phosphorus.     (Can.  Chem.  Met.,  vol.  XVI,  88,  1932). 
Franks,  W.  R. — Phosphate  in  tumours  and  muscle.     (Jour,  of  Phys.,  vol.  LXXIV, 

2,  February,  1932). 
Hall,  G.  E.,  King,  E.  J.,  Ross,  J.  R.  and  Shaw,  M.  M. — Intestinal  erepsin  and 

phosphatase  of  infants  with  acute  intestinal  intoxication.     (Can.   Med. 

Assoc.  Jour.,  vol.  XXVI,  293,  1932). 
King,    E.   J.   and   Hall,   G.    E. — Hypervitaminosis.     (Can.    Med.   Assoc.   Jour., 

^  vol.  XXV,  535,  1931). 
King,  E.  J.  and  King,  H.  M. — On  the  colorimetric  estimation  of  silica;  occurrence 

of  silica  in  the  waters  of  Passamaquoddy  Bay  region.     (Contrib.  Can. 

Biol.  Fish.,  vol.  VII,  121,  129,  1931). 
King,  E.  J.  and  Davidson,  V.  M. — Relation  of  silica  to  the  growth  of  Phy  to  plankton. 

(Ann.  Rep.  Biol.  Board  Can.,  29,  1931). 
King,  E.  J.  and  Perkin,  H.  J. — A  micro-burette  for  iodine  determinations.     (Can. 

Chem.  Met.,  vol.  XVI,  89,  1932). 
King,  E.  J. — The  colorimetric  determination  of  phosphorus.      (Biochem.  Journal, 

vol.  XXVI,  2,  1932). 
A  titrimetric  method  for  the  micro -determination  of  barium.     (Biochem.  Jour. 

XXVI,  No.  3,  1932). 
An  electrodialysis  apparatus.     (Ind.  Eng.  Chem.  Anal.  Edn.,  4,  No.  3,  1932). 
Lucas,  C.  C.  and  King,   E.  J. — The  influence  of  pH  on  iodometric  titration  of 

glutathione  and  other  sulphydryl  compounds.     (Can.  Chem.  Met.,  vol. 

XV,  192,  1931). 
Morgan,  J.  C.  and  King,  E.  J. — A  method  for  the  micro  gravimetric  determination 

of  silica  in  tissue.     (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  vol.  XCV,  613,  1932). 


68  University  of  Toronto 

Department  of  Medicine 

Caulfeild,  A.   H.   W. — Local  passive  transfer  to  a  frequently  recovered  strain  of 
staphylococcus  hemolyticus.     (Journal  of  Allergy,  vol.  II,  No.  5,  July, 
1931,  pp.  372). 
Non  post- operative  pulmonary  atelectasis.     (Transactions  of  the  American 
Climatological  and  Clinical  Association,   1931). 

Ogden,  W.  E. — The  diagnosis  of  pre-clinical  tubercle  in  suspects  and  contacts, 
clinical  application:  Part  II.  Graphs  and  XRays.  (Annals  of  Internal 
Medicine,  vol.  IV,  No.  12,  June,  1931,  pp.  1551-1568). 

Oille,  J.  A. — Coronary  thrombosis.     (Journal  of  American  Medical  Association). 

Department  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynaecology 

Johnston,  H.  W. — Haemorrhage  after  the  menopause.     (Canadian  Medical  Associa- 
tion Journal,  July,  1931). 
Urinary  incontinence  following  childbirth:  Its  surgical  treatment.     (Surgery, 

Gynaecology   and   Obstetrics,   July,    1931). 
Symposium  on  pelvic  inflammation.     (Bulletin  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine 
of  Toronto). 
Marlow,  F.  W. — Popliteal  embolism  and  gangrene  of  the  leg  complicating  fibro- 
myoma  of  the  uterus,  prior  to  operation.     (Canadian  Medical  Association 
Journal,  May,  1932). 

Department  of  Otolaryngology 

Burnham,  H.  H. — Some  differences  in  action  of  ephedrine  and  epinephrine  on  nasal 
turbinate  mucosa.     (Canadian  Medical  Association  Journal). 

Department  of  Paediatrics 

Brown,  A.,  Surrimerfeldt  P.  and  Drake,  T.  G.  H. — The  treatment  of  acute  intestinal 
intoxication.  (Canadian  Medical  Association  Journal,  vol.  XXV, 
September,  1931,  pp.  288-292). 

Brown,  A.  and  Johnston,  M.  M. — Notes  on  new  cases  of  B.  dysenteriae  sonne 
infection.  (Canadian  Medical  Association  Journal,  vol.  XXV,  October, 
1931,  pp.  417-8). 

Brown,  A.  and  Tisdall,  F.  F. — Seasonal  variation  in  the  antirachitic  effect  of  sun- 
shine. (American  Journal  of  Diseases  of  Children,  vol.  XLII,  Nov- 
ember, 1931,  pp.  1144-7). 

Brown,  A.,  Johnston,  M.  M.  and  Kaake,  M.  J. — Further  studies  of  the  etiology  of 
acute  intestinal  intoxication  in  infants  and  children.  (Canadian  Public 
Health  Journal,  vol.  XXII,  September,  1931). 

Brown,  A.  and  Silverthorne,  N. — A  new  portable  oxygen  tent.  (Canadian  Medical 
Association  Journal,  vol.  XXVI,  January,  1932,  pp.  82-3). 

Department  of  Pathology  and  Bacteriology 

Barry,  J.  E. — A  case  of  primary  angio- endothelioma  of  the  pubic  bone.       (Can. 

Med.  Assoc.  Jour.,  vol.  XXIV,  1932,  pp.  202). 
Beattie,  A.  B. — Streptococci  of  alimentary  tract.     (For  B.Sc.  (Med.)  degree). 
Belt,  T.  H. —  Uber  todliche  Lungenfibrose  bei  gewerblicher    Radiums chddigung. 

(Frank.  Zeit.  f.  Path.,  1931,  vol.  XLII,  pp.  170). 
Bisgard,  C.  V. — Empyema  of  subdural  space.     (Canadian  Med.  Assoc.  Jour., 

vol.  XXVI,  1932). 
Blaisdell,  J.  L. — Renal  lesions  in  rheumatic  fever.     (For  B.Sc.  (Med.)  degree). 


President's  Report  69 

Book,   M.  H. —  The  permeability  of  the  normal  kidney  to  bacteria.     (For  B.Sc. 

(Med.)  degree). 
Duff,  G.  L. —  Vital  staining  of  the  rabbit's  aorta  in  the  study  of  arteriosclerosis. 

(Amer.  Jour.  Path.,  vol.  VIII,  1932,  pp.  219). 
Studv  of  the  medial  degeneration  in  the  aorta  of  the  rabbit  produced  by  diphtheria 

'toxin.     (Arch.  Path.,  vol.  XIII,  1932). 
Experimental  arteriosclerosis.     The  fatty  lesions  of  the  intima.     (For  Ph.D. 

degree) . 
Erb,  I.  H. — Pathology  of  poliomyelitis.     (Canadian  Medical  Association  Journal, 

November,  1931). 
Greey,  P.  H. —  The  bacteriology  of  bronchiectasis.     An  analysis  based  upon  nine 

cases  of  lobectomy.     (Jour.  Inf.  Dis.,  vol.  50,  1932). 
Hardie,  P.  W. — A  study  of  the  spleen  to  determine  the  content  of  oxydase  positive 

cells.     (For  B.Sc.  (Med.)  degree). 
Klotz,  O. — A  record  of  eighty-four  years.     (Hospital  Progress,  February,  1932, 

p.  67). 
Yellow  fever.     (Review  of  the  Literature  for  1931).     (Nelson's  Loose-Leaf 

Medicine,  1932,  2,  113). 
The  West  African  Ju-Ju.     (University  of  Toronto  Med.  Jour.,  1932,  9,  119). 
Giovanni  Battista  Morgagni.     (Can.  Med.  Assoc.  Jour.,  1932,  vol.  XXVI). 
Klotz,  O.  and  Simpson,  Miss  W. — Silicosis  and  carcinoma  of  lung.     (The  Emanuel 

Libman  Anniversary  Volume,  1932). 
Spontaneous  rupture  of  the  aorta.     (Amer.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  1932,  vol.  183). 
Magalhaes,  A.  deG. — The  kidneys  in  yellow  fever.     (Arch.  Path.,  1931,  11,  561). 
Mowat,    H.    F. — A    case   of  multiple  aneurysms   of  the  aorta  and  great  vessels. 

(Can.  Med.  Assoc.  Jour.,  1931,  25,  453). 
Price,  R.  M. — Further  report  of  the  bacteriology  of  tuberculosis  in  man.     (Proceed. 

Assoc.  Committee  on  Tbc,  Nat.  Res.  Council,  1932). 
The  influence  of  silica  upon  the  growth  of  the  tubercle  bacillus.     (Proceed. 

Assoc.  Committee  on  Tbc,  Nat.  Res.  Council,  1932). 
Hodgkins  disease  and  the  tubercle  bacillus.     (Proceed.  Assoc.  Committee  on 

Tbc,  Nat.  Res.  Council,  1932). 
Summary  of  a  study  upon  the  types  of  tubercle  bacilli  isolated  from  human 

lesions.     (Amer.  Review  of  Tbc,  1932,  25,  383). 
Rapp,  C.  R. — Calcification  of  aortic  valves.     (For  B.Sc.  (Med.)  degree). 
Robinson,  W.  L. — Mechanical  aids  in  laboratory  procedures.     (Jour.  Lab.  and 

Clin.  Med.,  1931,  17,  251). 
Saddington,  R.  S. —  Yeast  infection  in  man  with  a  report  of  a  case.     (Can.  Med. 

Assoc  Jour.,  1932,  vol.  XXVI). 
Shanks,  G.  and  Dr.  De — Studies  in  the  histology  of  the  spleen  and  liver  in  Kala 

Azar.     (Indian  Journal  of  Medical  Research,  vol.  XIX,  No.  2,  October, 

1931). 
The  pathology  of  epidemic  dropsy.     (Indian  Journal  of  Medical  Research, 

vol.  XIX,  No.  2,  October,  1931). 
Stanton,  O.  L. — Chordoma.     A  report  of  two  cases.     (Can.  Med.  Assoc.  Jour., 

1932,  vol.  XXVI). 
Thompson,  M.  J. — (Under  the  Paediatric  Research  Foundation).     Intranuclear 

inclusions  in  the  submaxillary  gland  of  the  rat.     (Jour.  Inf.  Dis.,  1932, 

50,  162). 
(Under  the  Paediatric  Research  Foundation).      The  effect  of  rachitic  diets  on 

the  thyroid  gland  of  the  albino  rat.     (Jour.  Nutrition,  1932,  vol.  V). 
Vanderveer,  H.  L. — Hypervitaminosis  D  and  arteriosclerosis.     (Arch.  Path.,  1931, 

12,  941). 
Wallace,  Miss  B.  R. — Spontaneous  diseases  of  white  mice.     (For  B.Sc.   (Med.) 

degree). 
Wharton,  D.  R.  A. — The  effect  of  certain  toxic  substances  on  the  ciliated  epithelium 

of  the  guinea  pig.     (Amer.  Jour.  Hyg.,  1931,  14,  109). 


70  University  of  Toronto 

Department  of  Pathological  Chemistry 

Harding,  V.  J . — Non-protein  nitrogenous  constituents  of  blood.     (Sajous  Cyclopedia 

of  Medicine;  published  by  F.  A.  Davis  Co.,  Philadelphia,  ed.  1931). 
Harding,  V.  J.  and  Downs,  C.  E. — A  sensitive  copper  solution  for  glucose  estimation. 

(Canadian  Chemistry  and  Metallurgy,  vol.  XVI,  No.  1,  January,  1932). 
Harding,  V.  J.  and  Grant,  G.  A. — The  estimation  of  galactose  in  blood  and  urine. 

(Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  vol.  XCIV,  No.  2,  December,  1931). 
Saccharomyces  marxianus  as  a  reagent  for  galactose.     (Canadian  Chemistry 

and  Metallurgy,  vol.  XVI,  No.  1,  January,  1932). 
Harding,  V.  J.  and  Nicholson,  T.  F. — The  nephropathic  action  of  discarboxylic 

acids  on  rabbits.     (Journal  of  Pharmacology  and  Experimental  Thera- 
peutics, vol.  XLII,  No.  3,  July,  1931). 
The  specific  determination  of  glucose.     (Canadian  Chemistry  and  Metallurgy, 

vol.  XVI,  April,  1932). 
Harding,  V.  J.  and  VanWyck,  H.  B. — Researches  on  the  toxemias  of  later  pregnancy. 

(American  Journal  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology). 
Harding,  V.  J.  and  Selby,  D.  L. — Fermentable  surgar  in  normal  urine.     (The 

Biochemical  Journal,  vol.  XXV,  No.  5,  p.  1815,  1931). 
Pregnancy  glycosuria  and  prenatal  care.     (Canadian   Medical  Association 

Journal,  vol.  XXVI,  283,  1932). 

Department  of  Pharmacology 

Henderson,  V.   E. — Scattered  notes  on  dermatological  prescriptions.     (Canadian 
Medical  Association  Journal,  25,  1,  63,  July,  1931). 
Relation  between  anesthetist,  surgeon  and  patient.     (Anesthesia  and  Analgesia, 
11,  1,  2,  January-February,  1932). 

Henderson,  V.  E.,  Beach,  M.  L.  and  Johnston,  J.  F.  A. — On  the  use  of  nasal  sprays 
and  drops.  (Canadian  Medical  Association  Journal,  24,  5,  684,  May, 
1931). 

Henderson,  V.  E.  and  Johnston,  J.  F.  A. — Anaesthetic  potency  in  the  cyclo  hydro- 
carbon series.     (Journal  Pharm.  &  Exp.  Thera.,  41,  89,  1931). 

Henderson,  V.  E.  and  Lucas,  G.  H.  W. — Claude  Bernard's  theory  of  narcosis. 
(Journal  Pharm.  &  Exp.  Thera.,  44,  2,  253,  February,  1932). 
The  oxygen  content  of  blood  in  nitrous  oxide  anaesthesia.     (Jour.  Pharm.  & 
Exp.  Thera.,  42,  3,  257,  July,  1931). 

Henderson,  V.  E.  and  Scott,  J.  M. —  Urinary  acidifiers  and  alkalinizers.  (Cana- 
dian Medical  Association  Journal,  24,  6,  833,  June,  1931). 

Johnston,  J.  F.  A. — On  the  anesthetic  action  of  fur  an.  (Jour.  Pharm.  &  Exp. 
Thera.,  43,  1,  85,  September,  1931). 

Johnston,  J.  F.  A.  and  Henderson,  V.  E. — An  experimental  inquiry  into  spinal 
anesthesia.     (Anesthesia  and  Analgesia,  11,  2,  3,  March-April,  1932). 

Lucas,  G.  H.  W. — The  physiology  and  pharmacology  of  iron.  (University  of 
Toronto  Medical  Journal,  9,  136,  1932). 

Scott,  J.  M. — Ammonium  phosphate  as  a  urinary  acidifier.  (Canadian  Medical 
Association  Journal,  25,  6,  666,  December,  1931). 

Scott,  J.  M.  and  Mitchell,  D.  R. —  Urinary  acidifiers  and  alkalinizers:  a  clinical 
study.     (C. M.A.J.  25,  6,  668,  December,  1931). 

Department  of  Physiology 

Best,  C.  H.— Das  Insulin.     (Wiem.  med.  Wochnschr.,  1932,  LXXXII,  3). 

Best,  C.  H.  and  Hershey,  J.  M. — Further  observations  on  the  effects  of  some  com- 
ponent of  crude  insulin  on  depancreatised  animals.  (J.  Phsiol.,  1932, 
LXXV,  49). 

Best,  C.  H.,  Hershey,  J.  M.  and  Huntsman,  M.  E. — The  effect  of  lecithin  on  fat 
deposition  in  the  liver  of  the  normal  rat.     (J.  Phsiol.,  1932,  LXXV,  56). 


President's  Report  71 

The  control  of  the  deposition  of  liver  fat.      (Am.  J.  Phsiol.  (Proc),  1932,  CI,  7). 
Best,  C.  H.  and  Huntsman,  M.  E. — The  effects  of  the  components  of  lecithin  upon 

deposition  of  fat  in  the  liver.     (J.  Phsiol.  1932). 
Best,  C.  H.,  Huntsman,  M.  E.  and  Solandt,  O.  M. — A  preliminary  report  on  the 

effect  of  choline  on   fat  deposition  in  species  other  than  the  white  rat. 

(Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Best,  C.  H.,  Jephcott,  C.  M.  and  Scott,  D.  A. — Insulin  in  tissues  other  than  the 

pancreas.     (Am.  J.   Phsiol.,   1932,  C,  285). 
Chute,  A.  L.  and  Irving,  L. — The  effect  of  acid  feeding  upon  the  composition  of  bone. 

(Am.  J.  Phsiol.  (Proc.)  1932,  CI,  20).     Also  in  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada, 

1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Ferguson,  J.  K.  W.  — ■ A  method  to  measure  the  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  in  small 

amounts  of  blood.     (J.  Biol.  Chem.,  1932,  XCV,  301). 
Irving,  L. — Postmortal  development  of  acidity  in  the  gastric  mucosa.      (Trans.  Roy. 

Soc.  Canada,  1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Irving,  L.  and  Riggs,  A.  E.  C. — The  effect  of  acid  upon  postmortal  lactic  acid 

formation  in   mammalian  muscle.     (Trans.   Roy.   Soc.   Canada,    1932, 

XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Irving,  L.,  Foster,  H.  C.  and  Ferguson,  J.  K.  W. — The  carbon  dioxide  dissociation 

curve  of  living  mammalian  muscle.     (J.  Biol.  Chem.,  1932,  XCV,  95). 
Irving,  L.  and  Wilson,  M.  J. — The  acid-base  equilibrium  in  the  gastric  mucosa. 

(Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
The  carbon  dioxide  content  of  gastric  mucosa.     (Am.  J.  Phsiol.  (Proc.)  1932, 

CI,  58). 
Murray,  D.  W.  G.  and  Waters,  E.  T. — The  effect  of  infection  on  insulin  content 

of  the  pancreas.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Partridge,  R.   C. — Afferent  impidses  in  the  carotid  sinus  and  cardiac  depressor 

nerves.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Procter,   H.   A.   and   Best,    C.   H. — Changes  in  muscle  glycogen  accompanying 

physical  training.     (Am.  J.  Phsiol.,  1932,  C,  506). 
Scott,  D.  A.,  Charles,  A.  F.  and  Waters,  W.  T. — The  oral  administration  of  insulin 

derivatives.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Solandt,  O.   M.  and  Ferguson,  G.  C. — The  effect  of  strenuous  exercise  of  short 

duration  upon  the  sugar  content  of  the  blood.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada, 

1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Staff  of  Department  of  Physiology — Practical  physiology   {Students'   Manual). 

(1931  Univ.  of  Toronto  Press). 
Tavlor,  N.  B.  and  Weld,  C.  B. — Observations  upon  calcium  absorption.     (Am.  J. 

Phsiol.  (Proc.)  1932,  CI,  99). 
The  effect  of  small  {therapeutic)  doses  of  irradiated  ergo  sterol  upon  the  serum 

calcium.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
The  effect  of  irradiated  ergosterol  upon  the  absorption  of  calcium.     (Trans.  Roy. 

Soc.  Canada,  1932,  XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
The  mobilisation  and  excretion  of  calcium  following  overdosage  with  irradiated 

ergosterol.     (Brit.  J.  Exp.  Path.,  1932,  XIII,  109). 
Taylor,  N.  B.,  Weld,  C.  B.,  Branion,  H.  D.  and  Kay,  H.  D. — A  study  of  the  action 

of  irradiated  ergosterol  and  of  its  relationship  to  parathyroid  function. 

Part  II.     (Can.  Med.  Assn.  J.,  1931,  XXV,  20). 
Taylor,  N.  B.,  Weld,  C.  B.  and  Sykes,  J.  F. — The  administration  of  irradiated 

ergosterol  to  dogs  with  biliary  fistulae.     (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  1932, 

XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Weld,  C.  B.  and  Sykes,  J.  F. — The  effect  of  irradiated  ergosterol  on  calcium  and 

phosphorus   retention   in   children.     (Trans.    Roy.   Soc.    Canada,    1932, 

XXVI,  Sec.  V). 
Wilson,  M.  J.  and  Irving,  L. — Pressures  in  the  stomach.     (Can.  Med.  Assn.  J. 

1931,  XXV,  685). 


72  University  of  Toronto 

Department  of  Radiology 

Richards,  G.  E. — Radium,  its  proven  uses  and  limitations  in  therapy.     (Canadian 
Public  Health  Journal,  vol.  XXII,  Nos.  7  and  8). 
Cancer  and  its  treatment.     (Canadian  Nurse,  November,  1931). 

Department  of  Surgery 

Couch,  J.  H. — Infected  injuries  of  the  hand.    (Bulletin  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine, 

Toronto,  January,  1932). 
Foulds,  G.  S. — Late  results  of  the  Peters  operation  for  extrophy  of  the  bladder. 

(British  Journal  of  Urology,  March,  1932,  vol.  IV). 
Foulds,  G.  S.  and  Miller,  J.  B. — Perinephric  abscess.     (St.  Michael's  Hospital 

Bulletin,   1931). 
Foulds,  G.  S.  and  Patch,  F.  S. — Tuberculous  infection  of  the  adenomatous  prostate. 

(British  Journal  of  Urology,  September,  1931). 
Gallie,  W.  E. — "The  Transplantation  of  Bone  \     (Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  November  7, 

1931). 
Harris,   R.   I. — The  continuous  intravenous  administration  of  physiological  salt 

solution.     (Annals  of  Surgery,  March,  1930). 
Milk  borne  tuberculosis.     (Canadian  Public  Health  Journal,  January,  1932). 
LeMesurier,  A.  B. — Erosion  haemorrhage  from  the  internal  carotid  artery.     (Cana- 
dian Medical  Association  Journal,  November,  1931). 
McClelland,  J.  C. — Aberrant  ureters  causing  incontinence.     (British  Journal  of 

Urology,  March,  1932). 
The  scrotum.     (Oxford  Loose  Leaf  Surgery,  1932). 
McComb,  R.  A. —  Urinary  infections  of  pregnancy.     (Canadian  Medical  Associa- 
tion Journal,  September,  1931). 
McKenzie,  K.  G. — A  surgical  and  clinical  study  of  nine  cases  of  chronic  subdural 

haematoma.     (Canadian  Medical  Association  Journal,  May,  1932). 
Summary  of  a  lecture  on  pituitary  gland  tumours.     (Bulletin  of  the  Academy 

of  Medicine,  Toronto,  March,  1932). 
McKenzie,  K.  G.  and  Linell,  E.  A. — Astrocytoma  of  the  cerebrum  showing  extensive 

involvement  of  the  opposite  cerebral  hemisphere.     (Journal  of  Pathology 

and  Bacteriology,  vol.  XXXIV,  1931). 
Murray,   D.   W.   G. — Injuries  of  the  knee  joint.     (Students   Medical  Journal, 

July,  1931). 
A  method  of  palliative  treatment  of  carcinoma  of  the  oesophagus.      (CM. A. J., 

September,  1931,  XXV,  271-275). 
Murray,  D.  W.  G.  and  Janes,  R. — Abdomino- perineal  excision  of  the  rectum  with 

primary  healing.     (CM. A. J.,  June,   1932). 
Murray,  D.  W.  G.  and  Waters,  E.  T. — The  effect  of  infection  on  the  insulin  content 

of  pancreas.     (Trans,  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  June,  1932). 
Primrose,  A. — Intestinal  obstruction.     (Canadian  Medical  Association  Journal, 

1930). 
The  evolution  of  modern  surgery.     (The  Shattuck  lecture,   Massachusetts 

Medical  Society,  Boston;  New  England  Medical  Journal,  June,  1931). 
A   study  in  records — Address    of   the    President  of  the  American    Surgical 

Association.     (Annals  of  Surgery,  October,  1931). 
The  study  of  medicine  in  the  University  of  Toronto.     (University  of  Toronto 

Medical  Journal,  January,   1932). 
Starr,  F.  N.  G. — Cancer  of  the  stomach.     (Proceedings  Volume  of  the  Milwaukee 

1931  Assembly  of  the  Inter-State  Postgraduate  Medical  Association  of 

North  America). 
Resection  of  the  caecum.     (Annals  of  Surgery,  October,  1931). 


President's  Report  73 

1  >epartmbnt  of  therapeutics 

Rudolph,  R.  D. — Should  high  blood  pressure  be  reduced.     (Lancet,  October  24, 
1931). 
Some  aspects  of  bronchial  asthma.     (Transactions  of  the  Inter-State  Medical 

Association,  1931). 
Asthma.     (University  of  Toronto  Medical  Journal,  March,  1932). 

FACULTY  OF  APPLIED  SCIENCE  AND  ENGINEERING 

Mitchell,  C.  H. — Engineers'  contribution  to  Canada  s  development .     Before  Sec.  G., 
British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,   September,   1981. 
(Engineering,  London). 
Canada's  resources  in  development.     (University  of  Toronto  Quarterly,  July 
1932). 

Department  of  Chemical  Engineering 

Ardagh,  E.  G.  R.,  Kellam,  B.,  Rutherford,  F.  C.  and  Walstaff,  H.  T.—A  study  of 
certain  properties  and  reactions  of  phenylhydrazine.  (Journal  of  the 
American  Chemical  Society,  February,  1932). 

Department  of  Civil  Engineering:  Municipal  and  Structural 

Young,  C.  R. — Bridge  building  art  makes  progress.  (Contract  Record  and 
Engineering  Review,   December  30th,   1931). 

Department  of  Civil  Engineering  (Surveying  and  Geodesy) 

Banting,  E.  W.  and  Hunter,  A.  F. — Surveyor  Charles  Rankin's  exploration  for  the 
pioneer  road,  Garafraxa  to  Owen  Sound,  1887.  (Papers  and  Records  of 
the  Ontario  Historical  Society,  vol.  XXVII,  1931). 

Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Allcut,  E.  A. — Output  of  heating  units  at  various  temperatures.     (Journal  of  the 

American  Society  of  Heating  and  Ventilating  Engineers,  November, 

1931). 
Oil  engine  developments  of  1981.     (Electrical  News,  March,  1932). 
The  use  of  low  rank  fuels.     (Engineering  Journal,  January,  1932). 
The  possible  market  in  Canada  for  the  products  of  British  Mechanical  Engineers. 

(Bulletin  of  the  British  Engineers  Association,  December,  1931). 
The  heat  output  of  concealed  radiators.     (Bulletin  No.  9,  School  of  Engineering 

Research,  Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering). 
Angus,    R.    W. — Technical    education    in    Canada.     (Association    of    Technical 

Institutions,   February  26,   1932). 
Die  Wasserkraftnuzung  in  Kanada.     (Wasserkraft  Jahrbuch,  1930-1). 
Ilvdraulic  practice  in  Europe.     (American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers, 

June,  1932). 
The  water  turbine  testing  flume  of  the  University  of  Toronto.     (Bulletin,  School 

of  Engineering  Research,  University  of  Toronto). 
Tests  on  a  Kaplan  hydraulic  turbine.     (In  collaboration  with  R.  Taylor  and 

C.  C.  Heard).     (Bulletin,  School  of  Engineering  Research,  University 

of  Toronto. 
Recent  developments  in  steam  power.     (Power  House,  January,  1932). 
The  flow  of  water  in  pipes.     (American  Waterworks  Association  Journal, 

January,   1932). 


74  University  of  Toronto 

Department  of  Metallurgical  Engineering 

Montgomery,  R.  J.  and  Higgins,  J.  M. — Electrical  Refractory  porcelain  bodies 
containing  magnesium  oxide.  (Bulletin  No.  10,  School  of  Engineering 
Research,  University  of  Toronto). 

Department  of  Engineering  Physics 
Anderson,  G.  R. — Sound  resistance  of  partition  walls.     (Construction,  May,  1932). 

FACULTY  OF  FORESTRY 

Howe,  C.  D. — Forestry  education.     (The  Forestry  Chronicle,  February,  1932). 
Canada  must  safeguard  forest  capital,  Part  II.     (Illustrated  Canadian  Forest 

and  Outdoors,  July,  1931). 
Conservation  s  victories,  an  address  given  before  the  31st  annual  meeting  of  the 

Canadian  Forestry  Association.     (The  Illustrated  Canadian  Forest  and 

Outdoors,  February,  1932). 
Tomorrow 's   fishing.     (The    Illustrated    Canadian    Forest    and    Outdoors, 

April,  1932). 
Forest  sanctuaries  as  enduring  memorials.     (The  Illustrated  Canadian  Forest 

and  Outdoors,  May,  1932). 

ONTARIO  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

The  staff  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Education — The  School,  a  magazine  devoted 

to  elementary  and  secondary  education;  monthly  except  July  and  August; 

vol.  XX,  September  1931- June  1932,  pp.  1032.     (Toronto,  the  University 

of  Toronto  Press,  1931-2). 
Cornish,  G.  A. — Commercial  geography  for  Canadians.     (Sir  Isaac  Pitman  Co., 

Toronto,  1931). 
Geography  note-book.     (Copp-Clark  Co.,  Toronto,  1931). 
Chemistry  note-book.     (Copp-Clark  Co.,  Toronto,   1931). 
Long,  J.  A. — Motor  abilities  of  deaf  children.     (Contributions  to  Education  No. 

514,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  New  York,  1932). 

FACULTY  OF  DENTISTRY 

Seccombe,  W. — Report  of  Chairman,  Dental  Curriculum  Survey,  American  Associa- 
tion of  Dental  Schools.     (Proceedings  of  the  Association,  1932). 

Survey  of  the  dental  curriculum.  (The  Journal  of  Higher  Education,  Ohio 
State  University,  March,  1932). 

Nutritional  facts  the  dentist  should  know.  (Oral  Health,  October,  1931). 
Webster,  A.  E. —  What  part  should  the  dentist  take  in  rendering  health  service  in 
medicine,  surgery,  anaesthetics  and  dietetics?  (Dominion  Dental  Journal, 
vol.  XLIII,  pp.  73,  1931). 

The  place  of  gutta  percha  in  dentistry.  (Dominion  Dental  Journal,  vol. 
XLIII,  pp.  103,  1931). 

Chairside  assisting  in  operative  dentistry.  (Dominion  Dental  Journal,  vol. 
XLIII,  pp.  105,  1931). 

A  manual  for  dental  assistants.  356  pages;  215  illustrations.  (Lea  and 
Febiger,   Philadelphia,   1931). 


President's  Report  75 

ST.  GEORGE'S  SCHOOL  FOR  CHILD  STUDY 

Blatz.  W.  E. — Old  prescriptions  and  new  principles.      (Child  Study,  February, 
1932). 
Behavior  problems  of  children.     (Chapters  23  and  24  of  The  Home  Care 
OF  THE  Infant  and  Child  by  F.  F.  Tisdall,  M.D.,  published  by  J.  M. 
Dent  &  Sons,  Toronto). 
The  happy  family.     (Child  Welfare,  October,  1931). 

(14)   REPORT  OF  THE  DIRECTOR  OF  UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION  AND 

PUBLICITY 

(W.  J.  Dunlop,  Esq.,  B.A.,  B.Paed.) 

It  might  have  been  expected  that  the  numbers  availing  themselves  of 
extension  service  this  session  would  have  shown  a  marked  decrease  because  of 
prevailing  conditions.  However,  the  contrary  is  the  case  and  the  total  number 
of  adult  persons  who  took  continuous  courses  and  classes  in  this  department 
during  the  academic  year  now  closed  is  higher  by  63  than  it  was  last  year,  that  is, 
the  total  enrolment  is  5159  of  whom  2759  were  men  and  2303  women. 

The  usual  extension  services  were  carried  on  this  year  with  one  or  two 
additions. 

The  number  of  teachers  proceeding  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  while 
going  on  with  their  classroom  duties  was  larger  this  year  than  last  by  approx- 
imately 100.  The  Teachers'  Course  is  one  of  the  most  substantial  pieces  of  work 
that  can  well  be  done  for  the  teachers  of  this  province.  It  is  gratifying  to  see 
that  a  large  percentage  of  those  who  graduate  by  means  of  the  Teachers'  Course 
go  on  and  take  post-graduate  work. 

The  number  of  Extension  Lectures  given  this  year  was  220.  These  were 
distributed  as  follows: 

Alliston  1,  Barrie  4,  Belleville  3,  Bolton  3,  Bowmanville  5,  Brantford  2, 
Brockville  1,  Chatham  1,  Cobourg  6,  Fergus  2,  Gait  1,  Guelph  3,  Hamilton  13, 
Ingersoll  2,  Kapuskasing  1,  Kingston  1,  Kitchener  7,  Lindsay  1,  Milton  3,  New 
Liskeard  2,  New  Toronto  7,  Niagara  Falls  24,  Orillia  13,  Oshawa  22,  Ottawa  4, 
Owen  Sound  1,  Peterborough  8,  Port  Colborne  2,  St.  Catharines  4,  StoufTville  1, 
Stratford  1,  Sudbury  1,  Thorold  3,  Toronto  64,  Whitby  1,  Woodbridge  1, 
Woodstock  1. 

Those  who  delivered  Extension  Lectures  this  session  were: 

Mr.  K.  H.  Rogers  24,  Professor  Barker  Fairley  20,  Professor  E.  K.  Brown  17, 
Mrs.  M.  M.  Kirkwood  11,  Professor  L.  T.  Morgan  11,  Professor  G.  W.  Brown  8, 
Miss  Yvonne  McKague  8,  Professor  N.  A.  MacKenzie  8,  Dr.  E.  J.  Pratt  8, 
Professor  H.  J.  Davis  7,  Professor  T.  F.  Mcllwraith  7,  Professor  E.  Goggio  6, 
Professor  G.  S.  Brett  5,  Professor  E.  A.  Dale  5,  Dr.  A.  Brady  4,  Mr.  Arthur 
Lismer  4,  Mr.  E.  W.  Mclnnis  4,  Professor  G.  A.  Cornish  3,  Professor  H.  R. 
MacCallum3,  Professor  J.  F.  Macdonald3,  Mr.  J.  Campbell  Mclnnes3,  Professor 
H.  S.  McKellar  3,  Mrs.  H.  M.  Bott  2,  Professor  J.  Cano  2,  Mr.  D.  G.  Creighton  2, 
Miss  Mae  Fleming  2,  Professor  G.  P.  de  T.  Glazebrook  2,  Professor  H.  R.  Kemp  2, 
Mr.  j.  ().  Wilhelm  2,  Professor  A.  H.  Young  2,  Professor  E.  A.  Allcut  1,  Professor 
R.  W.  Angus  1,  Dr.  R.  K.  Arnold  1,  Professor  V.  Bladen  1,  Dr.  W.  E.  Blatz  1, 
Dr.  J.  W.  Bready  1,  Dr.  E.  F.  Burton  1,  Professor  H.  M.  Cassidy  1,  Professor 
S.  N.  F.  Chant  1,  Professor  W.  H.  Clawson  1,  Professor  N.  W.  DeWitt  1,  Professor 
G.  M.  A.  Grube  1,  Miss  Berta  Hamilton  1,  Professor  W.  J.  K.  Harkness  1,  Miss 
R.  M.  Home  1,  Dr.  G.  W.  Howland  1,  Dr.  H.  A.  Innis  1,  Professor  Gilbert  Jack- 
son 1,  Mr.  C.  W.  Jefferys  1,  Miss  C.  C.  Krieger  1,  Professor  Cecil  Lewis  1, 
Dr.  S.  A.  B.  Mercer  1,  Professor  E.  S.  Moore  1,  Professor  E.  T.  Owen  1,  Dr.  W.  A. 
Parks  1,  Mr.  A.  F.  W.  Plumptre  1,  Mr.  R.  Saunders  1,  Mr.  B.  B.  Skey  1,  Professor 


76  University  of  Toronto 

G.  O.  Smith  1,  Professor  R.  B.  Thomson  1,  Professor  F.  H.  Walter  1,  Professor 
R.  K.  Young  1. 

The  Summer  Session  continues  to  grow  each  year.  There  are  three  types  of 
teachers  who  take  advantage  of  it  (a)  those  who  are  proceeding  to  the  degree  of 
bachelor  of  arts  (b)  those  who  are  taking  courses  in  pedagogy  and  (c)  those  who 
are  taking  instruction  in  honour  subjects  in  order  that  they  may  become  Special- 
ists. All  teachers  who  live  close  enough  to  the  University  to  take  advantage 
of  the  Teachers'  Classes  which  are  held  in  the  evenings  and  on  Saturdays  prefer 
this  plan  to  the  Summer  Session. 

This  session  47  Evening  Classes  were  conducted  with  an  enrolment  of  over 
2200.  These  classes  offer  a  wonderful  opportunity  to  the  general  public  to 
obtain  education  for  its  own  sake  without  examination,  certificate,  or  diploma 
and  it  is  remarkable  how  popular  these  classes  continue  to  be.  Students  enrolled 
in  outside  organisations,  such  as  the  Canadian  Credit  Institute,  the  Chartered 
Institute  of  Secretaries,  the  Association  of  Accountants  and  Auditors,  the 
General  Accountants  Association,  and  the  Canadian  Society  of  Cost  Accountants, 
find  these  classes  very  helpful  to  them  in  preparing  for  the  examinations  set  by 
their  own  organisations.  The  largest  Evening  Class  was  that  in  English  Fiction 
which  had  an  enrolment  of  over  160  with  almost  a  complete  attendance  every 
evening  throughout  the  session. 

The  Workers'  Educational  Association  developed  greatly  during  the  session. 
31  classes  were  held  in  Belleville,  Brantford,  Brockville,  Gait,  Hamilton,  Kingston, 
Kitchener,  London,  Peterborough,  St.  Catharines,  Stratford,  Toronto,  Windsor, 
and  Woodstock  with  a  total  enrolment  of  1088.  This  is  a  large  increase  over 
last  year.  An  interesting  innovation  in  this  work  was  the  supplying  of  a  lecturer 
who  went  to  the  Labour  Temple  in  Toronto  each  Saturday  morning  and  delivered 
a  lecture  on  economics  to  a  group  of  more  than  150  unemployed  men.  These 
Saturday  lectures  were  always  followed  by  an  animated  discussion  and  the 
unemployed  who  attended  were  able  to  add  greatly  to  their  store  of  knowledge. 

The  courses  in  Occupational  Therapy  and  in  Physiotherapy  were  carried 
on  as  in  previous  years  but  it  has  been  decided  that  no  instruction  of  the  first  year 
will  be  offered  in  these  courses  next  year  because  it  was  thought  that  the  numbers 
applying  might  not  be  large  in  the  first  year  with  the  higher  entrance  require- 
ments. The  course  in  Teaching  and  Administration  for  Graduate  Nurses  had 
its  full  quota  of  students,  nearly  all  of  whom  were  successful  in  the  examinations. 

During  the  Summer  Session  a  course  was  given  for  Institutional  Workers 
who  are  interested  in  Child  Welfare.  Courses  for  Visiting  Housekeepers  and  for 
Public  Health  Nurses  were  also  held. 

An  innovation  this  year  was  the  establishment  of  two  Farmers'*  Classes. 
Two  groups  of  farmers,  one  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Aurora  and  the  other  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Sharon,  asked  that  they  might  have  classes  in  economics  on 
the  same  terms  as  members  of  the  Workers'  Educational  Association.  To  this 
the  Board  of  Governors  agreed  and  more  than  100  farmers  attended  faithfully 
and  learned  a  good  deal  that  was  new  to  them. 

This  has  been  the  greatest  year  in  the  history  of  the  department  of  university 
extension,  both  in  the  number  enrolled  and  in  the  variety  of  services  rendered. 
Great  care  is  taken  to  see  that  nothing  is  attempted  that  does  not  properly  come 
within  the  university's  sphere  and  that  no  instruction  is  offered  which  overlaps 
in  any  way  instruction  available  in  other  public  institutions. 

A  somewhat  nqvel  experiment  was  the  use  of  the  radio  this  session.  A  strong 
committee,  under  the  chairmanship  of  Provost  F.  H.  Cosgrave  of  Trinity  College, 
was  appointed  by  the  Senate  and  this  committee  drew  up  a  list  of  40  lectures 
arranged  in  series.  Hart  House  Theatre  fitted  up  an  excellent  radio  studio  and 
the  work  of  broadcasting  commenced  in  January.  This  was  made  possible 
through  the  kindness  of  Station  C.F.R.B.,  whose  studio  manager,  Mr.  Charles 
Shearer,  offered  the  facilities  of  the  station  free  of  charge.  The  response  to  these 
lectures  were  gratifying;  it  exceeded  the  expectations  of  all  concerned.     More 


President's  Report  77 

than  1000  letters  were  received  from  all  parts  of  Ontario  and  from  several  other 
provinces  as  well  as  from  parts  of  the  United  States.  The  writers  of  many  of 
these  letters  stated  very  emphatically  that  the  services  rendered  by  the  University 
of  Toronto  in  this  way  constituted  the  best  material  they  had  heard  over  the 
radio.  It  is  hoped  that  it  will  be  possible  to  continue  the  broadcasting  of  lectures 
next  session. 

Pamphlets  and  bulletins  have  been  printed  as  usual  and  distributed  widely. 
No  phase  of  university  publicity  has  been  neglected  and,  when  the  amount  of 
notice  the  University  of  Toronto  receives  everywhere  to-day  is  compared  with 
the  space  given  to  it  a  few  years  ago  in  newspapers  and  periodicals,  the  improve- 
ment is  very  noticeable.  Not  only  does  the  university's  name  and  work  appear 
daily  in  the  newspapers  throughout  the  Dominion  and  weekly  and  monthly  in 
other  periodicals,  but  Sound  Motion  Pictures  of  its  more  spectacular  activities 
are  shown  to  the  public  in  theatres  over  the  whole  continent. 

(15)  REPORT  OF  THE   DIRECTOR  OF  THE   DEPARTMENT  OF 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

{Professor  E.  J.  Urwick) 

Two  years  ago  the  students  proceeding  to  the  diploma  in  Social  Science 
numbered  37.  This  year  they  have  numbered  95.  The  increase  is  due  in  part 
to  the  peculiar  circumstances  of  to-day.  Opportunities  for  employment  have 
shrunk  generally.  But  social  work  has  continued  to  expand,  and  the  expansion 
has  of  course  brought  an  increased  demand  for  efficient  workers.  It  is  natural, 
therefore,  that  the  attention  of  young  people,  and  especially  of  those  who  have 
just  graduated  from  a  university,  should  have  been  turned  to  the  opportunities 
offered  in  this  field;  and  this  natural  tendency  was  re-inforced,  particularly  in 
1930  and  1931,  by  the  urgent  pleas  of  many  representatives  of  social  agencies  that 
our  University  should  make  special  efforts  to  extend  the  facilities  for  the  training 
of  promising  students  to  the  greatest  extent  possible.  The  result  has  been,  not 
only  a  remarkable  increase  of  numbers,  but  an  equally  marked  increase  of  vitality 
in  the  work  of  the  department,  due  in  great  measure  to  the  quality  of  the  students 
themselves,  more  than  a  third  of  whom  are  now  university  graduates. 

The  experience  of  the  past  year,  however,  has  indicated  that  the  department's 
growth  may  have  been  too  rapid.  On  the  one  hand,  the  undoubted  need  for 
more  trained  workers  has  not  yet  become  an  effective  demand:  public  and 
private  agencies  alike  need  the  additional  workers,  but  cannot  for  the  moment 
pay  for  them.  On  the  other  hand,  the  staff  and  equipment  of  the  department 
itself  have  not  been  enlarged  to  meet  the  larger  number  of  students:  it  has  not 
been  easy  to  give  to  the  students  the  attention  and  guidance  which  they  require 
when  entering  a  new  and  very  wide  field  of  study.  For  these  reasons  the  Senate 
has  approved  a  recommendation  to  limit  the  total  number  of  students  to  80 
during  the  coming  year. 

In  spite  of  the  difficulties  referred  to,  the  work  of  the  students  in  the  depart- 
ment has  reached  a  standard  higher  perhaps  than  in  any  previous  year.  They 
have  shown  quite  remarkable  initiation  in  the  organisation  of  their  own  studies, 
aided  by  a  spirit  of  co-operation  which  has  enabled  all  to  gain  by  the  researches 
of  each.  And,  despite  the  ever-growing  claims  of  their  duties,  the  leading 
workers  in  the  field  of  social  welfare  have  given  greater  help  than  ever  in  con- 
nection with  the  practical  training  of  the  students. 

(16)  REPORT  OF  THE   DIRECTOR    OF  THE   DEPARTMENT  OF 

PUBLIC  HEALTH  NURSING 

(Miss  E.  K.  Russell) 

During  the  past  year  there  has  been  continued  discussion  of  the  plans  for 
the  re-organisation  of  the  work  of  this  department,  and,  just  at  the  close  of  the 


78  University  of  Toronto 

year,  these  plans  appear  to  have  arrived  at  a  satisfactory  stage  for  immediate 
development.  It  has  always  seemed  to  us  that  it  is  the  special  responsibility 
of  this  department  to  make  careful  study  or  research  into  the  whole  matter  of 
the  education  and  training  of  the  public  health  nurse  but  we  have  been  handi- 
capped so  far  in  our  efforts  because  of  the  limitations  which  have  been  set  upon 
our  work.  This  professional  training  of  the  public  health  nurse  has  been  divided 
into  two  distinct  parts,  obtainable  only  by  attendance  in  two  distinct  schools. 
In  the  new  school  which  we  now  propose  to  organise,  we  shall  be,  for  the  first 
time,  in  a  position  to  control  the  full  professional  training  of  our  students. 

This  year's  work  has  been  unusually  interesting  owing  to  the  publication 
of  a  much  needed  document.  I  refer  to  the  Report  of  a  Survey  of  Nursing  Educa- 
tion in  Canada.  This  survey  was  undertaken  as  a  joint  enterprise  of  the  Canadian 
Medical  Association  and  the  Canadian  Nurses'  Association  and  the  survey  was 
made,  and  the  report  written,  by  Mr.  G.  M.  Weir,  professor  of  education  at  the 
University  of  British  Columbia.  The  report  contains  an  amazing  amount  of 
reliable  and  valuable  information.  All  of  this  is  of  very  direct  importance  to 
every  nursing  school  in  Canada,  including,  necessarily,  this  department  (or 
school)  of  ours.  The  two  members  of  our  small  teaching  staff  have  been  fully 
engaged  in  the  matter  of  this  survey  for  some  two  years  past  and  Miss  Emory, 
as  President  of  the  Canadian  Nurses'  Association,  had  the  pleasure  of  presenting 
the  re7port  to  the  members  of  the  association  at  their  biennial  meeting  held  in 
St.  John,  June  20th  to  25th.  There  has  been  widespread  dissatisfaction  con- 
cerning the  present  condition  and  circumstances  of  nursing  schools  and  the 
Survey  Report  furnishes  the  necessary  evidence  to  encourage  a  general  move- 
ment toward  change.  It  is  most  opportune  that  our  own  special  plans  for 
experimental  work  in  the  training  of  the  public  health  nurse  should  be  put  forth 
just  at  the  present  moment;  it  is  probable  that  much  more  sympathy  and  under- 
standing will  be  accorded  our  work  than  would  have  been  possible  even  a  short 
year  ago. 

During  the  past  year  44  students  have  been  enrolled  with  us,  working  toward 
either  the  certificate  or  the  diploma  of  the  department.  In  addition  some  200 
occasional  students  have  been  working  under  our  direction.  Again,  as  in  1930-31, 
the  director  of  this  department  has  given  oversight  to  the  course  for  Hospital 
Staff  Nurses,  working  for  this  purpose  with  the  director  of  the  department  of 
university  extension.  The  20  students  enrolled  in  this  course  were  registered 
in  the  extension  department.  It  is  most  encouraging  to  report  that,  in  all 
courses,  we  have  been  able  to  enrol  students  with  a  higher  educational  standing 
than  in  any  of  the  past  years. 

During  the  year  we  have  received  and  planned  work  for  visiting  nurses  from 
several  countries  including  Austria,  Italy,  Syria,  Scotland,  France,  Switzerland, 
China  and  the  United  States. 

In  May  a  brief  refresher  course  was  given  at  the  request  of,  and  with  the  co- 
operation of,  the  Ontario  Department  of  Health.  For  this  course  a  group  of  67 
students  assembled  from  the  various  parts  of  the  Province. 

(17)  REPORT  OF  THE   DEPARTMENT  OF  MILITARY  STUDIES 

(Brig. -Gen.  G.  S.  Cartwright,  Director) 

The  enrolment  was  higher  than  in  previous  years  and  was  as  follows: — 

Military  Studies,— I  and  II  Years 47 

III  Year 15 

IV  "       12 

Special  Classes, — 

For  certificates  "A"  &  "B"  Infantry 87 

"A"  Artillery 15 

"A"  Medical 21 

197 


President's  Report  79 

In  the  War  Office  examinations  held  in  March  and  November,  1931,  2  "A", 
Artillery,  21  "A"  Infantry  and  12  "B"  Infantry,  O.T.C.  certificates  were  obtained 
and  on  the  7th  &  8th  March,  1932,  the  number  of  candidates  writing  for  War 
Office    (O.T.C.)    certificates   were: — 

"A".  Artillery 8 

"A",  Infantry 47 

"B",  Infantry 13 

"A",  Medical 11 

79 

The  results  of  this  examination  have  not  yet  been  published. 

I  have  been  very  satisfied  with  the  keenness  shown  in  the  classes,  as  all 
worked  well. 

Owing  to  the  reductions  in  the  Militia  training  vote  this  year,  no  students 
have  been  accepted  for  Air  Force  training  nor  have  any  commissions  been 
offered  in  the  Permanent  Active  Militia. 


(18)  REPORT  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  HEALTH  SERVICE   (MEN) 

(George  D.  Porter,  M.B.,  Director) 
I. 

The  Report  for  this  year  shows  that  there  have  been, 

Examinations 

First      year  students 950 

Second     "  "        697 

Senior      "  "        363 

2010 

Re-examined  by  specialists 64 

Total 2074 

Results 

Those  found  fit  for  physical  training 95% 

Those  having  some  disability,  requiring  corrective  or  light  exercises      3% 
Those  unfit  for  physical  training 2% 

The  causes  of  unfitness  were  found  to  be, 

Heart  conditions 17 

Operations 8 

Pott's  disease,  etc 4 

Infantile  paralysis 3 

Chest  trouble 3 

Ividney  trouble 2 

We  are  indebted  to  Prof.  V.  Harding,  professor  of  pathological  chemistry, 
and  Dr.  L.  Selby  for  their  interest  in  connection  with  the  urinalysis  of  students. 
This  year  they  initiated  at  the  Banting  Institute  special  re-examinations  of 
those  students  having  positive  sugar  tests,  thus  making  the  diagnosis  of  diabetes 
more  definite,  with  consequent  advantages  to  the  student. 

Illness  during  the  year. — We  have  had,  apart  from  the  very  widespread 
epidemic  of  the  "Flu",  which  was  of  a  comparatively  mild  type,  an  exceptionally 
healthful  year.  We  have  had  fewer  cases  of  infectious  diseases  amongst  the 
students  than  usual.  The  following  are  causes  of  absence  from  physical  training, 
for  varying  periods  of  from  one  day  to  a  whole  term. 


80  University  of  Toronto 

Colds 470             Lumbago 1 

Influenza 144              Malaise 2 

Bronchitis 7             General  Acne 1 

Pleurisy 1             Tic  douloureux 1 

Tonsillitis 14             Epistaxis 4 

Laryngitis 1  Skin  Diseases: 

Sinus  infections 7                 Furunculosis 16 

Local  infections 19                 Impetigo 3 

Dental  trouble 5                 Eczema 2 

Eye  trouble 7  - —       21 

Cardiac  trouble 8  Injuries: 

Kidney  trouble 2                 Fractures 10 

Neuralgia 2                 Dislocations 4 

Vincent's  Angina 1                 Sprains 116 

Scarlet  fever 2                 Cuts 4 

Measles 2                 Abrasions 14 

Shin,gles I                                                                    148 

Mastoid 2             Vaccinations 3 

Catarrhal  Jaundice 1             Operations 12 

Total 889 

The  corrective  classes  under  Mr.  Don.  Barton  have  108  men  enrolled,  and 
during  the  year  there  were  118  other  occasional  enrolments.  These  were  men 
temporarily  unfit  for  the  regular  physical  training  classes,  and  also  those  taking 
special  work  for  the  correction  of  such  defects  as  round  shoulders,  flat  feet,  and 
spinal  curvature. 


(18)  REPORT  OF  MEDICAL  ADVISER  OF  WOMEN 

{Dr.  Edith  Gordon) 
II. 

The  convenient  quarters  at  44  Hoskin  Ave.  have  made  the  Medical  Office 
a  centre  for  the  women  of  all  colleges,  faculties  and  departments.  The  rooms, 
while  small,  are  most  suitable  for  the  work  being  done,  and  offer  increased 
facilities  over  any  previous  location  of  the  office.  The  office  and  examining  room 
are  continually  rilled  with  students,  and  the  two  rest  rooms,  each  with  three 
cots,  have  been  used  a  great  deal.  A  small  room  which  had  been  used  previously 
as  a  dressing  room  for  the  students  of  the  corrective  classes,  was  turned  over  to 
the  department  of  anatomy  for  antropometric  studies.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that 
this  work  may  be  continued  next  year,  as  it  should  provide  very  interesting 
data  of  a  normal  group.  Even  the  attic  of  the  house  was  used.  One  room  in  it 
was  fitted  up  as  a  small  lecture  room  for  the  students  of  the  Diploma  in  Physical 
Education  course,  and  another  was  used  for  a  dressing  room. 

Physical  Examinations . — Physical  examinations  of  the  entering  students  in 
University  College,  the  faculties  of  medicine,  household  science,  applied  science 
and  dentistry  is  required.  In  addition,  many  of  the  students  from  the  other 
colleges  and  faculties  avail  themselves  of  the  opportunity  for  a  physical  examina- 
tion. All  students  participating  in  games  must  present  a  certificate  of  physical 
fitness  before  playing,  and  that  regulation  brings  in  another  large  group  for 
examination.  The  women  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Education  who  are  engaging 
in  the  physical  training  option  come  in  for  physical  examinations,  as  do  many 
from  the  other  options. 

Re-examinations  are  requested  from  time  to  time  of  the  students  who  have 
been  exempted  from  the  physical  training  requirement,  and  of  others  that  it 
seems  desirable  to  watch  carefully.  The  general  physical  condition  of  the 
students  is  excellent,  and  where  exemption  from  physical  training  is  given,  it  is 
usually  for  a  temporary  rather  than  a  permanent  disability.  Such  students  have 
been  required  to  observe  rest  periods  as  a  substitute  for  the  work  in  the  gymna- 
sium. 


President's  Report  81 

1 1  is  greatly  to  be  regretted  that  the  accommodation  for  the  students  needing 
corrective  and  remedial  exercises  is  so  limited,  and  that  larger  numbers  cannot 
be  taken  care  of.  Increased  facilities  for  physical  training  and  athletic  activities 
o\  all  kinds  is  the  crying  need  for  the  university  women. 

Compulsory  Physical  Examinations.  —Entering  women  students  of  University 
College,  faculties  oi  medicine,  household  science,  applied  science  and  dentistry. 173 

(.roup  I.     Students  able  to  participate  in  the  required  physical  training 83% 

Group  II.     Students  requiring  supervised  or  corrective  exercises 8% 

( '.roups  III.     Students  unable  to  participate  in  physical  training 9% 

Physical  Examinations,  1981-1982: 

University  College 200 

Victoria  College 68 

Trinity  College 25 

St .  Michael's  College 32 

Faculty  of  1  lousehoid  Science 38 

Faculty  of  Medicine 22 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Architecture 2 

Faculty  of  Dentistry 4 

Ontario  College  of  Education 130 

Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing 41 

Department  of  Occupational  Therapy 13 

Department  of  Physiotherapy 3 

Department  of  Social  Science 7 

Graduate  Students 14 

Occasional  and  Special  students 12 

Total 020 

Consultations. — Large  numbers  of  women  from  all  faculties,  colleges  and 
departments  come  into  the  medical  office  to  consult  with  the  medical  adviser 
regarding  health  problems  of  all  kinds.  Emergency  treatments  are  given,  and 
minor  ailments  cared  for.  The  students,  however,  are  advised  to  seek  treatment 
elsewhere  when  the  condition  is  seen  to  be  of  more  than  the  simplest  character. 
The  aim  of  the  medical  adviser  is  not  to  provide  treatment  for  conditions  that 
have  developed,  but  rather  to  help  the  students  avoid  illness  through  a  hygienic 
way  of  living. 

Vaccinations  are  performed  when  requested.  A  few  Shick  and  Dick  and 
Tuberculin  tests  are  made,  and  occasional  toxoid,  scarlet  fever  antitoxin,  and 
antityphoid  vaccine  administered. 

Lectures. — Three  health  talks  to  the  entering  students  were  given  early 
in  the  fall.  These  were  based  on  the  needs  of  the  women  as  revealed  through 
the  physical  examinations. 

Four  lectures  in  personal  hygiene  were  given  to  the  students  in  the  course 
in  public  health  nursing. 

In  the  four  year  course  leading  to  a  diploma  in  physical  education,  25  lectures 
in  personal  hygiene  and  first  aid  and  emergencies  were  given  to  the  students 
of  the  first  year;  15  lectures  in  first  aid  and  emergencies,  following  the  St.  John 
Ambulance  course,  were  given  to  the  second  year;  and  20  lectures  in  general 
hygiene  were  given  to  the  third  year. 

Infirmary  accommodation  in  the  University  College  Women's  Union  has 
been  increased  by  three  beds,  making  accommodation  for  eight  students.  The 
value  of  this  infirmary  was  more  than  recognised  during  the  epidemic  of  influenzal 
colds  in  February  and  March,  but  still  more  students  might  have  been  cared  for, 
had  there  been  more  room.  There  was  more  illness,  and  of  a  severer  character 
among  the  women  students  this  year  than  for  some  time.  There  were  several 
who  were  unable  to  return  to  college,  and  many  who  were  handicapped  in  the 
preparation  for  and  the  writing  of  their  examinations. 

The  work  of  the  medical  adviser  offers  few  spectacular  moments,  but 
continues  day  by  day  and  week  by  week  attempting  to  meet  the  physical  needs 
of   the  women   of  the   University.      There  are  gratifying  occasions  when   the 

6 


82  University  of  Toronto 

individual  student  demonstrates  unmistakeably  the  value  of  following  a  suggested 
hygienic  program.  There  are  many  days  when  the  routine  work  fills  every 
minute  and  one  wonders  at  closing  time  just  how  much  of  a  constructive  character 
has  been  accomplished.  There  is  the  moment  that  comes  once  or  twice  in  the 
year  when  a  sense  of  failure  settles  down  upon  one  in  realising  that  a  mistake 
has  been  made  either  in  method  or  in  diagnosis.  There  are  some  women  in  the 
University  who  seem  oblivious  to  the  benefits  that  might  accrue  to  them  through 
the  medical  office.  There  are  others  who  come  to  the  medical  adviser  as  a  last 
resort,  rather  than  applying  for  assistance  when  symptoms  first  appear.  There 
are  still  a  few  who  consider  the  work  of  the  medical  office  as  of  no  present  or 
future  value  to  them  personally.  The  attitude  of  the  students  as  a  whole, 
however,  is  of  appreciation  that  the  University  has  provided  for  them  the  means 
whereby  they  may  consult  regarding  health  problems,  and  find  guidance  in 
matters  affecting  their  physical  well-being.  These  students  come  yearly  for  a 
physical  examination.  They  endeavor  to  follow  the  program  for  daily  living 
outlined  for  them.  If  untoward  symptoms  appear  during  the  term,  they  report 
promptly  for  diagnosis.  If  they  have  been  ill  they  notify  the  medical  adviser, 
and  report  to  her  upon  their  return  to  college,  so  that  she  may  advise  as  to  whether 
they  can  return  to  physical  training  classes,  or  again  participate  in  sports.  The 
ten  years  since  the  office  was  established,  has  more  than  justified  its  existence, 
both  to  the  University  and  to  the  students.  With  the  present  equipment  and 
staff  it  is  impossible  to  plan  for  any  increase  in  the  extent  or  character  of  the 
work.  It  is  hoped,  however,  that  the  day  is  not  very  far  distant  when  all  the 
women  of  the  university  will  be  required  to  undergo  a  physical  examination 
upon  entrance;  that  physical  training  and  sports  will  be  available  for  all  able  to 
undertake  them;  and  that  corrective  and  remedial  work  will  be  provided  for, 
and  required  of  all  those  who  could  benefit  by  it. 

(18)  REPORT  ON  ATHLETICS  AND  PHYSICAL  TRAINING 

(T.  A.  Reed,  Secretary,  Athletic  Association) 
III. 
Compulsory  Physical  Training 

Men  students  enrolled  in  the  first  and  second  years 1,894 

From  third  and  fourth  years  (being  deficient  in  previous  years) 37 

From  Wycliffe  College 6 

T937 

Deduct  those  with  credit  for  two  years  physical  training  but  repeating  academic  work 180 

Deduct  those  exempted  on  medical  grounds 37 

Withdrawn  from  college  during  the  session 25 

242 

1,695 
These  1,695  elected  to  take  their  physical  training  as  follows: 

In  physical  training  classes 1,160 

In  the  Canadian  Officers'  Training  Corps 304 

In  the  corrective  classes 108 

In  the  following  Intercollegiate  and  Interfaculty  sports  (part  time): 

Football 205 

Soccer 58 

Track 22 

Harrier 13 

English  Rugby 22 

Basketball 99 

Hockey 77 

Indoor  Baseball 89 

Boxing,  Wrestling  and  Fencing 61 

Swimming  and  Water  Polo 86 

Rowing 14 

Gymnastics 21 

Not  registered  for  physical  training 43 

2,382 

Less  those  in  two  or  more  activities 687 

1.695 


eekly 

Total 

riods 

Classes  held 

7 

96 

4 

87 

8 

110 

3 

70 

4 

78 

20 

116 

4 

20 

13 

48 

3 

24 

46 

865 

19 

250 

5 

50 

12 

241 

13 

285 

President's  Report  83 

General  Physical  Training. — Under  this  heading  are  included  all  activities 
under  the  supervision  of  Mr.  Donald  M.  Barton,  chief  instructor,  and  his  assist- 
ants Mr.  J.  E.  McCutcheon,  Mr.  W.  H.  Martin  and  Mr.  W.  W.  Winterburn. 
The  report  of  the  instructors  indicates  a  very  busy  and  successful  year  in  the 
various  departments. 

The  compulsory  Physical  Training  dealt  with  in  the  preceding  paragraph 
required  48  weekly  periods  with  a  total  of  1103  classes.  Special  corrective  work 
was  provided  for  the  226  men  found  deficient  upon  medical  examination — 22 
periods  a  week  amounting  in  all  to  453  classes.  For  the  various  branches  of 
athletics,  including  men  of  all  years,  the  following  were  enrolled  for  all  or  a 
portion  of  the  session: 

Class  Enrolled 

Boxing 123 

Fencing 77 

Wrestling 87 

Gymnastics 43 

Track 85 

Interfaculty  Water  Polo 132 

Intercollegiate  Water  Polo 22 

Interfaculty  Swimming 61 

Intercollegiate  Swimming 20 

Basketball 279 

Indoor  Baseball 265 

Lacrosse 96 

Learn-to-Swim 172 

Life  Saving 174 

Special  mention  must  be  made  of  the  work  carried  on  in  connection  with 
the  Royal  Life  Saving  Society.  Altogether  252  awards  were  made  to  University 
of  Toronto  students  by  that  Society  and  among  the  first  year  men  145  were 
taught  to  swim. 

Intercollegiate  Athletics. — Competition  in  the  various  Intercollegiate  series 
resulted  in  a  good  record  for  the  University  of  Toronto  teams.  The  champion- 
ships won  were  as  follows:  Soccer,  Intermediate  Tennis,  Golf,  Rowing,  Senior 
Hockey,  Intermediate  Hockey  (Western  Division)  and  Water  Polo.  The  Rugby 
Team  of  the  University  of  Western  Ontario  won  the  Yates  Cup  emblematic  of 
Senior  Intercollegiate  Rugby  for  the  first  time  in  history  and  special  tribute  must 
be  paid  to  the  junior  members  of  the  Union  in  thus  outdistancing  its  older 
competitors.  Similarly,  the  University  of  Montreal  won  their  first  Intercollegiate 
championship,  the  Senior  Tennis.  Queen's  University  for  the  first  time  in  many 
years  won  the  "Tom  Gibson  Cup"  for  Senior  Boxing,  Wrestling  and  Fencing. 
Their  success  in  this  department  speaks  well  for  the  development  of  the  manly 
arts  of  boxing  and  wrestling  in  university  circles  producing  as  it  does  a  very  high 
standard  of  sportsmanship.  McGill  University  won  the  Junior  Rugby,  the 
Senior  Track,  English  Rugby,  Senior  Basketball,  Swimming  and  Diving  and  the 
Gymnastic  competition.  In  the  Harrier  competition  for  cross  country  running 
McGill  and  Toronto  tied  in  the  final  score.  Teams  were  also  placed  in  the 
Ontario  Rugby  Union  and  the  Ontario  Hockey  Association.  The  Senior  Hockey 
Team  made  its  annual  visit  to  the  States  to  play  with  Harvard,  Yale  and  Prince- 
ton. The  Senior  Wrestlers  travelled  to  the  University  of  Michigan  and  Michigan 
State  College  and  the  Boxers  visited  Harvard.  All  of  these  visits  across  the  line 
have  done  much  for  the  University  of  Toronto  and  the  creation  of  a  fine  inter- 
national  fraternal   spirit. 

Interfaculty  Athletics. — Competition  in  intramural  sports  as  usual  played  an 
important  part  in  university  athletics  there  being  1779  men  turning  out  on  the 
various  college  and  faculty  teams  to  compete  for  the  many  handsome  trophies 
which  have  been  donated  by  Alumni  and  friends  of  the  University. 


84  University  of  Toronto 

Series  Cup  Winner         No.  engaged 

Rugby Sir  William  Mulock  Cup Trinity 285  (12  teams) 

Track W.  L.  Rowell  Memorial  Cup Ap.  Sc 90 

Soccer Arts  Faculty  Cup Knox 149  (11  teams) 

Harrier J.  Brotherton  Cup Meds 80 

Hockey W.  T.  Jennings  Cup Dents 198  (15  teams) 

Basketball Hon.  Clifford  Sifton  Cup Sr.  Vic 228  (19  teams) 

Lacrosse Dr.  VV.  A.  Dafoe  Cup Victoria 135  (  8  teams) 

Boxing,  Wrestling  and  Fencing.  .Francis  Davidson  Cup Meds 59 

Indoor  Baseball A.  G.  Spalding  Cup Sr.  Vic 236  (16  teams) 

Swimming A.  M.  Fitzgerald  Cup Ap.  Sc 51     (6  teams) 

Water  Polo H.  P.  Eckardt  Cup Victoria 110  (10  teams) 

Indoor  Track Toronto  Cricket  Club  Cup Ap.  Sc 39 

Tennis F.  Y.  McEachren  Cup W.  M.  R.  Griffin 

(University  Champion)  Ap.  Sc.  IV 93 

Swimming B.  Durnan  Cup J.  P.  Hooper 

(University  Champion)  Ap.  Sc.  1 14 

Gymnastics H.  A.  Wilson  Cup Ap.  Sc 12 

1779 

The  Athletic  Directorate  for  1931-32  consisted  of  Professor  M.  A.  Mackenzie 
(President),  Professor  J.  F.  Macdonald,  Dr.  J.  A.  McCollum,  Dr.  W.  Easson 
Brown,  Messrs.  F.  G.  Christie,  J.  R.  Fitzpatrick,  J.  W.  Graham  (Vice-President), 
J.  D.  Keith,  R.  O.  Standish,  H.  A.  Williams,  M.  A.  Wilton  and,  ex-officio,  Dr. 
G.  D.  Porter,  medical  director,  and  T.  A.  Reed,  financial  secretary. 


(18)  REPORT  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  FOR  WOMEN  STUDENTS 

(/.  G.  Coventry,  Director  of  Physical  Education) 
IV. 

During  the  session  1931-32  there  were  223  women  students  enrolled  in  the 
physical  education  classes  and  approximately  836  class  periods  of  instruction 
given  by  the  physical  director  and  her  assistant. 

The  required  physical  training  class  with  an  enrolment  of  194  students  was 
subdivided  into  15  class  periods  a  week.  All  the  students  who  attended  regularly 
the  two  class  periods  a  week  during  the  year  tried  the  final  examinations  in 
general  gymnastics  and  corrective  exercises.  A  written  report  of  the  results 
of  these  examinations  was  sent  to  the  registrar.  It  is  satisfying  to  state  that  a 
very  small  percentage  failed  to  obtain  the  required  standing. 

The  students  from  University  College  numbered 174 

"     Faculty  of  Medicine 12 

"                                               "  Applied  Science 1 

"  Household  Science 7 

The  students  from  Trinity  College  numbered 0 

"     St.  Michael's  College 2 

"     Victoria  College 27 

Corrective  and  Remedial  Classes. — Additional  class  periods  of  corrective  and 
remedial  gymnastics  were  given  to  a  number  of  students  who  were  medically 
advised  to  take  this  special  course.  This  required  four  extra  class  periods  a  week 
under  personal  supervision.  This  essential  part  of  physical  training  was  con- 
ducted in  a  small  room  with  necessary  equipment  at  44  Hoskin  Ave.  Marked 
improvement  in  physical  disabilities  was  noted  and  reported  at  the  end  of  the 
session. 

Diploma  in  Physical  Education  (four  year  course). — There  were  25  students 
registered  in  the  four  year  course  in  physical  education.  These  students  attended 
regularly  the  six  required  periods  of  practice  and  theory  throughout  the  session. 


President's  Report  85 

An  interesting  and  gratifying  feature  in  connection  with  the  course  is  the 
fact  that  the  women  graduates  who  have  been  granted  diplomas  in  physical 
education  are  in  constant  demand  as  full  time  physical  directors  in  Collegiates, 
Technical  and  High  schools  in  Toronto  and  other  cities  of  Ontario. 

The  first  year  registration  was  small  this  year  in  the  new  course  as  outlined 
in  the  curriculum,  but  the  prospects  for  this  course  are  most  encouraging. 

Students  in  t he  first        >  ear  class  numbered 7 

"       second      "        "  "         8 

"      third        "        "  " 6 

fourth      "        "  "         4 

Swimming  and  Life  Saving. — There  are  280  students  from  all  colleges, 
faculties  and  departments  and  482  class  periods  of  instruction  was  given  during 
the  session  of  seven  months. 

Students  Irom  University  College 83 

Trinity  College 23 

"     St.  Michael's  College 3 

Victoria  College 108 

Faculty  of  Medicine G 

"  Household  Science 23 

Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing 11 

"  Social  Science 2 

Dental  Nurses 2 

Administrative  Staff 19 


(19)  REPORT  OF  THE  WARDEN  OF  HART  HOUSE 

(J.  B.  Bickersteth,  Esq.,  M.C.,  M.A.) 

General.— There  is  no  question  that  as  far  as  the  administration  of  Hart 
House  is  concerned  the  past  year  has  been  a  difficult  one.  The  financial  strin- 
gency in  which  many  of  the  undergraduates  and  senior  members  have  found 
themselves  has  resulted  in  reduced  revenue  from  every  department.  It  was  to 
be  expected  that  the  number  of  meals  in  the  Great  Hall  would  fall  off  somewhat 
and  this  has  been  the  case.  Except,  however,  in  this  one  department  the  use 
of  the  building  has  been  as  great  as  ever  and  all  the  varied  activities  of  Hart 
House,  such  as  music,  art,  debating,  the  theatre,  athletics,  faculty  and  college 
functions  and  the  wrork  of  the  Student  Christian  Association,  have  shown  no 
lack  of  vitality  but  rather  every  sign  of  development.  Under  the  circumstances 
it  is  satisfactory  to  be  able  to  report  that  there  has  been  only  a  small  decrease 
in  the  senior  membership.  The  total  membership  of  Hart  House  during  the 
academic  year  1931-1932  has  been  four  thousand  nine  hundred  and  twenty-seven 
made  up  as  follows:  three  thousand  nine  hundred  and  ninety-six  undergraduates 
and  nine  hundred  and  thirty-one  senior  members. 

An  important  structural  change  in  the  building  was  carried  out  during  the 
summer  of  1931.  A  large  rehearsal  room  and  additional  dressing-rooms  for  the 
theatre  were  made  possible  by  extensive  excavations  two  storeys  under  the 
Great  Hall  and  the  wardrobe  was  transferred  to  quarters  made  available  by  the 
same  method.  A  broadcasting  room  adjoining  the  rehearsal  room  was  also 
created  thus  making  possible  the  first  series  of  lectures  delivered  over  the  air 
under  the  auspices  of  the  University.  These  excavations  have  resulted  in  further 
accommodation  for  Hart  House  in  general,  the  old  wardrobe  having  been  made 
into. a  cloak-room,  the  former  cloak-room  providing  extra  accommodation  near 
the  shop  for  undergraduates.  During  the  summer  of  1932  further  excavations 
will  afford  enlarged  quarters  for  the  camera  rooms  which  have  become  totally 
inadequate  for  the  increasing  number  of  members  who  are  interested  in  photo- 
graphic work.    All  these  structural  additions  have  been  made  possible  by  generous 


86  University  of  Toronto 

grants  from  the  Massey  Foundation  to  the  trustees  of  which  Hart  House  expresses 
its  sincere  thanks. 

The  usual  social  functions  have  been  held  in  Hart  House  during  the  past 
winter  though  some  of  them  have  not  been  so  largely  attended  as  in  the  past 
owing  to  the  necessity  for  economy  on  the  part  of  members.  The  American 
Psychological  Association  held  a  conference  at  the  University  in  September  and 
the  delegates  made  use  of  the  Great  Hall  for  their  meals. 

The  annual  elections  for  Hart  House  committees  were  held  in  March  and 
the  interest  taken  in  them  by  undergraduates  was  shown  by  the  great  increase 
in  the  number  of  candidates.  As  many  as  one  hundred  and  thirty-seven  under- 
graduates stood  for  election  to  the  nine  standing  and  special  committees. 

Music. — The  Sunday  Evening  Concert  held  on  13th  March  was  the  eightieth 
in  the  series  and  concluded  the  first  ten  years  of  what  has  proved  to  be  one  of  the 
most  popular  musical  events  in  the  life  of  the  University.  When  the  first  two 
or  three  concerts  were  arranged  in  the  fall  of  1922  there  was  considerable  doubt 
as  to  whether  the  experiment  would  be  welcomed  and,  if  welcomed,  whether  it 
could  be  continued.  From  the  first,  however,  the  concerts  have  filled  the  Great 
Hall  and  since  that  time  have  had  an  uninterrupted  life.  That  this  has  been  so 
is  owing  to  the  unfailing  sympathy  and  practical  co-operation  of  the  musicians 
of  Toronto  to  whom  Hart  House  and  the  University  are  greatly  indebted.  They 
have  willingly  given  their  services  without  remuneration  realising  that  by  so 
doing  they  are  encouraging  the  appreciation  of  good  music  in  the  University. 
In  this  connection  Hart  House  owes  much  gratitude  to  Mr.  Campbell  Mclnnes 
who  not  only  was  most  helpful  in  his  suggestions  when  these  concerts  were  first 
planned  but  made  it  possible  to  inaugurate  the  series  by  his  willingness  to  be 
responsible  himself  for  several  of  the  concerts  if  any  difficulty  was  experienced 
in  securing  the  services  of  artists. 

Week  by  week  the  Friday  recitals  at  5  p.m.  have  attracted  to  the  music 
room  a  group  of  music-lovers,  one  of  the  outstanding  recitals  being  that  given 
by  the  Conservatory  String  Quartet  who  played  a  programme  of  seventeenth  and 
eighteenth  century  music  using  the  magnificent  consort  of  viols  of  which,  owing 
to  the  generosity  of  the  Massey  Foundation,  Hart  House  is  a  joint  owner  with 
certain  members  of  the  Arts  and  Letters  Club. 

The  songsters  under  Mr.  Campbell  Mclnnes  have  been  more  enthusiastically 
attended  than  ever.  Hart  House  is  building  up  a  really  valuable  collection  of 
slides  and  song  books  and  the  songsters  are  beginning  to  exercise  a  far-reaching 
influence  not  only  in  Toronto  but  farther  afield  as  is  proved  by  the  numerous 
occasions  when  social  and  religious  organisations  have  applied  for  the  use  of  the 
slides  and  have  requested  Mr.  Mclnnes  to  conduct  songsters  for  them  on  the 
Hart  House  plan. 

The  Friday  midday  sing  songs  conducted  by  Mr.  Ross  Workman  are  making 
the  best  type  of  songs  known  to  an  increasingly  large  number  of  undergraduates. 

Art. — For  some  years  past  the  small  room  adjoining  the  sketch  room  has 
been  used  for  exhibiting  reproductions  of  the  works  of  Old  Masters  and  the 
experiment  has  proved  so  successful  that  last  summer  this  room  was  fitted  up 
as  a  proper  gallery  and  was  renamed  the  print  room.  Exhibitions  have  been 
held  there  illustrating  early  and  late  Flemish  and  early  German  art  and  there 
was  also  a  series  showing  the  development  of  landscape  painting.  The  fortnightly 
exhibitions  in  the  sketch  room  have  included  among  others  the  annual  photo- 
graphic exhibition  arranged  by  the  Camera  Committee  of  Hart  House,  the  annual 
exhibition  of  work  by  members  of  Hart  House  and  a  number  of  "one-man"  shows 
by  Toronto  artists.  A  particularly  interesting  exhibition  of  English,  Chinese 
and  Russian  posters  took  place  in  the  spring.  The  weekly  art  classes  directed 
by  Mr.  H.  S.  Palmer  proved  so  popular  that  an  assistant  instructor  had  to  be 
engaged.  On  four  Wednesday  afternoons  before  Christmas  a  group  of  under- 
graduates met  Mr.  Arthur  Lismer  in  the  sketch  room  to  discuss  the  appreciation 
of  pictures  and  the  success  of  this  experiment  as  evidenced  by  an  average  attend- 


President's  Report  87 

ance  of  thirty  men  led  the  Sketch  Committee  to  arrange  a  further  series  in  the 
New  Year.  Hart  House  owes  Mr.  Lismer  sincere  thanks  for  his  invaluable 
assistance  in  this  respect.  The  proceeds  of  the  Masquerade  and  the  contributions 
of  the  Graduating  Year  were  again  used  to  make  additions  to  the  collection  of 
Canadian  pictures  gradually  being  formed  by  Hart  House.  A  valuable  series  of 
reproductions  of  Rembrandt  drawings  was  purchased  early  this  year  with  money 
available  from  the  Murray  and  Harold  Wrong  Memorial  Fund. 

Debates. — The  hrst  debate  in  the  fall  was  concerned  with  the  economic 
condition  of  Canada  and  attracted  about  four  hundred  and  fifty  men  to  the 
debates  room.  At  the  second  debate  a  resolution  dealing  with  Russia  was  hotly 
debated  five  hundred  men  being  crammed  into  the  debates  room  and  many 
being  turned  away.  The  January  debate  was  honoured  by  the  presence  of  the 
Prime  Minister  of  Ontario  who  remained  throughout  the  evening  and  spoke  to  a 
resolution  dealing  with  the  maintenance  of  peace.  The  Principal  of  Queen's 
University,  Dr.  \Y.  Hamilton  Fyfe,  spoke  at  the  debate  in  February  which  was 
on  university  education.  Other  hon.  visitors  on  this  occasion  were  under- 
graduates from  McGill,  Queen's  and  Rochester.  Never  has  the  interest  in 
Hart  House  debates  been  more  marked  than  was  the  case  this  winter,  and  there 
is  ample  proof  that  debating  as  it  has  developed  in  Hart  House  during  the  last 
eight  years  has  done  and  is  doing  much  to  encourage  a  genuine  interest  among 
the  undergraduate  body  in  public  affairs.  Mr.  J.  L.  Stewart  (IV  Trinity)  acted 
as  Speaker  at  the  debates  and  the  tradition  of  an  undergraduate  acting  in  this 
capacity  may  now  be  considered  established. 

Student  Christian  Association. — The  religious  life  of  Hart  House  has  devel- 
oped under  the  able  guidance  of  the  Rev.  L.  A.  Dixon  who  took  over  his  new 
duties  at  the  beginning  of  the  academic  year.  There  were  two  series  of  addresses 
one  in  November  and  the  other  in  February.  The  subject  in  November  was 
"The  Christian  approach  to  our  present  social  disorder" :  the  subject  in  February 
was  "The  place  of  authority  in  religion".  These  addresses  given  by  professors 
and  prominent  clergy  were  held  in  the  music  room  and  attracted  a  large  attend- 
ance of  students.  Prayers  were  conducted  at  midday  in  Hart  House  Chapel 
during  the  greater  part  of  the  year  and  a  course  of  addresses  were  given  in  Advent 
and  Lent.  The  Holy  Communion  was  celebrated  on  the  third  Sunday  in  each 
month  when  the  Chapel  was  well  filled.  There  were  fourteen  study  groups  in 
which  two  hundred  and  fifty  men  were  enrolled,  those  for  undergraduates  in 
University  College,  the  Faculty  of  Medicine,  the  Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and 
Engineering  and  the  Faculty  of  Dentistry  being  held  in  Hart  House.  The  S.C.A. 
library  in  Hart  House  was  extensively  used  and  at  the  beginning  of  term  a  book 
exchange  was  operated  for  the  benefit  of  undergraduates  the  turn-over  in  books 
sold  being  greater  than  ever  before. 

Theatre. — Hart  House  theatre  controlled  by  the  Syndics  has  had  a  very 
active  year  under  the  Director,  Mr.  Edgar  Stone.  The  following  plays  have  been 
produced  in  the  regular  Hart  House  series:  "Liliom"  (October),  "The  Bright 
Island"  (November),  "Brer  Rabbit"  (December),  "The  Barber  of  Seville" 
(January),  "Faust"  (February)  and  "Pompey  the  Great"  (March).  The  various 
college  and  faculty  dramatic  societies  also  made  use  of  the  theatre  "Much  Ado 
about  Nothing"  being  played  in  modern  dress  by  the  Trinity  College  Dramatic 
Society  and  "Patience"  by  the  Victoria  College  Music  Club.  As  well  as  these 
the  annual  Faculty  of  Dentistry  play,  the  annual  review  of  the  Faculty  of 
Medicine  and  many  other  plays  by  various  societies  and  organisations  were 
produced.  In  addition  five  programmes  were  given  in  the  theatre  by  the  Hart 
House  String  Quartet  and  five  plays  by  the  Hart  House  Children's  Players  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Toronto  Kindergarten  Teachers'  Association. 

Administrative  Staff. — The  end  of  this  year  has  brought  several  changes  in 
the  staff.  Mr.  J.  R.  Johnston  has  decided  to  spend  some  time  as  a  student  at 
the  London  School  of  Economics.  During  the  three  years  he  has  been  on  the 
administrative  staff,  first  as  assistant  secretarv  and  then  as  secretarv  of  Hart 


88  University  of  Toronto 

House,  he  has  served  all  members  of  Hart  House  with  enthusiasm  and  devotion 
and  has  given  special  attention  to  the  interests  of  senior  members  of  Hart  House 
by  whom  he  will  be  greatly  missed.  Mr.  C.  R.  Delafield,  who  has  been  appointed 
to  succeed  Mr.  Johnston  as  secretary,  is  a  University  College  man  having  taken 
his  degree  in  1930.     He  takes  over  his  new  post  in  the  middle  of  July. 

Mr.  E.  D.  Fennell  has  decided  to  enter  the  teaching  profession  and  goes  to 
the  Ontario  College  of  Education  in  the  fall.  As  assistant  secretary  of  Hart 
House  for  the  past  two  years  he  has  done  valuable  work  and  his  departure  is 
greatly  regretted.  Mr.  D.  L.  Emond,  who  has  been  on  the  staff  of  Hart  House 
for  over  five  years,  has  been  appointed  to  succeed  Mr.  Fennell. 

The  Superintendent  of  the  Great  Hall,  Mr.  A.  Gunn,  having  decided  to  go 
into  business  for  himself,  resigned  his  position  in  Hart  House  at  the  end  of  the 
year.  Mr.  Gunn  has  been  on  the  staff  of  Hart  House  for  five  and  a  half  years 
and  for  the  past  three  years  has  been  in  charge  of  the  Great  Hall,  the  dining- 
rooms  and  the  kitchen  department.  Throughout  this  period  he  has  done 
excellent  work  and  as  superintendent  has  filled  a  difficult  position  with  great 
ability.  Mr.  J.  A.  Bartholomew  has  been  appointed  as  superintendent  in  his 
place. 

Visitors. — On  11th  February  Their  Excellencies  the  Governor-General  and 
the  Countess  of  Bessborough  paid  an  official  visit  to  Hart  House,  made  a  tour 
of  the  building  and  met  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Stewards.  On  2nd  April 
the  Governor-General  was  present  at  the  performance  of  "Pompey  the  Great" 
in  Hart  House  theatre.  Besides  these  two  visits  Lord  Bessborough  has  visited 
Hart  House  informally  on  several  occasions.  Among  other  visitors  to  the  House 
during  the  year  were  Dr.  Toyohiko  Kagawa  (Japan),  Mr.  Rallia  Ram  (India), 
Dr.  T.  Z.  Koo  (China),  the  Rev.  Stacy  Waddy,  Professor  L.  P.  Jacks,  Sir  Francis 
Goodenough,  Mr.  George  Pilcher  (Royal  Empire  Society),  Herr  Ernst  Jackh 
(Germany),  Mr.  Bertrand  Russell,  Lord  Ashfield,  Mr.  Beaudry  Leman,  Mr. 
Yusuf  Ali,  Professor  von  der  Leyen,  Professor  H.  H.  Plaskett,  Sir  William  Craigie, 
Dr.  J.  T.  Shotwell,  Mr.  H.  E.  Rubie  (Anglo-Canadian  Education  Committee), 
Sir  Henry  Lawrence,  Mr.  Percy  Grainger,  Lord  Irwin,  Mr.  Henry  Morris, 
Mr.  M.  C.  Botha,  Dr.  R.  B.  Harshe  (Art  Institute  of  Chicago)  and  Dr.  A.  C. 
Seward.  Hardly  a  day  passes  without  the  arrival  of  visitors  who  ask  to  be  shown 
the  building  and  written  requests  for  information  about  the  life  of  Hart  House 
are  frequently  received. 


(20)  REPORT  OF  THE  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  CONNAUGHT 

LABORATORIES 

(/.  G.  FitzGerald,  M.D.,  LL.D.) 

This  is  the  eighteenth  report  of  the  Director  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories 
and  consists  of  a  survey  of  some  of  the  major  undertakings  of  the  laboratories 
for  the  year  ended  June  30th,  1932. 

In  the  report  of  last  year  reference  was  made  to  the  plan  for  the  extension 
of  the  hygiene  building.  These  extensions  have  been  achieved  first  by  adding 
an  addition  to  the  south  wing  to  provide  greatly  increased  quarters  for  the  work 
of  insulin  and  liver  extract  production.  Facilities  have  also  been  provided  in 
this  new  unit  for  undertakings  of  a  similar  character  which  it  may  be  desirable  to 
initiate  at  some  future  time.  This  south  wing  extension  consists  of  three  floors 
38'  x  33'  in  dimension  (frontage  of  33'  facing  College  Street).  It  was  completed 
during  the  current  year  and  is  now  occupied.  The  new  quarters  with  latest  and 
most  modern  equipment  have  greatly  increased  the  efficiency  with  which  the 
work  of  insulin  and  liver  extract  preparation  can  be  carried  on.  The  cost  of  this 
undertaking,  including  the  purchase  of  apparatus,  greatly  exceeded  the  estimate 
indicated  in  the  report  of  last  year.     Actually,  eighty-five  thousand  dollars  has 


President's  Report  89 

been  spent  for  this  purpose  and  this  very  substantial  investment  was  made 
possible  by  drawing  upon  the  Connaught  Laboratories  surplus  funds.  A  new 
direct  entrance  to  this  production  section  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories  from 
College  Street,  by  means  of  a  driveway  to  the  east,  adds  greatly  to  the  convenience 
of  this  portion  of  the  building  to  and  from  which  there  is  a  very  large  volume  of 
motor  traffic.  Suitable  entrance  pillars  have  been  designed  by  Messrs.  Mathers 
and  Haldenby,  architects  of  the  hygiene  building  and  of  the  new  botany  building. 
In  this  way  it  has  been  possible  to  relate  the  extended  east  wing  of  the  hygiene 
building  and  the  new  green  houses  of  the  botany  building  in  an  artistic  and 
satisfactory  manner. 

Secondly,  the  north  extension  which  has  been  in  progress  of  erection  since 
December  L931,  will,  it  is  anticipated,  be  completed  and  ready  for  occupancy 
toward  the  end  of  the  present  summer.  Further  reference  will  be  made  to  this 
new  development  in  a  subsequent  report. 

The  present  year  has  been  exceedingly  interesting  and  most  active  from  the 
point  of  view  of  investigation.  This  function,  as  has  been  so  frequently  reiterated 
is  the  first  purpose  for  which  the  Connaught  Laboratories  were  established. 
Additions  to  the  staff,  extension  in  the  scope  of  various  research  projects,  the 
completion  of  undertakings  initiated  during  the  past  two  or  three  years  have 
marked  the  passage  of  1931-32.  The  usual  series  of  publications  which  it  has 
been  customary  in  recent  years  to  present  to  Section  V  of  the  Royal  Society  of 
Canada,  this  year  numbered  fifteen.  As  in  the  past  there  will  be  found  in  the 
appendix  to  this  volume  a  list  of  scientific  communications  by  members  of  the 
staff  of  the  School  of  Hygiene  and  Connaught  Laboratories  completed  during 
1931-32. 

It  is  impossible  in  a  brief  review  of  this  character  to  deal  at  length  with 
many  of  the  undertakings  which  have  been  carried  on  but  brief  mention  should 
be  made  of  the  exceedingly  interesting  contributions  of  two  new  members  of  the 
staff  of  the  laboratories,  namely,  Doctor  James  Craigie  and  Doctor  C.  E.  Dolman. 
Doctor  Craigie  has  come  to  this  University  from  the  University  of  St.  Andrew's 
and  has  continued  the  work  which  he  there  began  on  the  flocculation  reaction 
of  variola  and  vaccinia  viruses  and  more  recently  has  substantially  extended  our 
knowledge  of  the  elementary  bodies  in  vaccinia  virus.  Doctor  Dolman's 
investigations  have  had  to  do  with  staphylococcus  aureus  toxin,  antitoxin  and 
toxoid.  The  director  and  Doctor  D.  T.  Fraser  have  continued  their  studies  in 
diphtheria  immunity.  Doctor  Fraser  has  also  directed  the  interesting  work 
which  Doctor  E.  W.  Mader  and  Miss  K.  Halpern  have  continued  with  strains  of 
C.  diphtheriae  isolated  from  cases  and  carriers  of  that  disease.  Doctor  M.  H. 
Brown  and  the  director,  writh  the  very  kind  collaboration  of  Doctor  Harold 
Hibbert  of  the  department  of  cellulose  chemistry  of  McGill  University,  have  been 
carrying  on  immunity  studies  with  certain  complex  carbohydrates  provided  by 
Doctor  Hibbert.  Doctor  Brown  and  Miss  Anderson  have  extended  their 
investigations  of  pneumococci  found  in  the  respiratory  tract  of  healthy  persons 
during  the  winter  months.  Doctor  Brown  and  Mr.  William  Knowles  have 
elaborated  a  new  method  for  the  concentration  of  anti-pneumococcic  serum. 
Doctor  Frieda  Fraser,  Miss  Mary  Ross  and  Miss  H.  C.  Plummer  have  continued 
their  studies  of  scarlet  fever  toxin.  Doctor  Defries  and  Doctor  McKinnon  have 
made  further  contributions  in  their  virus  studies.  Doctor  D.  A.  Scott  and  Mr. 
Arthur  Charles  have  carried  out  some  very  interesting  work  with  crystalline 
insulin.  Doctor  P.  J.  Moloney  with  Doctor  Edith  Taylor  and  Miss  D.  Smith 
have  continued  their  investigations  in  the  field  of  immuno-chemistry.  Doctor 
Moloney  has  obtained  some  exceedingly  interesting  results,  in  collaboration  with 
Doctor  Taylor,  which  are  to  be  presented  at  the  colloid  symposium  later  in  the 
present  month.  Doctor  Best,  Doctor  McHenry  and  Miss  Gavin  have  continued 
their  histaminase  work  and  have  added  substantially  to  our  knowledge  of  this 
interesting  new  enzyme.  Doctor  D.  L.  MacLean  has  extended  still  further  his 
investigations  in  physiological  hygiene  in  the  very  complete  investigation  of  a 


90  University  of  Toronto 

group  of  members  of  the  scientific  and  administrative  staff  of  the  laboratories. 
Physical  examinations  have  been  supplemented  by  radiological  and  serological 
examinations  and  blood  chemistry  determinations  with  the  ascertainment  of 
basal  metabolic  rates  for  the  purpose  of  defining  more  exactly,  if  possible,  the 
boundaries  of  normal  physiological  functioning  in  such  a  group  of  persons.  At 
the  farm  section  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories  Doctor  Charles  Siebenman,  with 
the  assistance  of  Mrs.  Siebenman,  made  very  interesting  additions  to  our  know- 
ledge of  diphtheria  toxin  and  toxoid  and  has  evolved  a  novel  procedure  for  the 
concentration  of  this  latter  substance.  Doctor  Nelles  Silverthorne,  occupying 
the  post  of  senior  research  fellow,  in  association  with  the  director,  has  completed 
a  very  satisfactory  and  comprehensive  investigation  of  a  group  of  sporadic  cases 
of  meningococcic  meningitis.  During  the  course  of  these  studies  facts  of  interest 
from  a  bacteriological,  epidemiological  and  clinical  standpoint  were  elicited. 
Doctor  Silverthorne  is  on  leave  of  absence  from  the  Hospital  for  Sick  Children 
and,  in  addition,  under  Doctor  Donald  Fraser's  direction,  has  initiated  investiga- 
tions of  the  blood  of  persons  suffering  from  diphtheria  to  ascertain  the  content 
both  of  diphtheria  anti-toxin  and  toxin. 

This  general  outline  will  serve  the  purpose  of  indicating  the  general  scope 
and  character  of  the  investigations  in  the  field  of  bacteriology,  serology,  filtrable 
viruses,  immuno-chemistry,  epidemiology  and  statistics  which  have  claimed  the 
attention  of  members  of  the  staff  for  the  past  twelve  months. 

Reference  was  made  in  the  last  report  to  the  Connaught  Laboratories  Library 
This  now  consist  of  2,500  bound  volumes.  The  library  service  is  constantly 
being  extended  and  improved  and  is  of  the  very  greatest  possible  assistance  not 
only  to  those  engaged  in  research  in  the  laboratories  but  also  to  members  of 
many  other  departments  of  the  University  and  to  graduate  and  undergraduate 
students  in  medicine,  arts,  household  science,  etc. 

The  very  satisfactory  co-ordination  of  scientific  and  administrative  problems 
made  possible  by  the  effective  service  of  the  comptroller  and  his  staff  has  been 
note-worthy  during  the  present  year.  In  the  absence  of  this  the  very  large 
volume  of  work  and  the  great  variety  of  undertakings  for  which  members  of  the 
scientific  and  administrative  staffs  have  been  responsible  could  not  have  been 
carried  on. 

The  staff  of  the  Connaught  Laboratories  now  consists  of  156  persons. 
Reference  has  already  been  made  to  Doctor  Craigie  and  to  Doctor  Dolman 
(who  came  to  the  Connaught  Laboratories  from  the  Institute  of  Pathology, 
St.  Mary's  Hospital  Medical  School,  London),  who  have  recently  been  recruited. 
There  have  also  been  a  number  of  other  additions  to  the  ranks  of  research  and 
technical  assistants.  On  January  first,  1932,  Doctor  D.  T.  Fraser  and  Doctor 
C.  H.  Best  were  promoted  associate  directors  of  the  laboratories.  On  July  first 
Doctor  N.  E.  McKinnon  becomes  an  assistant  director  and  will  assume  charge 
of  the  farm  section  of  the  laboratories.  Mr.  M.  D.  Orr  has  been  given  an  appoint- 
ment as  research  chemist.  All  additions  to  and  resignations  from  and  other 
changes  in  the  staff  have  been  reported  from  time  to  time  to  the  Governors 
through  the  Connaught  Laboratories  Committee. 

The  public  service  work  during  the  year  has  been  in  volume  slightly  greater 
even  than  during  last  year  and  establishes  a  new  record.  The  products  distributed 
include: — diphtheria  antitoxin,  tetanus  antitoxin,  scarlet  fever  antitoxin,  anti- 
meningococcic serum,  concentrated  anti-pneumococcic  sera,  normal  horse  serum, 
diphtheria  toxoid,  Schick  test  outfits,  scarlet  fever  toxin  for  Dick  test,  scarlet 
fever  toxin  for  active  immunisation,  smallpox  vaccine,  typhoid  vaccine,  typhoid- 
paratyphoid  vaccine,  pertussis  vaccine,  tuberculin,  rabies  vaccine,  liver  extracts 
(pernicious  anaemia  fraction),  and  Insulin. 

It  is  again  possible  to  report  the  fact  that  the  laboratories  have  been  able 
to  prepare  a  large  volume  of  human  convalescent  serum  for  the  Department  of 
Health  of  Ontario  for  the  treatment  of  anterior-poliomyelitis.  Nearly  fifty 
monkeys  were  utilised  in  the  assay  of  this  serum  and  on  this  account  a  much 


President's  Report  91 

more  exact  knowledge  of  the  neutralising  power  of  the  serum  was  made  available 
to  those  responsible  for  its  distribution  and  its  use. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  countries  to  which  products  of  the  Laboratories 
have  been  sent  during  the  year: — Bermuda,  British  Guiana,  British  West  Indies 
(Barbados,  Jamaica,  St.  Kitts,  St.  Vincent,  Trinidad,  etc.),  Chile,  China,  Irish 
Free  State,  Japan,  Korea,  Newfoundland,  Roumania,  South  Africa,  Uruguay 
and  Venezuela.  These  are,  of  course,  in  addition  to  all  provinces  of  the  Dominion 
of  Canada  in  which,  as  in  previous  years,  biological  products  prepared  and 
distributed  by  the  Connaught  Laboratories  have  in  most  instances  been  employed 
exclusively. 

We  are  again  happy  to  have  received  visitors  from  many  countries.  Those 
visiting  the  Connaught  Laboratories  and  School  of  Hygiene  for  the  year  come 
from: — Bulgaria,  China,  England,  France,  India,  Italy,  Jugoslavia,  Manchuria, 
Spain  and  the  United  States  and  from  the  various  Canadian  provinces. 

Graduates  and  undergraduates  in  medicine  registered  in  the  D.P.H.  course 
and  in  the  fifth  and  sixth  years  have  had  opportunities  and  facilities  for  observing 
the  work  in  the  laboratories  which  is  of  interest  to  them  as  present  or  future 
medical  practitioners  and  public  health  workers. 

It  is  with  keen  regret  that  the  Director  and  staff  of  the  Connaught  Labora- 
tories realise  that  the  official  connection  which  for  eighteen  years  has  existed 
between  them  and  the  retiring  president  of  the  University,  Sir  Robert  Falconer, 
terminates  at  this  time.  The  advice,  assistance,  encouragement  and  support 
which,  upon  all  occasions,  Sir  Robert  has  so  generously  given  has  been  most 
sincerely  appreciated  and  is  hereby  acknowledged^. 

The  continued  interest  and  support  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Connaught 
Laboratories  Committee  of  the  Governors,  Colonel  A.  E.  Gooderham,  and  of  his 
colleagues  on  that  committee  is  gratefully  acknowledged. 

(21)  STATEMENT  REGARDING  THE  MUSEUM  OF   ARCHAEOLOGY 

{Professor  C.  T.  Currelly) 

Our  past  year  has  been  unique  in  the  annals  of  museums.  The  complete 
collection  has  been  packed  up,  moved,  and  stored  in  a  few  galleries  of  the  new 
wing;  and  this  has  been  done  with  workmen  at  large  in  the  building,  with  clouds 
of  builders'  dust,  and  generally  under  conditions  I  think  unknown  before.  It  will 
be  some  years  before  we  shall  be  quite  sure  how  much  risk  we  have  run  in  this 
way,  but  it  looks  at  present  as  if  by  a  series  of  miracles  we  have  escaped  serious 
damage.  The  museum  was  closed  on  the  first  of  March,  but  for  some  time  before 
that  was  in  a  state  of  considerable  turmoil  and  builders'  dust.  Naturally  the 
moving  dominated  all  other  work,  and  our  growth  was  by  no  means  as  great  as 
in  other  years. 

In  the  department  of  prehistorics,  we  received  a  number  of  early  bronze 
objects  from  Luristan  in  north-western  Persia.  These  filled  in  some  of  the  gaps 
in  our  small  collection.  From  the  British  School  of  Archaeology  in  Jerusalem 
we  received  a  very  good  collection  of  flint  implements  from  Mount  Carmel. 

The  Egyptian  department,  through  the  kindness  of  Sir  Robert  Mond  and 
the  Egypt  Exploration  Society,  received  a  fine  tombstone  of  the  god  Apis.  The 
stele  shows  the  Roman  Emperor  Augustus  as  King  of  Egypt  making  his  tribute 
to  the  god;  the  inscription  is  typical  of  the  period.  There  was  also  a  number  of 
small  objects,  all  excavated  by  the  officers  of  the  Egypt  Exploration  Society 
during  the  previous  winter. 

Professor  T.  J.  Meek  obtained  for  the  museum  a  most  interesting  collection 
of  objects  from  Mesopotamia,  the  majority  dating  from  approximately  1500  B.C. 
These  give  an  excellent  idea  of  the  fine  craftsmanship  of  the  ceramic  workers, 
and  show  that  they  were  well  acquainted  with  glazes  and  probably  with  enamels. 


92  University  of  Toronto 

Professor  Meek  obtained  a  few  bronze  plates  of  scale  armour,  a  number  of  terra- 
cotta figures,  and  a  few  objects  coming  down  as  late  as  the  Arab  conquest.  This 
makes  a  great  advance  in  our  small  Babylonian  collection.  We  also  obtained  by 
purchase  an  interesting  low  relief  of  the  type  found  at  Nineveh,  valuable  from 
the  standpoint  of  costume  and  equipment. 

The  classical  department  received  no  accessions  of  particular  importance. 

The  department  of  arms  and  armour  obtained  two  outstanding  objects, 
for  one  of  which  I  have  been  searching  for  over  twenty-five  years.  This  is  the 
famous  Scottish  claymore,  the  great  two-handed  sword  of  Henry  VIII's  time, 
a  weapon  commonly  talked  about  but  rarely  seen,  as  very  few  are  in  existence 
and  the  majority  of  people  confound  it  with  the  claybeg  or  broadsword  in  use 
in  the  17th  and  18th  centuries.  Our  claymore  belongs  to  the  early  16th  century 
and  is  in  remarkable  condition,  even  having  its  original  leather  grip  and  traces 
of  inlay  in  gold.  The  other  object  is  an  early  15th  century  basilard,  a  weapon 
carried  by  those  not  entitled  to  carry  a  sword,  longer  and  more  efficient  than  a 
dagger.     The  following  song  of  Henry  V's  time, 

There  is  no  man  worth  a  leke 
Be  he  sturdy,  be  he  meke 
But  he  bere  a  baselard, 

shows  that  this  weapon  was  common  in  mediaeval  times,  but  very  few  are  now 
in  existence  and  the  museum  is  fortunate  in  obtaining  the  one  illustrated  as 
typical  in  Sir  Guy  Laking's  standard  publication  on  arms  and  armour. 

Mr.  J.  S.  Smith  of  St.  Catharines  continued  adding  to  his  collection  of 
watches,  and  the  museum  suffered  a  severe  loss  in  his  death. 

The  Chinese  collection  obtained  a  long  and  important  series  from  a  great 
tomb  that  appears  to  be  royal  and  of  about  400  B.C.,  the  discovery  of  which 
constitutes  one  of  the  major  archaeological  finds  in  China  during  recent  years. 
The  drawing  is  particularly  fine  and  bold,  the  work  of  master  artists.  We  have 
now  obtained  so  much  from  this  tomb  that  it  will  require  a  gallery  to  itself. 
Through  Mrs.  H.  D.  Warren  we  received  three  exquisite  Sung  bowls.  Another 
acquisition  of  extreme  importance  in  the  history  of  work  is  a  well-constructed 
bronze  helmet  found  with  weapons  inscribed  with  the  name  of  the  brother  of  the 
first  Chou  emperor,  1053  B.C.  This  is  therefore  the  earliest  metal  helmet  known, 
and  may  show  that  China  already  exercised  a  strong  influence  over  Europe  at 
that  time,  for  the  Greek  helmet  shows  no  evolution  and  seems  to  have  arrived 
in  Greece  fully  developed.  Weapons,  jades,  primitive  potteries  make  up  the 
remainder  of  the  enormous  increase  to  our  Chinese  collection  this  year. 

Our  English  collection  made  a  marked  advance  through  the  gift  by  Mrs. 
W.  H.  Lytle  of  fifty-three  delft  chargers  from  the  collection  of  her  mother,  the 
late  Mrs.  A.  R.  Clarke.  I  was  told  in  England  that  there  were  no  finer  examples 
of  these  17th  and  early  18th  century  plates  than  those  in  the  possession  of  Mrs. 
Clarke,  and  these  fifty-three  give  us  a  practically  perfect  idea  of  the  development 
of  this  industry,  which  was  to  change  the  fortunes  of  England.  Nothing  ever 
happened  in  England  comparable  in  importance  to  the  development  of  the 
English  potteries,  and  the  Province  is  very  fortunate  in  having  received  a  col- 
lection illustrating  so  fully  the  different  steps  in  the  early  phase  of  this  great 
industry. 

Two  Mosu  books  from  further  China  were  added  to  the  department  of 
printing  and  the  book,  and  the  collection  of  postage  stamps  also  grew  steadily. 

The  textile  collection  received  some  twenty  examples  of  Peruvian  textiles 
of  the  7th  and  8th  centuries  A.D.,  very  beautiful  in  colour  and  design.  Two 
exquisite  pieces  of  lace  were  received  as  a  bequest  from  the  late  Mrs.  Robert  D. 
Mcintosh.  Colonel  J.  L.  Melville  presented  us  with  a  fine  18th  century  velvet 
suit,  and  a  very  good  example  of  Stuart  stump  work  was  acquired. 

The  most  dramatic  additions  to  the  ethnographical  collection  were  one  of  the 
early  whalebone  clubs  of  the  British  Columbia  Indians,  which  link  them  so 


President's  Report  93 

peculiarly  with  the  New  Zealand  peoples,  and  the  Park  Lawn  Cemetery  Com- 
pany's gift  of  a  human  shoulder  bone  in  which  a  flint  spearhead  wras  still  sticking. 
The  steady  increase  in  our  Ontario  collection  has  been  most  gratifying,  and  when 
it  is  possible  to  place  our  American  material  properly  on  view,  we  shall  have 
reason  to  be  very  well  pleased  indeed  with  the  growth  that  has  been  made. 

The  routine  work  of  the  museum  went  on  as  well  as  was  possible  under  the 
conditions  of  moving,  which  entailed  an  unusual  amount  of  labour  in  the  way 
of  casing,  mounting  and  care  of  the  objects,  and  which  kept  the  whole  staff  very 
constantly  on  the  qui  vive.  Approximately  10,200  objects  were  entered  in  the 
accession  catalogue  and  approximately  1,300  drawings  were  made  for  the  final 
catalogue. 

Miss  Home  continued  her  classes  and  lectures  till  the  museum  closed  on  the 
first  of  March.  Miss  Payne  successfully  handled  her  classes  in  the  museum  till 
the  same  date,  after  which  she  gave  her  lectures  in  the  schools,  using  lantern 
slides  of  the  objects;  though  not  entirely  satisfactory,  this  was  the  only  substitute 
feasible. 


(22)  STATEMENT   REGARDING   THE   BIOLOGICAL    MUSEUM   AND 
ROYAL  ONTARIO  MUSEUM  OF  ZOOLOGY 

{Professor  B.  A.  Bensley) 

Activity  during  the  year  was  chiefly  concentrated  upon  re-distribution  of 
the  collections  as  between  the  two  museums.  Both  the  exhibition  cases  of  the 
south  portion  of  the  biological  museum  and  practically  all  material  of  a  general 
taxonomic  nature,  including  former  exhibits,  were  put  in  readiness  for  transfer 
to  the  museum  of  zoology.  Similarly  in  the  Royal  Ontario  Museum  of  Zoology 
preparation  was  made  for  the  transfer  of  all  gallery,  workroom  and  office  fixtures, 
as  well  as  exhibition  and  reserve  collections  to  the  new  quarters  in  the  East  Wing 
of  the  building.  On  account  of  the  crowded  condition  of  the  old  gallery  few 
exhibits  were  added  during  the  year,  though  the  work  of  preparation,  as  well  as 
other  activities,  library,  catalogue,  field  work  and  investigation  proceeded  as 
usual. 

Some  of  the  more  important  donations  during  the  year  were  as  follows : 
Wallace  Havelock  Robb,  R.  R.   1,  Kingston — 11  Allan  Brooks  paintings; 

Lincoln's  sparrow;  bittern;  ferret;  2  salamanders. 
Sam  Waller,   Gypsumville,   Man. — 208  birds;  3  amphibians  and  reptiles; 
7  mammals;  70  bird  stomachs;  6  bird's  eggs;  1  nest;  3  bottles  stomachs; 
10  vials  spiders. 
Paul  Hahn,  8  Bloor  St.  E.,  Toronto — 3  passenger  pigeons;  beaver  skull; 

2  quail;  golden  plover;  screech  owl. 
A.  P.  Holden,  36  Rosedale  Rd.,  Toronto — Reel  of  motion  pictures  showing 

hummingbird's  nest. 
Jack   Miner,   Kingsville,  Ont. — 110  hawks;  22  owls;  pintail;  3  starlings; 
2  deermice;  9  whistling  swans;  goldeneye;  mallard;  3  mourning  doves; 
grackle;  Canada  goose. 
Miss  Prance  Dunn,  28  Halton  St.,  Toronto — Passenger  pigeon. 
Prof.  A.  F.  Coventry,  Dept.  of  Biology — 42  mice;  19  shrews;  20  squirrels; 
12  chipmunks;  3  lemmings;  3  hares;  1  weasel;  1  merganser;  3  amphibians 
and  reptiles;  specimen  of  mouse  work. 
Toronto   Parks   Department — 40  specimens   including   lion   and   lion   cub, 

kangaroo,  2  bears,  3  wolves,  emu,  hornbill,  flamingo,  swan,  etc. 
Other  donations  were  received  from: — Joseph  Anderson;  Wm.  Balon;  L.  H. 
Beamer;  C.  L.  W.  Bailey;  G.  S.  Bell;  G.  K.  Best;  H.  P.  Bingham;  J.  F.  Brimley. 
Hubert  H.  Brown;  Dr.  J.  A.  Campbell;  J.  A.  Caron;Miss  A.  Chorolsky;C.  H.  D; 


94  University  of  Toronto 

Clarke;  Lionel  Cochrane;  H.  O.  Cooper;  Murray  W.  Curtis;  Ethel  M.  Daintree; 
E.  Davis;  E.  M.  S.  Dale;  E.  J.  Deacon;  L.  S.  Dear;  Mrs.  Dobson;  Miss  P.  Dooley; 
John  S.  Eccles;  John  Edmonds;  W.  L.  Edmonds;  H.  Elkington;  F.  H.  Emery; 
A.  Murray  Fallis;  Louis  Fineberg;  J.  H.  Fleming;  Alex  Forbes;  Jackson  Foreman; 
Miss  J.  A.  Fraser;  Mrs.  Wm.  Freeland;  Cecil  Freeman;  Harold  Fulcher;  Harvey 
Giles;  Morris  M.  Green;  Emmanuel  Hahn;  Gustav  Hahn;  Dr.  Paul  Harrington; 
Stanley  Harrod;  C.  H.  Hartman;  A.  Higgs;  Frank  Hobbs;  C.  E.  Hope;  W.  E. 
Hurlburt;  R.  Ivor;  H.  Ivor;  Chas.  Kay;  Ross  J.  Kenner;  W.  J.  LeRay;  Ivan 
Kilpatrick;  R.  Lindsay;  A.  Macfarlane;  D.  A.  MacLulich;  Prof.  T.  F.  Mcllwraith; 
Capt.  Jno.  Mcintosh;  Miss  Lillian  McLean;  Alfred  Meade;  Orlie  Merritt;  Joseph 
Miller;  A.  Morgen;  Jas.  Mossop;  B.  K.  Mossop;  J.  Neal;  F.  Noden;  Peter 
O' Brian;  J.  P.  Oughton;  Bill  Packer;  H.  Pannel;  Leslie  Prince;  A.  L.  Pritchard; 
Kenneth  Racey;  N.  L.  Randall;  E.  V.  Rippon;  Jas.  Robertson,  Jr.;  J.  Rogerson; 
Keith  Russell;  R.J.  Rutter;  Mrs.  John  Scadding;  Robert  Scadding;  A.  H.  Shortt; 
Herbert  H.  Southam;  Dr.  Fred  Starr;  Dr.  F.  N.  G.  Starr;  L.  Sternberg;  Dr.  D.  A. 
Stewart;  J.  R.  Storr;  H.  P.  Stovell;  Edgar  Sullivan;  Hampton  W.  Swaine; 
A.  L.  K.  Switzer;  S.  L.  Thompson;  G.  C.  Toner;  Toronto  Daily  Star;  John 
Townson;  Trinity  College  School;  T.  A.  C.  Tvrrell;  Sam  Waller;  Wm.  Welsh; 
E.  F.  G.  White;  Miss  F.  A.  Wright. 

The  following  material  was  purchased: — 145  British  Columbia  birds  from 
Kenneth  Racey  of  Vancouver,  113  birds  from  the  vicinity  of  Churchill,  Manitoba, 
from  A.  C.  Twomey  of  Camrose,  Alta. ;  138  mammals  and  36  birds  from  Sas- 
katchewan from  A.  A.  Wood,  Strathroy,  Ont. ;  a  few  birds  and  mammals  and 
12  wolf  skulls  were  also  purchased  from  a  number  of  other  individuals. 

Field  parties  sent  out  by  the  Museum  and  miscellaneous  collecting  by  the 
staff  added  231  mammals,  342  birds,  343  amphibians  and  reptiles  and  132  fish, 
as  well  as  considerable  collections  of  spiders,  insects  and  other  invertebrates. 


(23)  STATEMENT  REGARDING  THE  ROYAL  ONTARIO  MUSEUM  OF 

GEOLOGY 

{Professor  E.  S.  Moore) 

The  cases  and  collections  of  the  Museum  of  Geology  have  recently  been 
transferred  from  the  basement  of  the  west  wing  of  the  museum  building  to  the 
splendid  new  galleries  on  the  first  floor  of  the  east  wing.  The  transfer  has  fort- 
unately been  accomplished  with  little  damage  to  materials.  The  galleries  are 
still  in  a  state  of  chaos,  since  a  complete  reorganisation  of  exhibits  is  necessary 
under  such  changed  conditions,  but  it  is  hoped  that  the  setting  up  of  the  exhibits 
may  be  completed  during  the  summer. 

The  new  wing  provides  some  increase  in  gallery  space,  greatly  improved 
lighting,  excellent  office,  laboratory  and  work  room  accommodation  and  adequate 
storage  facilities  for  collections.  As  a  result  of  the  greatly  improved  accommoda- 
tion the  museum  of  geology  is  now  in  a  position  to  develop  on  a  scale  in  keeping 
with  the  importance  of  geology  as  a  science  and  as  an  aid  to  the  growing  mining 
industry  of  the  province  and  the  country  as  a  whole. 

One  new  life  member  has  been  added  during  the  past  year:  Mr.  F.  W.  Gray, 
Assistant  Manager  of  the  Dominion  Steel  and  Coal  Corporation,  Sydney,  N.S. 

Important  additions  to  the  collections  have  been  received  and  the  director 
wishes  to  express  appreciation  of  the  generous  support  of  the  many  benefactors 
of  the  museum. 

Donations — A  complete  section  of  a  coal  seam  in  one  column  7J/£  feet  high 
from  the  Glace  Bay  coal  field,  Cape  Breton,  N.S.,  by  the  Dominion  Steel  and 
Coal  Corporation,  Ltd.;  three-quarters  of  a  ton  of  nickel-copper  ore  from  the 
Sudbury   District,    by   the    International    Nickel   Company   of   Canada,    Ltd.; 


President's  Report  95 

a  large  shipment  of  cobalt-nickel  ore  from  Cobalt,  and  a  fine  specimen  of  gold 
ore  from  the  Ashley  Mine,  Bannockburn  Gold  Area,  Ontario,  by  the  Mining 
Corporation  of  Canada.  Ltd.;  a  large  specimen  of  asbestos  rock  and  an  exhibit 
of  asbestos  products,  by  Canadian  Johns-Manville  Company,  Ltd.,  Asbestos, 
Quebec;  specimen  of  native  copper  from  Coppermine  River,  N.W.T.  and  a  horn 
used  by  prospectors  in  panning  gold  in  the  Cariboo  placer  fields  of  British  Col- 
umbia, by  Mr.  A.  L.  Reeve;  a  large  specimen  of  anthracite  from  Jeddo,  Pennsyl- 
vania, by  the  Jeddo-Highland  Coal  Company;  an  exhibit  of  nickel  ore  from  the 
Sudbury  District  and  refined  nickel  from  their  refinery  in  Norway,  by  Falcon- 
bridge  Nickel  Mines,  Ltd.;  a  collection  of  ores  from  Massachusetts,  by  Professor 
H.  L.  Cleland;  a  number  of  Carboniferous  tree  stumps  from  the  Coal  Measures 
at  Joggins,  N.S.,  by  Mr.  R.  W.  Balmanno,  Manager,  Maritime  Coal  and  Railway 
Company,  Ltd.;  wire  silver  from  Cobalt,  Ontario,  by  Mr.  W.  A.  O'Flynn;  large 
specimen  of  mica  from  the  Lacey  Mine,  Ontario,  by  Dr.  A.  P.  Coleman;  collection 
of  New  Jersey  ores,  by  Mr.  Helgi  Johnson;  uranium  ore,  by  Dr.  D.  R.  Derry. 

Purchases — High  grade  silver  ore  from  the  O'Brien  Mine,  Cobalt,  Ontario; 
a  rare  type  of  magnetite  from  Mongowin  Township,  Ontario. 

Exchanges — Australasian  marbles  from  Wards  Natural  Science  Establish- 
ment, Rochester,  N.Y. 

Collections — Silver  ore  from  Cobalt  and  nickel-copper  ore  from  Sudbury, 
by  the  director. 


(24)  STATEMENT  REGARDING  THE  ROYAL  ONTARIO  MUSEUM  OF 

MINERALOGY 

{Director  T.  L.  Walker) 

In  the  Royal  Ontario  Museum  of  Mineralogy  an  unusual  development  has 
marked  the  year.  Thanks  to  the  activities  of  the  assistant  director  we  have 
obtained  from  the  mining  districts  of  Ontario  a  number  of  fine  large  masses  which, 
when  dressed  and  polished,  will  find  a  place  in  the  gallery.  Considerable  quanti- 
ties of  Canadian  specialties  have  been  added  with  a  view  to  accumulating  stocks 
of  minerals  to  exchange  with  foreign  institutions.  In  earlier  times  museums 
expanded  largely  by  addition  of  material  purchased  from  dealers  who  bought 
and  sold,  but  the  number  of  such  dealers  has  so  diminished  that  I  am  of  the 
opinion  that  it  is  now  necessary  to  rely  on  collections  made  by  the  museum  staff, 
part  finding  its  way  to  the  museum  collections  and  the  balance  used  to  secure 
specimens  from  other  institutions  by  exchange. 

Large  specimens  received  include  the  following: 

1.  Graphic  granite,  Bancroft,  Ontario. 

2.  Beryl   rock,   Renfrew   County. 

3.  Representative  block  of  the  rock  in  which  radium  mineral  occurs  at  the 
mine  in  Haliburton  County. 

4.  Frood  Mine  ore  with  a  complete  series  of  ten  metals  which  they  win  from 
treatment  of  the  ores  of  the  International  Nickel  Company  of  Canada. 

5.  Quartz  from  Hot  Springs,  Ark.,  presented  by  Andre  Dorfman,  Esq. 
Field  work  by  the  assistant  director  and  by  Professor  Ellis  Thomson  has 

extended  to  the  Cobalt  region  and  to  the  old  mining  regions  of  Eastern  Canada. 
From  May  to  October  the  director  was  in  Europe  visiting  centres  of  mineralo- 
gical  interest  where  he  had  an  opportunity  of 

(a)  Meeting  workers  in  mineralogy  and  mineralogical  museums. 

(b)  Studying  such  museums  so  as  to  benefit  the  arrangement  and  installation 
of  our  collections  in  our  new  quarters  shortly  to  be  occupied. 


96  University  of  Toronto 

(c)  Arranging  for  the  exchange  of  Canadian  minerals  for  specialties  from 
other  institutions. 

(d)  Visiting  numerous  dealers  in  England  and  on  the  Continent. 
Minerals  were  purchased  from  dealers  in  Reading,  London,  Langban,  Plauen, 

Freiberg,  Vienna,  Munich,  Rome,  Genoa,  Paris,  Oberstein,  Bonn,  Helsingfors  and 
Konigsberg. 

Exchanges  were  arranged  with  institutions  in  London,  Copenhagen,  Moscow, 
Leningrad,  Stockholm,  Oslo,  Berlin,  Prague,  Vienna,  Budapest,  Zurich,  Paris, 
Brussels  and  Aachen. 

As  usual  some  of  the  material  collected  in  Ontario  forms  the  basis  of  some 
of  the  research  work  published  during  the  year. 

The  museum  has  been  closed  to  the  public  since  the  first  of  March  to  permit 
the  transfer  to  the  new  gallery,  offices  and  work  rooms  in  the  east  wing  of  the 
building  extension. 


(25)  STATEMENT  REGARDING  THE  ROYAL  ONTARIO  MUSEUM  OF 

PALAEONTOLOGY 

{Professor  W.  A.  Parks) 

During  the  year  1931-32  there  was  a  normal  advance  in  both  the  vertebrate 
and  invertebrate  sections  of  the  museum,  although  the  removal  to  the  new 
building  seriously  interfered  with  the  regular  work.  The  expedition  of  1931 
to  the  fossil  localities  of  the  Red  Deer  river  secured  several  specimens  as  listed 
below. 

During  the  winter  the  following  work  has  been  done  in  the  laboratory: — 
(1)  Two  fine  skulls  of  trachodont  dinosaurs  have  been  prepared  and  are  now  ready 
for  mounting;  (2)  two  skeletons,  one  with  a  very  fine  head,  of  bird  dinosaurs 
have  been  prepared;  (3)  a  specimen  of  Champs osaur us  has  been  mounted. 

Shipments  of  vertebrate  and  invertebrate  fossils  have  been  made  to  the 
museums  at  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Buenos  Aires,  and  La  Plata  in  exchange  for  South 
American  material  which  we  hope  to  receive  in  a  short  time. 

The  rearrangement  of  the  exhibits  in  the  new  galleries  is  proceeding  in  a 
satisfactory  manner;  it  is  hoped  that  by  the  1st  of  October  the  galleries  may  be 
in  a  condition  for  reopening. 

The  more  important  acquisitions  during  the  year  are  as  follows: 

By  donation 

Cast  or   rib   and   sternum  of   Mastodon — American   Museum   of   Natural 

History,  New  York. 
Set  of  lithographic  plates  of   Marsh's   type  vertebrate  fossils — American 

Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York. 
Large  collection  of  nodules  containing  Mallotus  vilosus — Mrs.  H.  M.  Ami, 

Ottawa,  Ont. 
Mastodon  or  mammoth,  head  of  femur,  Post  Glacial — Mr.  T.  Boyd,  Toronto, 

Ont. 
Fossils  from  Colborne  and  Presquille — Dr.  A.  P.  Coleman,  Toronto,  Ont. 
Collections  of  plesiotypes  of  specimens  from  the  Yukon — Geological  Survey 

of  Canada. 
Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  Coastal  Plain  fossils  from  New  Jersey — Mr.  Helgi 

Johnson,  New  Brunswick,  N.J. 
Bison  cf.  bison,  Iroquois  sand — Mr.  R.  Luxton,  Toronto,  Ont. 
Recent  Sea  Shells,  east  coast  of  Florida — Mrs.  G.  M.  MacWilliam,  Toronto, 

Ont. 
Devonian  corals — Miss  D.  McCrea,  Beamsville,  Ont. 


President's  Report  97 

Stromatoporoids  from  Gaspe — Dr.  Stewart  A.  Northrop,  New  Mexico. 

Fine  specimen  of  Phacops  rana — Mr.  F.  Sniderman,  Toronto,  Ont. 

Set  of  topotypes  of  Jurassic  and  Cretaceous  fossils  from  Alberta — Dr.  P.  S. 

Warren,  Edmonton,  Alta. 
Fossils  fr6m  Rochester  shale,  Lewiston,  N.Y. — Mr.  H.  G.  Way,  Niagara 

Falls,  N.Y. 
Large  collection  of  Silurian  stromatoporoids — Yale  University,  New  Haven, 

Conn. 

By  purchase 

Replica  of  the  neck  and  lower  jaw  of  Mastodon — American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  New  York. 

Set  of  sea  urchins  from  the  Oligocene  of  Levy  county,  Florida — Mr.  J.  B. 
Litsey,   Dallas,  Tex. 

Large  collection  of  Tertiary  invertebrates  from  California — Mr.  C.  H. 
Sternberg,  San  Diego,  Cal. 

Collection  of  fossil  fishes  from  the  Eocene  of  Wyoming — Mr.  G.  M.  Stern- 
berg, Hays,  Kansas. 

Collection  of  fossils  from  the  Upper  Triassic,  Shasta  county,  California — 
Mr.  Percy  Train,  Rochester,  Nev. 

Collection  of  opalized  wood  from  Humboldt  county,  Nevada — Mr.  Percy 
Train,   Rochester,   Nev. 

By  exchange 

Collection  of  Palaeozoic  fossils  from  Michigan  for  a  collection  of  Ontario 
fossils — Dr.  G.  M.  Ehlers,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Collection  of  Brachiopods  from  Oklahoma  for  collection  of  Brvozoa  from 
Ontario— Mr.  R.  R.  Hibbard,  Buffalo,  N.Y. 

By  collection 

Large  collection  of  Ordovician  fossils  from  Manitoulin  island — Mr.  J.  F. 
Caley,  Toronto,  Ont. 

Large  collection  of  Silurian  fossils  from  Manitoulin  island — Mr.  H.  G.  Way, 
Toronto,  Ont. 

The  University  Expedition  to  the  Red  Deer  river  obtained  the  following 
material: 

Good  skeleton  of  a  small  bird  dinosaur,  including  the  head. 

Part  of  the  skeleton  of  a  different  species  of  bird  dinosaur. 

Complete  skeleton  of  a  trachodont  dinosaur,  probably  new  to  science. 

Skull  of  Anchiceratops. 

Skull  and  jaws  of  Arrhinoceratops. 

Skull  and  jaws  of  Edmontosaurus . 

Skull  and  jaws  of  Hypacrosaurus. 


98  University  of  Toronto 

APPENDIX  B 
REPORT  OF  THE  REGISTRAR 

(A.  B.  Fennell,  Esq.,  M.A.) 

I  beg  to  submit  the  following  statistics  for  the  year  ending  June  30th,  1932 : — 

(a)  Distribution  of  the  staff  of  the  University  and  University  College  (furnished  by  the  Bursar). 

(b)  Distribution  of  the  staffs  of  the  federated  Arts  Colleges  (furnished  by  the  Registrars  of  the 

colleges). 

(c)  Registration  of  students  by  faculties  and  years. 

(d)  Enrolment  in  the  Arts  Colleges  (furnished  by  the  Registrars  of  the  colleges). 

(e)  Enrolment  in  the  university  departments  in  Arts  (furnished  by  the  departments). 
(/)    Registration  in  courses  in  the  Faculty  of  Arts. 

(g)   Registration  in  courses  in  the  School  of  Graduate  Studies  (furnished  by  the  Secretary  of 

the  school). 
(h)  Results  of  annual  examinations  (furnished  by  the  Secretaries  of  the  faculties). 
(i)    Admission  to  degrees. 
(j)    Geographical  distribution  of  students  (furnished  by  the  Secretaries  of  the  faculties). 

(a)  Distribution  of  the  Staff  of  the  University  and  University  College: 


!     38     58     3       fi       $     So     «     ^ 

£      %&     *J!      8       5       I     .« 3      5      fc-s 
282828         £        £       I  .fa       I      Sk 

University  (Faculty  of  Arts) 37a  34&  19  —  29  —  —  —  120c 

University  College 15d        8           9  —  12  —  —  —  6e 

Faculty  of  Medicine 23/  11  g  21//,  22  25i  —  —  —  189/ 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science 15  12  10  —  17  —  —  —  50 

Faculty  of  Household  Science.  ...2  —           2  —  5  —  —  —  9 

Ontario  College  of  Education ....  8           4           1  —  7  —  —  36&  — 

Faculty  of  Forestry 2           2  —  —  1  —  —  —  1 

Faculty  of  Music' —  —  —  —  3  —  —  —  1 

Faculty  of  Dentistry 11/          8m       1  21  n  2  —  —  —  bo 

Social  Science —  ■ —           1  —  17  1  1  —  — 

Public  Health  Nursing —  —  —  —  14  1  —  —  1 

a  1  also  in  Social  Science;  1  also  in  Ontario  College  of  Education 

b  1  also  in  Medicine 

c  3  also  in  Medicine;    1  also  in  Public  Health  Nursing 

d  2  also  in  Ontario  College  of  Education 

e  1  also  in  Applied  Science;  1  also  in  Dentistry  and  Forestry 

/  1  also  in  Arts;  1  also  in  Public  Health  Nursing 

g  1  also  in  Public  Health  Nursing 

h  1  also  in  Dentistry 

i  1  also  in  Applied  Science;  1  also  in  Dentistry 

j  2  also  in  Public  Health  Nursing 

k  2  also  in  Medicine 

/   1  also  in  Medicine;  1  also  in  Public  Health  Nursing 

m  1  also  in  Medicine 

n  1  also  in  Medicine 

o  1  also  in  Social  Science 

(b)  Distribution  of  the  Staffs  of  the  Federated  Arts  Colleges: 

Victoria 

College 

Professors 11 

Associate  professors 9 

Lecturers 5  2  11 

Instructors 1 

Fellows 1  1 

Reader 1 


Trinity 

St.  Michael's 

College 

College 

15 

19 

/ 


President's  Report  99 

(r)  Registration  of  Students  by  Faculties  and  Years: 
The   number   of    students   registered    in    the    university,    in    colleges    and 
faculties,  in  the  session  1931-32,  was  7,653,  distributed  as  follows: 

Men       Women  Total 

Faculty  of  Arts 2,190  1,680  3,870 

University  of  Toronto 533  248  781 

University  College 8S7  644        1,531 

Victoria  College 437  519  956 

Trinity  College 170  146  316 

St.  Michael's  College 169  129  298 

Registered  twice 6  6  12 

Faculty  of  Medicine 772  74  846 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering 879  5  884 

Faculty  of  Household  Science 179  179 

Ontario  College  of  Education 497  429  926 

Faculty  of  Forestry 68  ...  68 

Faculty  of  Music 23  16  39 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 482  175  657 

Faculty  of  Dentistry 195  30  225 

Registered  twice 22  19  41 

5,084  2,569  7,653 

In  departments  there  were  registered  435,  distributed  as  follows: 

Department  of  Social  Science 15  120  135 

Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing 228  228 

University  Extension  (Occupational  Therapy) 32  32 

University  Extension  (Course  for  Graduate  Nurses) 20  20 

University  Extension  (Physiotherapy) 20  20 

15  420  435 

The  grand  total  of  registration  for  the  whole  university  was  8,088,  of  whom 
5,099  were  men  and  2,989  were  women. 

In  addition  there  were  4,482  persons  registered  in  the  Department  of  Univer- 
sity Extension  in  courses  and  at  provincial  centres  which  are  referred  to  in  detail 
in  Appendix  A  (14). 

The  figures  may  be  further  analysed  as  follows: 

Faculty  of  Arts 

University  of  Toronto 

Teachers'  Courses  and  Summer  Session 

Occasional  Arts  students 


University  College 

First  year  undergraduates 

Second  year  undergraduates 230 

Third  year  undergraduates 

Fourth  year  undergraduates 

Occasional  students 


Victoria  College 

First  year  undergraduates 131 

Second  year  undergraduates 

Third  year  undergraduates 

Fourth  year  undergraduates 

Occasional  students 


Men 

Women 

Total 

.       292 

216 

508 

241 

32 

273 

533 

248 

781 

Men 

Women 

Total 

266 

173 

439 

230 

147 

377 

206 

164 

370 

160 

130 

290 

25 

30 

55 

887 

644 

1,531 

Men 

Women 

Total 

131 

148 

279 

121 

117 

238 

118 

150 

268 

66 

99 

165 

1 

5 

6 

437  519  956 


100 


First  year  undergraduates.  .  . 
Second  year  undergraduates . 
Third  year  undergraduates. . 
Fourth  year  undergraduates. 


University  of  Toronto 

Trinity  College 


Men 

Women 

Total 

58 

53 

111 

35 

23 

58 

41 

38 

79 

36 

32 

68 

170 


146 


316 


First  year  undergraduates. .  . 
Second  year  undergraduates. 
Third  year  undergraduates. . 
Fourth  year  undergraduates. 
Occasional  students 


St.  Michael's  College 


Men 

Women 

Total 

42 

25 

67 

38 

29 

67 

50 

43 

93 

38 

29 

67 

1 

3 

4 

169 


129 


298 


Faculty  of  Medicine 

Men 

First  year  undergraduates 135 

Second  year  undergraduates 135 

Third  year  undergraduates 121 

Fourth  year  undergraduates 103 

Fifth  year  undergraduates 117 

Sixth  year  undergraduates 129 

Candidates  for  Degree  of  B.Sc.  (Med) 7 

Candidates  for  D.P.H 16 

Diploma  in  Radiology 1 

Post  Graduate  students 8 


Women 

Total 

12 

147 

8 

143 

13 

134 

12 

115 

9 

126 

16 

145 

2 

9 

16 

1 

2 

10 

772 


74 


846 


Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering 

Men 

First  year  undergraduates 280 

Second  year  undergraduates 284 

Third  year  undergraduates 175 

Fourth  year  undergraduates 140 

879 


Women 
1 
2 

1 
1 


Total 
281 
286 
176 
141 


884 


Faculty  of  Household  Science 


First  year  undergraduates. . 
Second  year  undergraduates 
Third  year  undergraduates. 
Fourth  year  undergraduates 
Occasional  students 


Men 

Women 

Total 

7 

7 

41 

41 

57 

57 

69 

69 

5 

5 

179 


179 


Ontario  College  of  Education 


Students  in  attendance. . . . 

Extra-mural  students 

Students  in  B.Paed.  course. 
Registered  twice 


Men 

Women 

Total 

219 

304 

523 

68 

84 

152 

214 

41 

255 

4 

4 

497 


429 


926 


President's  Report 

Faculty  of  Forestry 

Men 

First  year  undergraduates 28 

Second  year  undergraduates 17 

Third  year  undergraduates 10 

Fourth  year  undergraduates 13 


Women 


101 


Total 
28 
17 
10 
13 


68 


68 


Faculty  of  Music 


First  year  undergraduates.  .  . 
Second  year  undergraduates. 
Third  year  undergraduates.  . 


Men 

Women 

Total 

8 

3 

11 

6 

5 

11 

9 

8 

17 

23 


16 


39 


School  of  Graduate  Studies 


Candidates  for  Ph.D 

Candidates  for  M.A 

Candidates  for  M.A.Sc 

Candidates  for  M.Arch 

Candidates  for  Chem.E 

Candidates  for  C.E 

Candidates  for  E.E 

Candidates  for  M.E 

Candidates  for  Mech.E 

Candidates  for  D.Paed 

Candidates  for  M.Sc.F 

Candidates  for  M.Sc.  (Dent.) 

Candidates  for  M.S. A 

Candidates  for  Mus.   Doc.  .  . 
Graduate  students 


Men 

Women 

Total 

104 

27 

131 

142 

52 

194 

22 

22 

3 

4 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

69 

14 

83 

1 

1 

5 

5 

20 

20 

3 

3 

106 

81 

187 

482 


175 


657 


Faculty  of  Dentistry 


First  year  undergraduates 

Second  year  undergraduates 

Third  year  undergraduates 

Fourth  year  undergraduates 

Fifth  year  undergraduates 

Candidates  for  Degree  of  B.Sc.  (Dent) 

Dental  Nurses 

Occasional  student 


Men 

Women 

Total 

43 

3 

46 

36 

1 

37 

33 

1 

34 

35 

35 

37 

37 

11 

11 

24 

24 

1 

1 

195 


30 


225 


Department  of  University  Extension 

Men        Wo 
B.A.  Course 

Summer  Session: 

Regular 139 

Occasional 11 

Teachers'  Classes: 
Toronto: 

Regular 192 

Occasional 3 

Specialists'  Courses 
Summer  Session: 

Regular 16 

Registered  twice 69 


en 

Total 

Grand 
Total 

94 
17 

233 

28 

26i 

19 

7 

311 
10 

32i 

7 
28 

23 
97 

23 

97 

102 


University  of  Toronto 
Department  of  Social  Science 


First  year  full-time  students 

Second  year  full-time  students 

"Apprentice"  students  (Second  year) 
Part-time  students 


Men 

Women 

Total 

9 

37 

46 

2 

32 

34 

3 

5 

8 

1 

46 

47 

15 


120 


135 


Full-time  students. 
Part-time  students. 


Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing 


Men 


Women 

Total 

42 
186 

42 

186 

228 


228 


(d)  Enrolment  in  the  Arts  Colleges 


(1)  University  College: 


o 


.2  o 


a-ss   s 

<ox    w 


B_ 


First  Year — 

Pass 8         57 

Honours 11         42 

Commerce  &  Finance 

Second  Year — 

Pass 9         12 

Honours 10        36 

Commerce  &  Finance 

Third  Year — 

Pass 4        25 

Honours 10         16 

Commerce  &  Finance 

Fourth  Year — 

Pass 6         18 

Honours 7         13 

Commerce  &  Finance 

Totals — 

Pass 27       112 

Honours 38       107 

Commerce  &  Finance 

Teachers'  Courses 9 

Graduate  Studies 5  9 

Other  Faculties 

Grand  Total 70       237 


14 

58 


4 
11 


14   11  146   24  106  185   36 

52   22   ..   49   10 

..   51   ..   ..   65   .. 


20    9  213   21 
41   21 


26  140   20 
4   34   13 


20  238 
51 

. .   34 

..  109 
..  30 
..   15 


8  118   10 
3   33    9 


80 
19 
10 


54 


64 
11 


62 
9 


33  47  54  617  75  126  612  216 
86  5  7  160  65  ..  149  38 
51   ..   ..124 


110 


84 


70 


77 


341 


13 


52 


7 
188 


46   78 
19 
120   .. 


120 


65   61  880   335  126  1070  332   341 


Presiden  r's  Report  103 


(2)  Victoria  College: 


*±  >*        rt  Is  >^         jz  ^  5  -~-       _e 

•S  b      ..So.      e  CO-  g         go       o  o  M* 


u 


O  J  <X  O        OX  W  O  O         u,         W        c*!* 

First  Year — 

Pass 2  11  8  ..  56  6  45       118       ..          137 

Honours 24  54  01  1          ..106  21  ..          56 

Commerce  &  Finance  ..  ..  ....  ..  ..  ..  ..          31 

Second  Year — 

Pass 12  3  4  1  89  4  24         81                     94 

Honours 16  37  16  ..  43  18  ..         40 

Commerce  &  Finance  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .            9 

Third  Year — 

Pass 4  16  IS  2           3  110  8  77       27         123 

Honours 5  10  5  1  27  9  ..          12 

Commerce  &  Finance  . .  . .  . .  . .          . .  . .  . .  . .           8 

Fourth  Year — 

Pass 3  10  5  3           1  89  4  3         52       18           63 

Honours 3  5  3  1           1  14  13  16 

Commerce  &  Finance  . .  . .  . .  . .          . .  . .  . .  . .            1 

Totals — 

Pass 9  49  34  9           5  344  22  72       328       45         417 


49 

34 

9 

5 

344 

22 

106 

85 

2 

2 

190 

61 

Honours 48       106         85         2  2         190         61  124 

Commerce  &  Finance     .  .  . .  . .        . .  . .  . .  .  .  .  .  49 

Grand  Total 57       155       119       11  7         534         83         72       501       45         417 


(3)  Trinity  College 


V 

l_ 

O 

.5 
a 

<u  o 

1.8 

c 

.22 

o 

"flS  >% 

c  o 

OX 

J3 
tn 

"3) 

c 

c 

i 
6 

c 
£  o 

o 

u 

c 

n 
jS 

w 

en 

3 

.5?  8 

First  Year — 

Pass 

1 

7 

46 

7 

12 

62 

4 

101 

Honours 

8 

16 

16 

20 

5 

18 

7 

Commerce  &  Finance 

Second  Year — 

Pass 

4 

3 

17 

3 

15 

3 

45 

Honours 

3 

4 

4 

15 

8 

17 

2 

1 

Commerce  &  Finance 

Third  Year- 

Pass  

1 

9 

1 

20 

6 

32 

17 

69 

Honours 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

9 

6 

7 
3 

Commerce  &  Finance 

Fourth  Year — 

Pass 

3 

1 

27 

4 

24 

11 

56 

Honours 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

3 

Totals — 

Pass 

2 

23 

1 

4 

110 

17 

15 

133 

35 

271 

Honours 

16 

25 

25 

1 

1 

47 

21 

45 
12 

1 

Commerce  &  Finance 

Grand  Total 

18 

48 

26 

5 

1 

157 

38 

15 

190 

36 

271 

104 


University  of  Toronto 


(4)  St.  Michael's  College: 


O 

J! 

.2 

"ti 

c 

c 
m 
1 

u 

3 

c 

u 
c 
1) 

u 

J 

2 
2 

«3 

3 

'5b  ^ 

'-3  O 
0)  c 

First  Year — 

Pass 

Honours 

Commerce  &  Finance 

2 

30 
4 

5 

41 

11 
2 

4 
4 

*4 

38 

10 

2 

47 

Second  Year — 

Pass 

Honours 

Commerce  &  Finance 

1 
1 

44 
4 

1 
1 

38 
2 

3 

3 

37 

7 

1 

12 

57 

Third  Year — 

Pass 

Honours 

5 

40 
7 

is 

52 

8 

i 

3 

48 
2 

35 
9 

74 

Fourth  Year — 

Pass 

Honours 

2 

2 

23 
3 

*2 

29 

7 

1 

30 
9 

24 

7 

50 

Totals — 

Pass 

Honours 

Commerce  &  Finance 

3 

10 

137 
18 

1 
13 

160 

28 
2 

8 
5 

10 

153 

28 
3 

59 
28 

228 

Graduate  Students 

2 

Grand  Total 

13 

157 

14 

190 

13 

10 

184 

87 

228 

(e)  Enrolment  in  the  University  Departments  in  Arts: 

The  following  tables  exhibit  the  numbers  attending  lectures  in  the  university  departments 
in  the  Faculty  of  Arts,  together  with  the  number  of  those  taking  the  practical  work  in  the 
laboratories: 

Department  of  Mathematics 


Pass  and 
Honours 


Honours 


122 

70 

157 

51 

47 

30 

6 

7 

Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year / 186 

Second  Year \ 

Third  Year 61 

Fourth  Year 47 

Teachers'  Classes 14 

Occasional  Students 5 

Faculty  of  Medicine — 

First  Year 8 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Ontario  College  of  Optometry 17 

Totals 338 


281 

247 

14 


874 


158 


President's  Report 

Department  of  Applied  Mathematics 


105 


Pass  and 
Honours 


Faculty  of  Arts- 
Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Occasional  Student 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering- 
Second  Year 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Total 


72 


72 


Honours 


39 

28 
3 

1 


12 


83 


Department  of  Astronomy 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Occasional  Students 

Fuculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering — 
Second  Year 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Teachers'  Course,  Correspondence. .  .  . 

Totals 27 


Pass 

Pass  and 
Honours 

H 

Dnours 

Laboratory 

10 
5 

7 

5 

5 

i 

18 

48 

1 

10 

24 

7 

g— 

67 


41 


Department  of  Physics 


Pass 


Pass  and 
Honours 


Honours  Laboratory 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Teachers'  Classes 

Faculty  of  Medicine — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Faculty  of  Household  Science — 

First  Year 

Faculty  of  Forestry — 

First  Year 

Faculty  of  Dentistry — 

First  Year 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing  . . 
Ontario  College  of  Optometry 

Totals 


213 

208 

234 

16 

111 

115 

26 

32 

56 

10 

23 

19 

•• 

9 

9 

152 

152 

27 

•• 

6 

•• 

6 

•  • 

7 

7 

30 

•  • 

30 

46 

46 

.  , 

60 

18 

7 

. . 

7 

17 

17 

231 


450 


716 


106 


University  of  Toronjo 


Department  of  Biology 


Pass 

Pass  and 
Honours 

Honours 

Laboratory 

Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 

187 

102 

73 

66 

15 

36 

151 
36 

8 

30 
13 

47 

7 

244 

13 

127 

94 

8 

13 

7 
5 

127 

Second  Year 

196 

Third  Year 

81 

Fourth  Year 

79 

Teachers'  Classes 

Faculty  of  Medicine — 

First  Year 

15 
151 

Second  Year 

36 

Third  Year 

8 

Faculty  of  Household  Science — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

7 
41 

Faculty  of  Forestry — 

First  Year 

30 

Fourth  Year 

13 

Faculty  of  Dentistry — 

First  Year 

47 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing 

Ontario  College  of  Agriculture 

57 

7 
244 

Ontario  College  of  Optometry 

13 

Totals 

.       479 

549 

254 

1,152 

Department  of  Botany 


Pass 


Pass  and 
Honours 


Honours  Laboratory 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering- 
First  Year 

Faculty  of  Household  Science — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Faculty  of  Forestry — 

First  Year 

Fourth  Year 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Ontario  College  of  Pharmacy 

First  Year 

Second  Year , .  . . . 

Totals 533 


198 

6 

15 

8 

142 

44 

4 

6 

153 
50 
19 
14 

•- 

70 

•• 

70 

40 
51 

•• 

6 

7 

6 
47 
51 

29 
13 

•• 

29 
13 

•• 

32 

25 

105 
110 

105 
110 

112 


241 


692 


President's  Report 


107 


Department  of  Chemistry 


Pass 


Pass  and 
Honours 


Honours  Laboratory 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 214 

Second  Year 24 

Third  Year 44 

Fourth  Year 6 

Occasional  Students 3 

Faculty  of  Medicine — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Faculty  of  Household  Science — 

First  Year 7 

Second  Year 34 

Third  Year 51 

Faculty  of  Forestry — 

First  Year 30 

Second  Year 17 

Faculty  of  Dentistry — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing 7 

.Ontario  College  of  Pharmacy — 

First  Year 105 

Second  Year Ill 

Totals 653 


150 
122 

71 
52 

98 

9 


47 
37 
34 


209 

115 

15 

12 


47 


236 

139 

28 

18 

3 


156 
122 

71 
52 

98 
2 


41 


30 


47 
37 
34 

24 

7 

105 

111 


611 


405 


1368 


Department  of  Geology  and  Palaeontology 


Pass 


Pass  and 
Honours 


Honours  Laboratory 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Teachers'  Classes 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering- 
Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Faculty  of  Forestry — 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Totals 273 


187 

95 

15 

15 

10 

1 

10 

11 

3 

14 

65 

62 

64 

30 

i3 

23 

23 

8 

10 

18 

18 

133 


132 


15" 


108 


University  of  Toronto 


Department  of  Mineralogy  and  Petrography 


Pass 


Pass  and 
Honours 


Honours         Laboratory 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Teachers'  Classes 

Occasional  Student 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering- 
First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Faculty  of  Forestry — 

Second  Year 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Totals 


17 

17 

20 

22 

42 

9 

4 

5 

4 

85 

85 

1 

•• 

1 

93 

93 

61 

# 

61 

14 

14 

1 

•• 

1 

17 

17 

10 

9 

196 


3»:> 


348 


Department  of  Philosophy 


Pass 


Honours 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Teachers'  Classes 

Occasional  Students  (Extension) 

Totals 680 


45 

34 

166 

38 

213 

53 

152 

30 

78 

26 

•• 

155 


President's  Report 


109 


Department  of  Psychology 


Pass 


Honours 


Laboratory 


Faculties  of  Arts — 

First  Year  (New  and  Old  Second  Year) 188 

Second  Year 37 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 87 

Occasional  Students 15 

Faculty  of  Medicine — 

Second  Year 03 

Third  Year 139 

Fourth  Year 22 

Faculty  of  Household  Science — 

Second  Year 45 

Third  Year 38 

Fourth  Year 16 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 51 

Department  of  Social  Science — 

First  Year 33 

Second  Year 39 

Occasional  Students 4 

Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing 43 

Ontario  College  of  Optometry 14 

Department  of  University  Extension — 
Occupational  Therapy  and  Physiotherapy 

First  Year 30 

Second  Year 11 

Evening  Classes 217 

Centralized  Pupil  Nurses 256 

Totals 1378 


3 
23 

13 


8 
170 


29 


:;i 


39 


238 


Department  of  Political  Science 


Pas9 


Honours 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 91                   179 

Second  Year 179                   136 

Third  Year 238                   121 

Fourth  Year 156                     92 

Teachers'  Classes 28 

Occasional  Students 6 

Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering — 

Second  Year 20 

Fourth  Year 35 

Faculty  of  Forestry — 

Third  Year 10 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

University  Extension 632 

Totals 1395                   569 


110 


University  of  Toronto 

Department  of  Modern  History 


Pass 


Honours 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 120 

Second  Year 74 

Third  Year 141 

Fourth  Year Ill 

Teachers'  Classes 131 

Occasional  Students 17 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Special  Extension  Classes 67 

Totals 661 


127 
77 
76 

38 


27 


34; 


Department  of  Italian  and  Spanish 


Italian 


Spanish 


Pass 

Honours 

Pass 

Honour* 

10 

10 

98 

50 

5 

6 

43 

39 

7 

8 

32 

9 

1 

1 

31 

13 

4 

12 

Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Totals 


29 


204 


123 


Department  of  Household  Science 
(Faculty  of  Household  Science) 


Pass 


Pass  and 
Honours 


Honours     Laboratory 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 17 

Fourth  Year 11 

Occasional  Students 

Faculty  of  Household  Science — 

First  Year 7 

Second  Year 34 

Third  Year 51 

Fourth  Year 59 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Department  of  Public  Health  Nursing 30 

Totals 209 


38 

38 

40 

56 

24 

35 

4 

4 

7 

7 

41 

6 

57 

8 

69 

182 


310 


President's  Report 


111 


Department  of  Food  Chemistry 
(Faculty  of  Household  Science) 


Pass 


Pass  and 
Honours 


Honours     Laboratory 


Faculty  of  Arts — 

Third  Year 30 

Fourth  Year 27 

Occasional  Students 

Facultv  of  Household  Science — 

Third  Year 50 

Fourth  Year 59 

School  of  Graduate  Studies 

Totals 166 


40 

70 

23 

50 

5 

5 

6 

56 

8 

69 

82 


252 


112 


University  of  Toronto 


c©t>-.-Hr^cOt-CMCT>C^<NCM 

^HCO 


NOifl      •      '(NN 


io<N    -»o  eO"*i 


coo  -^  co    -cm  co 


t^CO^H— ^t^'f^-iCO 


NUJ^CCN      • 


r-HCO        .HW 

CM 


10005NCOO 

^H  CM  1-H 


CO  CO  CM  CM 


©iOCOCOCMC5^CO 


rH   COCO   (N 


CO   CO        •        "I-" 


<N  lOCM  Tf  r-<C0 


»H        .10  --H  CM 


lO  <M  CO  CO  CO  —I  — <  O         t>- 

!N  co       r>- 

CO' 


CM  CM         CO 


*hcm      r- 
CO 


CO  Oi  ^  00  CO  i-h 


CO  t>-        »-t 


CO   O   r^   f- I   Tf         •   CO  <M    t>- 

<M   CO  r->  •  rH 


00 

CM  CO 


52  1 


C  rt  o  aj 

m  c  y  <u 

&  5-=  c 

*-  J-    Cj    U 


-a 
c 
g>  o     •  cd 

II  bg 

Cj-   C   al 

U.     u?     U     fj 

"H"bo"H-- 


.a. 

.  a 

.   01 


£"2  o  S 


"  C^*     ■    >»    in  »-    »i 
•  v-'  .  •   CJ    o   03    U-T3T3 
>,  >,  >*£  'Z  5  "5  C   C 

g-g-g  6  Etj  E  I  M 
S  S  9  v  «  «  o.u.y 


.    4» 

£  5 

S2"o 

■a  J 

Oi3 
cd   C 


-    u    5    0 

.  o  o  *t3  ~5  •£  ^5  *5 '£  5?  c 

03  Jm  JB    US  —  *— 1    *-}"**  -C  «*3    (j 


bo  . 
_o  . 
O    • 

<y      • 

o  : 

•o  ; 
c  : 

>>b0    . 
bo  O  en   c 

0-73.2  § 
2  S  6.S 

g-3  CCrt2  g 

«  >»"S«-  a  «  fea  Si 
y  bo  S  bo'?'?  5?  o>  P 

Oi  DQ  0-  CQ  U  U  O  X  U 


President's  Rkport 


113 


03 

u 

0 

u 
0 


<->  c 

/  1 

< 

j. 


0^(M        iQ      •  -^  O  »-h      •  C*        Is- 
!M  .  -COIN  00 


OCiO      •      •      -CO 


—      •  —  <M  CO  Tji  O 


r.  x  »c  oa  t— 


CO  ^-  rt<  CO      •  00  O      •      -CO      •      -CO 


00      ■  CO  CO  t- 


<M  <M        •  r-   r-  LTD        T-CrHNMN 


CO 

I" 


E 

- 

-  >. 

~     U.   '- 

<*     Z    — 


S"u  O  C  s 


fcuC 

H  So 


Co  d 


x 


aecs 
<<<< 


c  c  - 


♦2  —  .=  —   E 


-§*£•& 

____. 


£3  bo  - 

CD    O    p 


coo 

u«oe 


C     C/5 

8  § 


.S  o 


■g"S 


buo 

o 


22   ° 

buo 

2 


£8  e 

■3  Jo 


rx  cX 


X.    % 


m  -  a  r  ■  c  c  - 

bio c  £.2.2.2.2  o -= 

rtuOojini/.  ^^ 

O  —  _C  _C  _^  _C     C     -     c/> 


M 
Kl 
3 
buQ 

c 
a! 

2  o 

c . 


as 


.2  ° 

'53  — > 


f*  C/3  Ch  CA; 


114 


University  of  Toronto 


(h)  Results  of  the  Annual  Examinations 
Faculty  of  Arts 
First  Year 


Course 


>>2  = 

.ti  c  o 

52  §  U 

c  c 


C/3 


&    cj»   J! 

I)        O    4)        <U 

<    IQ    Q 


Pass. 


146     72     51     40     309     181     68     60 


Supplementals 30 

Classics 5 

Latin  (French  or  Greek  Option) 5 

Modern  Languages 25 

English  and  History 23 

Modern  History 1 

Political  Science  and  Economics 16 

Law 13 

Philosophy 1 

Philosophy  (English  or  Hist.  Option) . .       .  .  6 

Psychology 1 

Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences. .       ..  28 

Science 49 

Household  Economics 27 

Commerce  and  Finance 71 

Occasional  Students 1  14 


13 
15 

8 
26 
29 

1 
11 

4 

6 

2 
16 

28 

20 

38 

1 


54 
28 
13 
63 
63 

3 

35 
20 

3 
14 

3 
52 
84 
51 
118 
16 


26 
25 

8 
48 
41 

2 

23 
11 

2 
13 

3 

22 
56 
40 
52 
10 


28 


13 
16 

4 
18 

6 


3 
5 

7 
21 

io 

6 

1 
1 

17 
12 

7 
48 


25 

1 


2       2 

5       7 


Totals 

1   461  290  108 

69 

929 

563  168  198 

19 

8     39 

Second  Year 

Course 


f8   d 


u 


o 
U 

2 

< 

b 

~c 

in 

en 

.2 

-5 
c 
o 

en 

c 

03 

H 

m 

H 

CU 

U 

H 

U* 

59  13 

24  8 

7  3 

9  1 

20  10 


Pass 134 

Supplementals 38 

Classics 6 

Latin  (French  or  Greek  Option) 5 

Modern  Languages 25 

English  and  History 23 

Modern  History 5 

Political  Science  and  Economics 22 

Law 6 

Philosophy 6 

Philosophy  (English  or  Hist.  Option) 

Psychology 3 

Mathematics 1 

Applied  Mathematics  and  Mathema- 
tics and  Physics 16 

Physics  and  Chemistry 1 

Biology 5      .  .        1 

Physiology  and  Biochemistry  and 

Biological  and  Medical  Sciences 13     20       5 

Chemistry 5       6       1 

Chemistry,  Mineralogy  and  Geology  ...  3       3       2 

Geology  and  Mineralogy 1 

Household  Economics 21     14       1 

Commerce  and  Finance 56     30       3 

Occasional  Students 5  7       1      .. 


22 
5 
5 
5 
6 
3 
4 
5 

11 


38 
17 

*2 
3 
2 


244  109  58 

87  47  40 

16  12  .. 

17  14  1 
58  49 
52  43  .. 
12  10  .. 
31  20  .. 
12  9  .. 

13       27  19  6 


39  26  . . 

12  9  .. 

8  2  2 

1  1  .. 

37  27  9 

90  54  12 

14  9  5 


■0  19  ..  10 
1  1  ..  .. 
6       4     ..       2 


12 

1 
2 

i 

18 


-2  p  u 

o  o  >- 

fa.  c  .^ 

"  O    ti 

<  XO 


15 


1       1 


Totals 5  402  259     64     81     811496  136     85     94     15       5     26 


President's  Report 


11.) 


Third  Year 


>>?.     = 


Course 


If 


.y    -c     j 


CO 


I  I II J 
a  3  xf* 


<s  5 


Pass 

Supplemental 

Classics 

Greek  and  Hebrew 

Oriental  Languages 

Latin  (French  or  Greek  Option) 

Modern  Languages 

English  and  History 

Modern  History 

Political  Science  and  Economics 

Law 

Philosophy 

Philosophy(English  or  History  Option)  . . 

Psychology 

Mathematics 

Applied  Mathematics 

Mathematics  and  Physics 

Physics  and  Chemistry 

Physics  and  Geology 

Physics 

B  iology 

Physiology  and  Biochemistry 

Biological  and  Medical  Sciences 

Chemistry 

Chemistry,  Mineralogy  and  Geology  I    . . 

Household  Economics 

Commerce  and  Finance 

Occasional  Students 6 


166  119     39     65 

28     10       5       6 

3       3       2       4 


15 

11 

9 

i 

o 

u 

1 

4 

1 


1 
1 
1 

13 
3 
1 


2  1 

..  2 

29  15 

15  20 

7  9 


7 

6 

10 

7 


14     24 

51     17 

9     .. 


"2 

i 

ii 

'i 

2 

1 

1 
1 

389  257     86 

49  42       7 

12  10     .. 

2  1      .. 
4  2     .. 

4  3.. 
53  49  2 
43  40 

20  18 

25  19     . . 

19  19     .. 

25  22       2 

10  8       2 

3  3 

5  3 
1  1 

18  15 

3  2 

1  1 


46       9 


22  17 

5  4 

2  1 

40  28 

74  60 

15  13 


24 


Totals 6  392  276     80     97  851645  121     35     50     22       3     44 


Sa 


116 


University  of  Toronto 


Fourth  Year 

■sity 
onto 

Coll. 

"o 

o 
U 

,s 

o 
U 

in 

a 

.2 

rt 

Univei 
of  Tor 

Univ. 

U 

(J 

> 

in 

< 
C 

en 

Cu 

•6 

c 
o 
U 

-a 

O 

< 

Course 


Pass 147     85     36  44 

Supplemental 1       2  2 

Classics 4       3       3  2 

Oriental  Languages 1 

French,  Greek  and  Latin 2 


Modern  Languages 17 

English  and  History 13 

Modern  History 1 

Political  Science  and  Economics 11 

Law 7 

Philosophy 4 

Philosophy  (English  or  History  Option) 1 

Psychology 3 

Mathematics ; 1 

Mathematics  and  Physics  I 2 

Mathematics  and  Physics  II 4 

Physics  and  Chemistry 

Biology 1 

Biological  and  Medical  Sciences 2 

Chemistry 3 

Chemistry,  Mineralogy  and  Geology  1 6 

Chemistry,  Mineralogy  and  Geology  II 2 

Geology  and  Mineralogy 1 

Household  Economics 12 

Commerce  and  Finance 46 

Occasional  Students 3  6 


16 
9 

4 
3 

2 
3 


312 

5 

12 

1 

2 

44 

29 

5 

19 

12 

17 

4 

3 

3 

2 

12 

1 

6 

8 

4 

6 

2 

1 

24 

62 

9 


279 

5 

12 

1 

2 

43 

29 

5 

18 

12 

17 

4 

3 

3 

2 

12 
1 


4 
6 
2 

1 
24 
55 

7 


21     12     11 


Totals 3  294  167     69     72  605  561     25     17     1 


Teachers'  Classes 

All   Years 


Passed         Conditioned  Total 

May  Examination 193  49  242 

September  Examination 208  54  262 

401                   103  504 

Duplicates 112 


Totals 

392 

Faculty  of  Medicine 

Passed 

Conditioned     Failed 

First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Fifth  Year 

Sixth   Year 

Diploma  in  Public  Health 

Diploma  in  Radiolo^v 

B.Sc.  (Med.) " 

Totals 


95 

18 

30 

89 

25 

5 

81 

27 

18 

92 

18 

3 

103 

21 

1 

133 

12 

14 

1 

9 

121 


57 


President's  Report 


117 


Faculty  of  Applied  Science  and  Engineering 


Passed  with 
Honours 


Passed      Conditioned      Failed 


First  Year — 

Civil  Engineering 

Mining  Engineering 

Mechanical  Engineering. . . 

Architecture 

Chemical  Engineering 

Electrical  Engineering 

Metallurgical  Engineering. 

Second  Year — 

Civil  Engineering 

Mining  Engineering 

Mechanical  Engineering. . . 

Architecture 

Chemical  Engineering 

Electrical  Engineering. . . . 
Metallurgical  Engineering. 

Third  Year — 

Civil  Engineering 

Mining  Engineering 

Mechanical  Engineering.. 

Architecture 

Chemical  Engineering 

Electrical  engineering 

Metallurgical  Engineering. 

Fourth  Year — 

Civil  Engineering 

Mining  Engineering 

Mechanical  Engineering. . . 

Architecture 

Chemical  Engineering 

Electrical  Engineering 

Metallurgical  Engineering. 

Totals 


6 

29 

12 

(> 

1 

13 

/ 

3 

/ 

44 

19 

17 

1 

7 

5 

3 

9 

43 

IS 

15 

13 

37 

17 

13 

5 

o 

•• 

7 

33 

IS 

5 

1 

9 

4 

4 

S 

52 

27 

14 

4 

10 

3 

1 

10 

27 

10 

15 

10 

45 

22 

14 

4 

6 

2 

1 

1 

14 

8 

2 

2 

10 

6 

2 

12 

34 

7 

3 

1 

9 

2 

. . 

6 

28 

9 

/ 

7 

27 

10 

5 

3 

•• 

•• 

4 

14 

4 

2 

4 

17 

10 

6 

16 

3 

4 

4 

4 

11 

14 

o 

7 

27 
3 

5 

146 


580 


233 


136 


Faculty  of  Household  Science 

Passed     Conditioned 


Transferred 


Failed 


First  Year 4 

Second  Year 25 

Third  Year 49 

Fourth  Year 61 

Occasional  students 

Supplemental 3 

Totals 142 


21 


1L> 


118 


University  of  Toronto 


Ontario  College  of  Education 


Passed 


Failed 


•High  School  Assistants'  Course 463 

Specialists'  Courses 155 

First  Class  Public  School  Course 33 

Elementary  Art  Course 49 

Specialists'  Art  Course 19 

Elementary  Commercial  Course  (passed  in  part) 79 

Elementary  Music  Course 9 

Elementary  Physical  Education  Course 196 

Specialists'  Physical  Education  Course 56 

One  Year  Household  Science  Course 6 

Librarians'  Course 35 

Bachelor  of  Pedagogy  Course 54 

Bachelor  of  Pedagogy  Course  (passed  in  part) 149 

Number  who  failed  in  whole  or  part 

Totals 1,303 


194 


194 


•Many  of  these  are  included  among  those  who  passed  or  failed  in  the  other  courses  in  this  list. 


Faculty  of  Forestry 


Passed      Conditioned 


Failed 


First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Totals. 


17 

4 

7 

10 

3 

4 

9 

1 

11 

2 

10 


11 


Faculty  of  Music 


Passed        Conditioned       Failed 


First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Totals. 


4 

1 

9 

2 

8 

3 

5 

5 

16 


13 


Faculty  of  Dentistry 


Passed     Conditioned      Failed 


First  Year 

Second  Year 

Third  Year 

Fourth  Year 

Fifth  Year 

B.Sc.  (Dent.)  Candidates  

Dental  Nurses 

Totals 


25 

13 

7 

27 

10 

, . 

26 

6 

2 

31 

4 

37 

3 

17 

6 

39 


President's  Report  119 


Departments 

The  numbers  examined   in  the  different  departments  of  the  University, 
including  those  persons  granted  standing  for  military  service,  were  as  follows  : 

Arts: 

Fourth  Year 605 

Third  Year , 851 

Second  Year 811 

First  Year 929 

Teachers'  Course 392 

Graduates  (Specialist  Standing) 49 

3,637 

Medicine: 

Sixth  Year 145 

Fifth  Year 125 

Fourth  Year 113 

Third  Year 126 

Second  Year 119 

First  Year 143 

Diploma  in  Public  Health 14 

Diploma  in  Radiology 1 

B.Sc.  (Med.) 9 

795 

Applied  Science  and  Engineering: 

Fourth  Year 137 

Third  Year 173 

Second  Year 280 

First  Year 272 

862 

Household  Science 177 

Education 834 

Forestry 68 

Music 37 

Graduate  Studies 600 

Dentistry 214 

Social  Science 130 

Public  Health  Nursing 43 

Law 9 

Pharmacy 224 

Agriculture 51 

Veterinary  Science 23 

Local  Examinations  in  Music 17,262 


120 


University  of  Toronto 


(*)  Admission  to  Degrees 

LL.D.  (Honorary) 

D.Sc.  "         

D.Arch.         "  

Ph.D 

M.A 

M.S 

M.A.Sc 

M.Arch 

C.E 

E.E 

M.E 

Chem.E 

D.Paed 

Mus.  Doc 

M.S.A 

B.A 

B.Comm 

M.D 

B.Sc.  (Med) 

B.A.Sc 

B.Arch 

B.H.Sc 

B.Paed 

B.Sc.F 

Mus.  Bac 

D.D.S 

B.Sc.  (Dent) 

LL.B 

B.S.A 

B.V.Sc 

Phm.B 

Totals 959 


Men   Women 

Total 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

16 

7 

23 

61 

27 

88 

13 

13 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

4 

4 

1 

1 

4 

1 

5 

258      283 

541 

60 

2 

62 

136 

19 

155 

7 

2 

9 

115 

115 

2 

2 

65 

65 

44 

11 

55 

11 

11 

2 

2 

38 

38 

3 

3 

3 

3 

48 

48 

21 

21 

104 

6 

110 

426 


1.385 


(j)  Geographical  Distribution  of  Students: 
FACULTY  OF  ARTS 


St. 

University    University     Victoria     Trinity    Michael's     Dupli- 

of  Toronto      College        College     College     College  cates    Totals 


Ontario:  (1)   Province.. 
(2)  Toronto . . 

Nova  Scotia 

New  Brunswick 

Prince  Edward  Island.. 

Quebec 

Manitoba 

Saskatchewan 

Alberta 

British  Columbia 

United  States 

Elsewhere 

Totals 


380 

587 

523 

159 

129 

7 

1,771 

378 

868 

382 

133 

144 

4 

1,901 

3 

3 

1 

1 

8 

1 

4 
2 

2 

2 

1 

10 
2 

4 

1 

1 

6 

2 

3 

1 

6 

2 

9 

15 

1 

4 

31 

2 

10 

7 

2 

2 

23 

4 

6 

2 

4 

16 

4 

27 

9 

9 

16 

1 

64 

4 

12 

13 

3 

32 

1,531 


956 


316 


298 


12 


3,870 


President's  Report 


121 


THE  UNIVERSITY 


«         2 


o.2 


B       fc 


-       Q 


in 


£Z 


11    11 

Uh    uc 


Ontario: 

(1)  Province....  1,771  340  430 

(2)  Toronto..  ..  1,901  400  415 

Nova  Scotia 8  6  1 

New  Brunswick 10  3  1 

Prince  Edward  Island  2 

Quebec 6  9  1 

Manitoba 6  6 

Saskatchewan 31  24  19 

Alberta 23  10  4 

British  Columbia....  16  30  1 

United  States 64  6  1 

Elsewhere 32  12  11 

Totals 3,870  846  884 


53     584  35     10     206 

112     268  26     23     291 

4  .. 

3  .. 


8 
10 
25 

5 
10 

7 

2 


89     31     151 


76  75 
..  6 
1  3 
1 
2 
4 
4 
2 
1 
1 
5 


2 
14 
19 

3 

4 

12 

5 


59 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
5 
2 

i 

3 


19 

12 


4  14    3,716 
14  24   3,651 
49 
40 
8 
36 
59 
154 
65 
79 
130 
101 


179     926     68     39     657     225  135     228       32     20     20  41    8,088 


122 


University  of  Toronto 


THE  PROVINCE  OF  ONTARIO 


C 

II 

u 
U 

u 

s 

>. 

y 

01 

C 
O 

_c 

u  bo 

V 

rt 

M 

y 

fa 

CS 

V 

■ 

< 

0 

>. 

o 

o 
0 

o  S 

5  ^ 

o 

3 

"3 

« 
.2  « 

u   ba 
rt-4> 

U 

O 

3 
>> 

"5 

rt 

•3 

3 

~  2 

c 
<u 

Q 
"o 
>. 

"3 

o  o 

c 

rt.2 

o.S 

«_,    u 

C   3 
0;    4) 

a 

Tj 
o 
O 

c 
—  >> 

CI    — 
3  «3 

U 

in 

3H 

0) 
eg 

—  .2 

£.2 

H 

•3 
"to 

in 
< 

O 

fa 

fa 

puc/3 

faW 

ou 

fa 

fa 

c/3U 

fcc 

Qw 

QK 

OH 

uu 

Ufa 

fa 

h 

Algoma 24 

Brant 159 

Bruce 41 

Carleton 70 

Cochrane 4 

Dufferin 14 

Dundas 12 

Durham 29 

Elgin 17 

Essex 57 

Frontenac 8 

Glengarry 4 

Grenville 7 

Grey 59 

Haldimand 12 

Haliburton 1 

Halton 43 

Hastings 33 

Huron 44 

Kenora 7 

Kent 23 

Lambton 35 

Lanark 21 

Leeds 23 

Lennox  & 

Addington 3 

Lincoln 65 

Manitoulin 3 

Middlesex 17 

Muskoka 18 

Nipissing 14 

Norfolk 20 

Northumberland .  29 

Ontario 74 

Oxford 43 

Parry  Sound 12 

Peel 70 

Perth 63 

Peterborough ....  33 

Prescott 4 

Prince  Edward  . .  7 

Rainy  River 5 

Renfrew 17 

Russell 3 

Simcoe 90 

Stormont 10 

Sudbury 10 

Thunder  Bay. ...  23 

Timiskaming 16 

Victoria 22 

Waterloo 60 

We  Hand 60 

Wellington 74 

Wentworth 104 

York 169 

Toronto 1,901 


9 
9 

7 
10 


2 
2 

10 
6 
4 

14 
6 
2 


6  2  8 

12  1  7 

8  1  8 

9  5  54 


5  4 
1 

4   8 

2 

13  15 

1  .. 

1   1 

3 

7 

4 


1 
15 
10 

9 
6 

15 
3 
8 

14 
5 
5 


1 
9  15 


12 
5 
2 
5 
1 
6 

is 
l 


8  11 

9  18 


3  .. 
2  .. 

2  4 
1 

21  22 

3  .. 


2 
11 

7 
6 


4 

7 

9 

15 

18 

9 

4 

5 

17 

4 

4 

13 

10 

3 

6 

5 

9 

10 

3 
19 

65 

3 

4 

5 

4 

17 

12 

2 

3 

17 

13 

6 

3 

1 


23 
6 
4 
8 
7 
6 
14 
11 
23 
45 
23 


2 

8   2 

5   5 

19   3 


3 
2 
2 
2 
6 
3 

i 

6 

1 
1 
2 
1 
5 

i 

2 
2 

1 

1 
5 

ii 

1 

4 
4 
1 
5 
4 

2 
4 
3 


12  15  2 
15  11  .. 
14  12  2 
36  41  5 
30  39    2 

400  415  112  268   26  23  291 


2 


4 
6 
1 
1 
3 
1 
8 
4 
76 


4  1 
6  1 
5 


14 
2 


4 

3 

75 


2 
4 

4  1 

5  1 
2  2 

10  2 
5  .. 

11  1 
59  12 


1 
1 
3 
1 
3  14  24  3,651 


Totals.... 3,672  740  845  165  852   61  33  497  165  108  210  31   10  18  38  7,367 


G  LIST  UtU  1 


LE    Toronto,  University 
3        Presidents  report 
T476 

1928/29- 
1931/32 
cop  .2 

Library- 
Office 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
SUPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 


JUL 

mm 


mm 


■ 


m 


*    ■  V 


IL 


HI 


bss 


a 


Wmwmm 


m 


'Mm 


I 


mm 


urn 


S^^HIH 


Sflfl 


1 


111 


mmm 


m 
m 


ml